You are on page 1of 652

Service Manual

Controller

PowerCommand 3.3

English 62008 9000670 (Issue 1)


Table of Contents

SECTION PAGE

Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii


List of Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
1. SYSTEM OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
About this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Genset Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Alternator Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Main Alternator Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Exciter (Field Windings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
High Alternator Temperature Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Engine Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Battery Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Battery-charging Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Backup Start Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Engine Control Module (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Low Coolant Temperature (LCT) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Low Coolant Level (LCL) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Low Coolant Level (LCL) Switch #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Low Fuel Level Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Rupture Basin Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Fuel Shutoff (FSO) Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Oil-priming Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Genset Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
AUX 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Battery Charger Failed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Battle Short Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

i
Delayed Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Differential Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Emergency Stop Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Event/fault Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Event/fault Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Exercise Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Extended Parallel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Fire Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
First Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Genset Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Genset Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Genset Circuit Breaker Inhibit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Ground/Earth Fault Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
HMI PP420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Load Demand Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Load Dump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Load Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Load Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Modbus Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Mode of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Panel Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
PCCNet Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
PC-based Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
PTC Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Ramp Load Unload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Ready to Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Retransfer Inhibit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Single Mode Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Speed Bias Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Speed Bias Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Speed Droop Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Start Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Switched B+ (Run) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
System Wakeup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

ii
Sync Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Transfer Inhibit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Utility Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Utility Circuit Breaker Inhibit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Voltage Bias Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Voltage Bias Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Voltage Droop Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Internal Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
2. HARDWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
PCC Base Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
CT1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
CT2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
CT3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
J12 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
J14 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
J20 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
J22 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
J25 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
J26 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
TB1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
TB3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
TB5 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
TB7 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
TB8 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
TB9 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
TB10 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
TB15 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
AUX 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
J17 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
J18 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

iii
J19 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
J28 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
J29 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
J36 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
TB15 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Circuit Board Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
CT Ratio Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
3. CONTROL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Operator Panel Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Off Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Auto Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Sequences of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Stopped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Start Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rated Speed and Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Stop Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Idle Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Stop to Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Idle Speed to Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Rated Speed to Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Idle Speed to Rated Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
AmpSentry Protective Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Watt Sentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
PCC-ECM Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
ECM Keyswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
CAN Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
PGI Genset Cable and Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Parameter Group Numbers (PGNs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Witness Testing Procedure Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

iv
Genset Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
ECM Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
4. PARALLELING OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Genset Application Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Standalone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Synchronizer Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Isolated Bus Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Utility Single . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Utility Multiple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Power Transfer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Paralleling States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Dead Bus Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Load Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Load Govern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Circuit Breaker Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Standalone and Synchronizer Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Isolated Bus Only, Utility Single, and Utility Multiple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Power Transfer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Paralleling Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Droop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Paralleling Operation Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Load Demand Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Ramp Load Unload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
5. SETUP AND CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Mode Change Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Capture File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Menu Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
History/About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Active Shutdowns (Active Shutdown Faults) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Active Warning (Active Warning Faults) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
History (Fault History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Paralleling Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

v
Isolated Bus Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Utility Single . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Utility Multiple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Synchronizer Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Power Transfer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Genset Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Alternator Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
(Gas) Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Genset (Advanced Genset Status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Controller (Advanced Controller Status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Engine (Advanced Engine Status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Auxiliary Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Gas Engineer Data (Engineer Data) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Gas System Data (Gas System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Genset Setup (Setup Genset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Application Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
V/Hz Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Exercise Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Basic (Paralleling/Basic Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Power Transfer Control (Paralleling/PTC Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Genset (OEM Genset Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Genset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Engine (OEM Engine Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Alternator (OEM Alternator Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Genset Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Genset Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Pulse-width Modulation (PWM) in the Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)
5-53
PCCnet Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
PCCNet Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
PCC-HMI 113 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Modbus Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Clock Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

vi
Real-time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Configurable I/O (Configurable I/O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Configurable Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Configurable Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Configurable Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Configurable Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Save/Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Voltage Measurement for Display and Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Current Measurement for Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
6. PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Parameters That Can Be Configured in the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Parameters That Are Not Available in the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
7. TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Types of Events/Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Shutdown Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Warning Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Fault Reset Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Battle Short Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Battle Short Mode Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Enable Battle Short Mode in the ECM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Enable Battle Short Mode in the PCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Map a Configurable Input to Battle Short Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Activate Battle Short Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Delayed Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Event/Fault List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
No Code The Operator Panel Is Unavailable After Changing the PCCNet Net-
work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Code 197 Low Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Code 235 Low Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Code 359 Fail To Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

vii
Code 427 CAN Data Link Degraded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Code 441 Low Battery Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Code 442 High Battery Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Code 611 Engine Hot Shut Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Code 781 The ECM CAN Datalink has failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Code 1121 Fail To Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Code 1122 Delayed Rated To Idle Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Code 1124 Delayed Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Code 1131 Battle Short Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Code 1132 Controlled Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Code 1219 Utility CB Tripped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Code 1223 Utility Frequency Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Code 1224 High Genset Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Code 1225 Low Genset Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Code 1226 Genset Frequency Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Code 1243 Engine Derated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Code 1244 Engine Normal Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Code 1245 Engine Shutdown Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Code 1246 Unknown Engine Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Code 1248 Engine Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Code 1312 Config Input #2 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Code 1317 Config Input #13 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Code 1318 Config Input #14 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Code 1322 kW Setpoint OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Code 1323 kW Setpoint OOR Lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Code 1324 kVAR Setpoint OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Code 1325 kVAR Setpoint OOR Lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Code 1328 Genset CB Tripped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Code 1336 Cooldown Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Code 1416 Fail To Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Code 1417 Power Down Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Code 1433 Local EStop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Code 1434 Remote EStop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Code 1435 Low Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Code 1438 Fail to Crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Code 1439 Low Day Tank Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

viii
Code 1441 Low Fuel Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Code 1442 Weak Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Code 1443 Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Code 1444 kW Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Code 1445 Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Code 1446 High AC Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Code 1447 Low AC Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Code 1448 Underfrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Code 1449 Overfrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Code 1451 Genset/Bus V Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Code 1452 Genset CB Fail To Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Code 1453 Genset CB Fail To Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Code 1454 Genset CB Pos Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Code 1455 Utility CB Pos Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Code 1456 Bus Out Of Sync Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Code 1457 Fail To Synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Code 1458 Sync Ph Rot Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Code 1459 Reverse Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
Code 1461 Loss of Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Code 1463 Not In Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Code 1464 Load Dump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Code 1465 Ready To Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Code 1469 Speed/Hz Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Code 1471 Over Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Code 1472 Over Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Code 1475 First Start Backup Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Code 1483 Common Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Code 1540 Common Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Code 1541 Common Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Code 1573 Config Input #1 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Code 1689 Reset Real Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Code 1853 Annunciator Input 1 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Code 1854 Annunciator Input 2 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Code 1855 Annunciator Input 3 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Code 1912 Utility Loss Of Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Code 1913 Genset Loss Of Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68

ix
Code 1914 Utility Ph Rotation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Code 1915 Genset Loss Of Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Code 1916 Sync Check OK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Code 1944 HMI 113 Out Config Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Code 1978 Speed Bias OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Code 1979 Speed Bias OOR Lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Code 1999 Maximum Parallel time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Code 2328 Utility Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Code 2331 Low Utility Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Code 2332 Utility Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Code 2333 Genset Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Code 2335 Excitation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Code 2336 Checksum Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Code 2342 Too Long In Idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Code 2358 High Utility Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Code 2396 Utility CB Fail To close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
Code 2397 Utility CB Fail To Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
Code 2539 Voltage Bias OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Code 2541 Voltage Bias OOR Lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Code 2545 Keyswitch Reset Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Code 2678 Charging Alternator Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Code 2779 Utility Unloaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Code 2814 Genset CT Ratio Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Code 2815 Genset CT Ratio High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Code 2816 Genset PT Ratio Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Code 2817 Genset PT Ratio High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Code 2818 Bus PT Ratio Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Code 2819 Bus PT Ratio High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Code 2821 Utility PT Ratio Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Code 2822 Utility PT Ratio High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Code 2895 PCCNet Device Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Code 2896 Critical PCCNet Dev Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Code 2914 Genset AC Meter Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Code 2915 Gen Bus AC Meter Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Code 2916 Utility AC Meter Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Code 2917 Gen Bus Voltage OOR HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

x
Code 2918 Utility Voltage OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Code 2919 Utility Current OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Code 2921 Gen Bus Current OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Code 2922 Genset Neutral Curr OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Code 2923 Gen Bus kW OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Code 2924 Gen Bus kVAR OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Code 2925 Gen Bus kVA OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
Code 2926 Utility kW OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
Code 2927 Utility kVAR OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
Code 2928 Utility kVA OOR Hi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
Code 2938 Earth/Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Code 2939 Modbus Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Code 2941 Remote Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94
Code 2942 Shutdown Override Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Code 2943 Manual Sw Config Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Code 2944 Auto Switch Config Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Code 2945 Rupture Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
Code 2965 Genset Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97
Code 2971 Test/Exercise Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97
Code 2972 Field Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97
Code 2977 Low Coolant Level 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Code 2979 High Alternator Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
Code 2993 Battery Charger Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
code 3397 Low GB Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Code 3398 High GB Oil Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
code 3399 Differential fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-104
code 3411 DC Power Supply Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
code 3412 GIB Isolator Open Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
code 3413 Radiator Fan Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
code 3414 Ventilator Fan Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
code 3415 LouvRes Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
code 3416 Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
code 3417 Alternator Heater Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
Code 3457 Loss of Bus Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109
How to Obtain Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111
APPENDIX A. SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

xi
APPENDIX B. SEQUENCE DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
APPENDIX C. PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
APPENDIX D. MODBUS REGISTER MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

xii
Safety Precautions
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This manual air, and will tend to gather in sumps or low
contains important instructions that should be fol- areas. NFPA code requires all persons han-
lowed during installation and maintenance of the dling propane to be trained and qualified.
generator set and batteries.
Be sure all fuel supplies have a positive shut-
off valve.
Before operating the generator set (genset),
read the Operators Manual and become familiar Be sure battery area has been well-ventilated
with it and the equipment. Safe and efficient op- prior to servicing near it. Lead-acid batteries
eration can be achieved only if the equipment emit a highly explosive hydrogen gas that can
is properly operated and maintained. Many ac- be ignited by arcing, sparking, smoking, etc.
cidents are caused by failure to follow fundamental
rules and precautions. EXHAUST GASES ARE DEADLY
Provide an adequate exhaust system to prop-
The following symbols, found throughout this man- erly expel discharged gases away from en-
ual, alert you to potentially dangerous conditions closed or sheltered areas and areas where in-
to the operator, service personnel, or the equip- dividuals are likely to congregate. Visually
ment. and audibly inspect the exhaust for leaks daily
or per the maintenance schedule. Make sure
DANGER This symbol warns of immediate
that exhaust manifolds are secured and not
hazards which will result in severe personal in- warped. Do not use exhaust gases to heat a
jury or death. compartment.
WARNING This symbol refers to a hazard or The exhaust vent should be high enough to
unsafe practice which can result in severe per- help clear gases, avoid accumulation of snow,
sonal injury or death. and in accordance with local mechanical
codes.
CAUTION This symbol refers to a hazard or Be sure the unit is well ventilated.
unsafe practice which can result in personal
injury or product or property damage. Engine exhaust and some of its constituents
are known to the state of California to cause
FUEL AND FUMES ARE FLAMMABLE cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive
harm.
Fire, explosion, and personal injury or death can
MOVING PARTS CAN CAUSE SEVERE PER-
result from improper practices.
SONAL INJURY OR DEATH
DO NOT fill fuel tanks while engine is running,
Keep your hands, clothing, and jewelry away
unless tanks are outside the engine compart-
from moving parts.
ment. Fuel contact with hot engine or exhaust
is a potential fire hazard. Before starting work on the generator set, dis-
connect battery charger from its AC source,
DO NOT permit any flame, cigarette, pilot
then disconnect starting batteries, negative
light, spark, arcing equipment, or other igni-
() cable first. In lean-burn natural gas
tion source near the generator set or fuel tank.
(LBNG) gensets, also make sure the starters
Fuel lines must be adequately secured and air supply line is disconnected or completely
free of leaks. Fuel connection at the engine vented until the generator set is ready to start.
should be made with an approved flexible line. This will prevent accidental starting.
Do not use zinc coated or copper fuel lines
Make sure that fasteners on the generator set
with diesel fuel.
are secure. Tighten supports and clamps,
Natural gas is lighter than air, and will tend to keep guards in position over fans, drive belts,
gather under hoods. Propane is heavier than etc.

xiii
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry in the vi- MEDIUM VOLTAGE GENERATOR SETS (601V
cinity of moving parts, or while working on to 15kV)
electrical equipment. Loose clothing and jew- Medium voltage acts differently than low volt-
elry can become caught in moving parts. age. Special equipment and training is re-
If adjustment must be made while the unit is quired to work on or around medium voltage
running, use extreme caution around hot equipment. Operation and maintenance must
manifolds, moving parts, etc. be done only by persons trained and qualified
to work on such devices. Improper use or pro-
DO NOT OPERATE IN FLAMMABLE AND EX- cedures will result in severe personal injury or
PLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS death.
Do not work on energized equipment. Un-
Flammable vapor can cause an engine to over- authorized personnel must not be permitted
speed and become difficult to stop, resulting in near energized equipment. Due to the nature
possible fire, explosion, severe personal injury of medium voltage electrical equipment, in-
and death. Do not operate a genset where a flam- duced voltage remains even after the equip-
mable vapor environment can be created by fuel ment is disconnected from the power source.
spill, leak, etc., unless the genset is equipped with Plan the time for maintenance with authorized
an automatic safety device to block the air intake personnel so that the equipment can be de-
and stop the engine. The owners and operators of energized and safely grounded.
the genset are solely responsible for operating the
genset safely. Contact your authorized Cummins GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Power Generation distributor for more information. Coolants under pressure have a higher boil-
ing point than water. DO NOT open a radiator
ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN CAUSE SEVERE or heat exchanger pressure cap while the en-
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH gine is running. To prevent severe scalding,
let engine cool down before removing coolant
Remove electric power before removing pro- pressure cap. Turn cap slowly, and do not
tective shields or touching electrical equip- open it fully until the pressure has been re-
ment. Use rubber insulative mats placed on lieved.
dry wood platforms over floors that are metal
or concrete when around electrical equip- Used engine oils have been identified by
ment. Do not wear damp clothing (particularly some state or federal agencies as causing
wet shoes) or allow skin surface to be damp cancer or reproductive toxicity. When check-
when handling electrical equipment. Do not ing or changing engine oil, take care not to in-
wear jewelry. Jewelry can short out electrical gest, breathe the fumes, or contact used oil.
contacts and cause shock or burning. Keep multi-class ABC fire extinguishers
handy. Class A fires involve ordinary combus-
Use extreme caution when working on electri-
cal components. High voltages can cause in- tible materials such as wood and cloth; Class
jury or death. DO NOT tamper with interlocks. B fires, combustible and flammable liquid
fuels and gaseous fuels; Class C fires, live
Follow all applicable state and local electrical electrical equipment. (ref. NFPA No. 10).
codes. Have all electrical installations per- Make sure that rags or combustible material
formed by a qualified licensed electrician. Tag are not left on or near the generator set.
and lock open switches to avoid accidental
closure. Make sure generator set is mounted in a man-
ner to prevent combustible materials from ac-
DO NOT CONNECT GENERATOR SET DI- cumulating under or near the unit.
RECTLY TO ANY BUILDING ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM. Hazardous voltages can flow from Remove all unnecessary grease and oil from
the generator set into the utility line. This cre- the unit. Accumulated grease and oil can
ates a potential for electrocution or property cause overheating and engine damage which
damage. Connect only through an approved present a potential fire hazard.
isolation switch or an approved paralleling Keep the generator set and the surrounding
device. area clean and free from obstructions. Re-

xiv
move any debris from the set and keep the Do not store any flammable liquids, such as
floor clean and dry. fuel, cleaners, oil, etc., near the generator set.
A fire or explosion could result.
Do not work on this equipment when mentally Wear hearing protection when near an oper-
or physically fatigued, or after consuming any ating generator set.
alcohol or drug that makes the operation of
equipment unsafe. To prevent serious burns, avoid contact with
hot metal parts such as radiator system, turbo
charger system and exhaust system.
Substances in exhaust gases have been
identified by some state or federal agencies KEEP THIS MANUAL NEAR THE GENSET FOR
as causing cancer or reproductive toxicity. EASY REFERENCE
Take care not to breath or ingest or come into
contact with exhaust gases. DISPOSE OF THIS UNIT PROPERLY

xv
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

xvi
List of Acronyms
This list is not exhaustive. For example, it does not LCT Low Coolant Temperature
identify units of measure or acronyms that appear LED Light-emitting Diode
only in parameters, event/fault names, or part/ac-
Mil Std Military Standard
cessory names.
NC Not Connected
ACRONYM DESCRIPTION Normally Closed
AC Alternating Current NFPA National Fire Protection Agency
AMP AMP, Inc., part of Tyco Electronics NO Normally Open
ASTM American Society for Testing and Ma- NWF Network Failure
terials (ASTM International) OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
ATS Automatic Transfer Switch OOR Out of Range
AVR Automatic Voltage Regulator OORH Out of Range High
AWG American Wire Gauge ORH
CAN Controlled Area Network OORL Out of Range Low
ORL
CB Circuit Breaker
PB Push Button
CE Conformit Europenne
PC Personal Computer
CGT Cummins Generator Technologies
PCC PowerCommand Controller
CT Current Transformer
PGI Power Generation Interface
DC Direct Current
PGN Parameter Group Number
ECM Engine Control Module
PI Proportional/Integral
ECS Engine Control System
PID Proportional/Integral/Derivative
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
EN European Standard
PMG Permanent Magnet Generator
EPS Engine Protection System
PT Potential Transformer
E-Stop Emergency Stop
PTC Power Transfer Control
FAE Full Authority Electronic
PWM Pulse-width Modulation
FMI Failure Mode Identifier
RFI Radio Frequency Interference
FSO Fuel Shutoff
RH Relative Humidity
genset Generator Set
RMS Root Mean Square
GCS Genset Control System
RTU Remote Terminal Unit
GND Ground
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
HMI Human-machine Interface
SPN Suspect Parameter Number
IC Integrated Circuit
SW_B+ Switched B+
ISO International Organization for Stan-
dardization UL Underwriters Laboratories
LBNG Lean-burn Natural Gas
AmpSentry and InPower are trademarks of Cum-
LCD Liquid Crystal Display mins Inc. PowerCommand is a registered trade-
LCL Low Coolant Level mark of Cummins Inc.

xvii
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

xviii
Glossary

TERM DEFINITION
Accessory A part comes standard with the product. An accessory is optional and provides additional
Part interfaces or functionality.
Active General terms to describe the states for inputs, signals, or outputs that have only two
Inactive states (like true/false or 1/0). For example, a low coolant level switch is either on (active)
or off (inactive). The Ready to Load output is either on (active) or off (inactive).
For events/faults, this term describes the time the PCC generates the event/fault through
the time the event/fault is cleared.
Active-high Some inputs and outputs use voltage differential to distinguish between active and inac-
Active-low tive. If an input or output is active-high, a high voltage differential means the input or out-
put is active, and a low voltage differential means the input or output is inactive. If an in-
put or output is active-low, a low voltage differential means the input or output is active,
and a high voltage differential means the input or output is inactive.
Configurable analog Both terms refer to inputs that can be assigned one of several functions, depending on
input the genset and the application. For example, the same input might generate a fault in
Configurable input one application but enable Battle Short mode in another application. Configurable input
refers to discrete inputs (for example, open or closed). Configurable analog input refers
to analog inputs (for example, 05 VDC).
Configurable analog Both terms refer to outputs that can be controlled by one of several functions, depending
output on the genset and the application. For example, the same output might be controlled by
Configurable output event 1465 (Ready to Load) in one application and by shutdown fault 1433 (Local Emer-
gency Stop) in another application. Configurable output refers to discrete outputs (for
example, open or closed). Configurable analog input refers to analog outputs (for exam-
ple, 05 VDC).
Connection A connection between two devices. A connection might be as simple as one pin-to-pin
connection, or it might require several pins as well as additional components such as re-
lays, fuses, etc. This term also includes some settings that refer to the physical (for ex-
ample, normally-closed vs. normally-open) or electrical (for example, active-high vs. ac-
tive-low) characteristics of the connection.
Connector This term has no meaning if you do not have access to the PCC base board or the back
panel of the Operator Panel.
One or more pins that are in the same housing. Many times, the pins are related by func-
tion (for example, pins that are connected to the engine) or by electrical characteristics
(for example, relay outputs).
This term also refers to the end of a wire or harness that is plugged into the housing.
Event Used to notify the operator or external devices whether or not certain conditions are true.
Fault Each event or fault has two sets of conditions. When the first set of conditions becomes
true, the event or fault becomes active. This might turn on or turn off a light or LED, dis-
play a warning on the PCC, shut down the genset, or so on. When the second set of
conditions becomes true, the event or fault becomes inactive and can be cleared.
The PCC generates a fault when the conditions indicate a more serious problem; the
PCC generates an event only for information purposes.
Genset Generator set
Low-side driver When this output is active, it provides a path to ground.
Mode A term to describe certain states that affect the PCCs behavior. The PCC is either in a
Mode of operation particular mode or not in a particular mode, and the PCCs behavior changes accordingly.
Sometimes, the PCC is always in one mode out of a set of two or more modes. For ex-
ample, the PCC is always in one of the modes of operation: Off mode, Auto mode, or
Manual mode.
Mounting The physical placement and installation of the PCC or the Operator Panel.

xix
TERM DEFINITION
Normally-closed Some inputs and outputs use open circuits and short circuits to distinguish between ac-
Normally-open tive and inactive. If an input or output is normally-closed, an open circuit means the input
or output is active, and a short circuit means the input or output is inactive. If an input or
output is normally-open, a short circuit means the input or output is active, and an open
circuit means the input or output is inactive.
Parameter Refers to monitored values or settings in the PCC or the Operator Panel that can be
looked at and, in some cases, adjusted. Some parameters are protected by passwords.
In this manual, italics are used to identify a specific parameter by name.
Pin A specific point on the PCC or the Operator Panel to which it is acceptable to connect a
specific point on an external device. For example, a B+ pin might be connected to the
positive terminal on the battery. It takes more than one pin to connect an external device
to the PCC. For example, it takes B+ and Ground to connect the battery to the PCC.
Depending on the access you have to the controller, you might see a specific pin on the
PCC base board, the terminal at the end of a harness, a wire that runs between the PCC
and the external device, or nothing at all.
Sensor Refers to a device that measures something and reports one of many (or unlimited) val-
ues. For example, an oil pressure sensor reports the current oil pressure.
Sequence of opera- A term used to describe the steps the PCC follows when it starts the genset or when it
tion stops the genset.
Signal A term used for convenience to talk about two or more connections as a single input.
Usually, all of these connections have the same effect on the PCCs behavior, and it does
not matter which connection is active.
For example, the term remote start signal is used frequently. In Auto mode, the PCC
starts the genset when the remote start signal is active. The remote start signal may
come from any of several connections: a switch connected to the remote start pin, the
Operator Panel, a PLC (programmable logic controller) connected on Modbus, InPower,
etc. It is not important between these connections when explaining the way the remote
start signal affects the PCCs decisions to start and stop the genset. It is only important
whether or not any of them are active.
Switch Refers to a device that measures something and reports one of two states, active or in-
active, about something. For example, a low coolant level switch is active when the cool-
ant level is too low, but the low coolant level switch does not report what the coolant level
really is.
In some cases, this may refer to a physical switch (similar to a light switch) instead.
Trim Refers to the subset of parameters that can be adjusted, as opposed to parameters that
can only be monitored.

xx
1. System Overview
Read Safety Precautions, and carefully observe This is the Service Manual for the PowerCommand
all of the instructions and precautions in this manu- 3.x. It is not the Service Manual for the generator set
al. Keep this manual with the other genset and/or (genset) or any accessories.
controller manuals.
DESCRIPTION
ABOUT THIS MANUAL The PowerCommand 3.x is suitable for paralleling
generator sets (gensets) in standby or prime-pow-
You should have a basic understanding of genera- er applications.
tors and power generation before you read this
manual. The PowerCommand 3.x consists of these parts.

FIGURE 1-1. POWERCOMMAND 3.3

TABLE 1-1. POWERCOMMAND 3.3


PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
1: HMI 320 (Operator Panel) 0300631502
2: PCC 3300 controller (PCC) 03271601
3: AUX 103 AVR power stage 03271593

1-1
FIGURE 1-2. REMOTE OPERATOR PANEL (OPTIONAL)

TABLE 1-2. REMOTE OPERATOR PANEL (OPTIONAL)


PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
HMI 320 (Remote Operator Panel) 0300631503
The Operator Panel is one way to monitor, manage, Control the genset to maintain a specified gen-
and control the genset. An operator can use the set voltage and genset frequency
Operator Panel to do these things: Warn the operator when unsafe conditions are
Look at the status of the genset. occurring
Shut down the genset to prevent damage
Adjust settings that affect genset behavior.
Provide a way for other devices (such as the
Start and stop the genset. Operator Panel) to monitor, manage, and con-
trol the genset
Note: In addition to the Operator Panel, other devices
The AUX 103 helps the PCC maintain a specified
can monitor, manage, and control the genset too.
Such devices might be as simple as a switch or a genset voltage. In this manual, PCC may refer to
push button or as sophisticated as other controllers PCC and AUX 103 without explicitly stating this.
or computers. This manual introduces the ways the Distinction is made when necessary.
PCC can interact with other devices, but this manual
cannot identify all of the devices that might be used Note: The PCC and AUX 103 should be installed
in every application. where they can be accessed only by authorized ser-
vice representatives. Unauthorized personnel, in-
cluding an operator, should not have access to them.
The PCC is a microprocessor-based controller that
has these abilities: GENSET SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 1-3. GENSET SPECIFICATIONS
CATEGORY CHARACTERISTIC
Paralleling Three-phase operation
Dead bus close
First start arbitration (with compatible controllers)
Droop (speed droop and voltage droop)
Synchronization
Load share (with compatible controllers)
Load govern
Power transfer control
Genset Output Single-phase or three-phase operation
50 Hz or 60 Hz operation
19045,000 VAC line-to-line (genset)
110600 VAC line-to-line (PCC input from genset; if the genset voltage is 60045,000
VAC line-to-line, potential transformers are required)
510,000 A (external CTs required)
1-2
CATEGORY CHARACTERISTIC
Alternator Reconnectable or non-reconnectable alternator (voltage selectable)
PMG or self-excitation
Engine Diesel or lean-burn natural gas (LBNG)
12-V or 24-V battery (operating range: 830 VDC)
Battery-charging alternator (IC type and non-IC type)
Controlled Area Network (CAN) J1939 communication (limited)
Power Generation Interface (PGI)-compliant engine control module (ECM). PGI is Cum-
mins implementation of SAE J1939.
Communication PCCNet
Modbus
PC-based service tool
Connector Seals J11: AMP 7947581
J12: AMP 7942751 interface seal and AMP 7942761 wire seal
Wires/Cables 0.8 sq. mm. (18 AWG) wires (except where specified otherwise)
Other Up to four HMI 113 (daisy-chain)

ALTERNATOR CONNECTIONS See Start Automatic Voltage Regulator (page


3-15) and Stop Automatic Voltage Regulator
This section introduces the connections between (page 3-18) for more information about the behavior
the PCC and the alternator. See Appendix A (page of this output.
A-1) for wiring diagrams.
High Alternator Temperature Switch
Main Alternator Output The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active
when the alternator temperature is too high.
The PCC is connected to the main alternator output
to measure genset voltage, genset current, and ENGINE CONNECTIONS
genset frequency. This section introduces the connections between
the PCC and the engine. See Appendix A (page
If the PCC uses self-excitation to regulate the gen- A-1) for wiring diagrams.
set voltage, the PCC is also connected to the main
alternator output to drive the field windings in the ex- Battery Connections
citer.
Note: In some gensets, the battery is also called the
DC power supply.
The PCC is connected to current transformers (CTs)
to reduce the genset current before it is measured. The battery provides power for the PCC and the
Operator Panel, and the PCC monitors the battery
The PCC may be connected to potential transform- voltage.
ers (PTs) to reduce the genset voltage before it is
measured.
Battery-charging Alternator
The PCC may be connected to the battery-charging
Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG) alternator to make sure the battery-charging alter-
nator is recharging the battery properly.
If the PCC uses a permanent magnet generator
(PMG) to regulate the genset voltage, the PCC is Backup Start Disconnect
connected to the PMG to drive the field windings in The PCC may be connected to a device that forces
the exciter. the PCC to disengage the starter.
Exciter (Field Windings) Typically, this is connected indirectly to the main al-
ternator output. If the frequency is high enough, the
If the PCC regulates the genset voltage, the PCC is signal becomes active.
connected to the exciter to control the magnetic field Starter
in the exciter and, in turn, the genset voltage. The
input power for the field windings comes from the The PCC may be connected to the starter control
main alternator output (self-excitation) or the PMG. relay in order to control the starter.

1-3
See Start Engine (page 3-14) for more information GENSET CONNECTIONS
about the behavior of this output.
This section introduces the connections between
Engine Control Module (ECM) the PCC and other parts of the genset.

The PCC is connected to the engine control module Some of these connections are flexible and might
(ECM) to monitor, control, and protect the engine. be made to many types of devices, including the en-
The PCC communicates with the ECM on a CAN gine and the alternator.

Low Coolant Temperature (LCT) Switch Typical devices are identified in some connections,
but other types may also be possible in these con-
The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active nections.
when the coolant temperature is too low.
AUX 101
Low Coolant Level (LCL) Switch
The AUX 101 is the system I/O module. It provides
The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active additional connections that are required in lean-
when the coolant level is too low. burn natural gas (LBNG) gensets.

Low Coolant Level (LCL) Switch #2

The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active


when the coolant level is too low.

Low Fuel Level Switch

The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active


when the fuel level is too low.

Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch

The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active


when the fuel level in a day tank is too low.

Rupture Basin Switch

The PCC may be connected to a switch that is active FIGURE 1-3. AUX 101
when there is fuel in the rupture basin.
TABLE 1-4. AUX 101 PART NUMBERS
Fuel Shutoff (FSO) Solenoid PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
AUX 101 03271536
The PCC may be connected to the fuel shutoff
(FSO) solenoid to control the fuel supply for the en-
Battery Charger Failed Switch
gine.
The PCC may be connected to a battery charger to
Oil-priming Pump make sure the battery charger is working properly.
The PCC may be connected to the oil-priming pump Battle Short Switch
to prelube the engine. This reduces wear and dam-
age to moving parts in the engine after long periods The PCC may be connected to a device that puts
of inactivity. the PCC in Battle Short mode (page 7-4).
The PCC may prelube the engine when the genset Delayed Off
is not running (Prelube Cycle (page 3-12)) or when
the genset is starting (Prelube Engine (page The PCC may notify a device when the genset is
3-14)). running, and the connection remains active for a

1-4
specified amount of time after the genset stops run- Exercise Switch
ning.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
Differential Fault generate an exercise signal (page 3-8).
Extended Parallel Switch
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate shutdown fault 3399 (Differential Fault The PCC may be connected to a device that can
Condition Exists) when the connection is active. generate an extended parallel signal (page 4-20).

Emergency Stop Buttons Fault Reset

The PCC may be connected to one or two buttons The PCC may be connected to a device that can
that shut down the genset immediately when generate a fault reset signal (page 7-4).
pressed. Typically, the device is the Operator Panel.
Fire Detected
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate shutdown with cooldown fault 1794 (Fire
Detected) when the connection is active.
First Start
The PCC may be connected to other gensets to de-
termine which genset closes its genset circuit
breaker onto a dead bus.
This connection is not used if the PCC is not con-
nected in parallel with other gensets.
Genset Bus
FIGURE 1-4. EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON (EXAM-
PLE) The PCC may be connected to the genset bus to
measure genset bus voltage, genset bus current,
TABLE 1-5. EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON PART and genset bus frequency.
NUMBERS
PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER The PCC may be connected to potential transform-
Emergency stop button 03081165 ers (PTs) to reduce the genset bus voltage before it
is measured.
Event/fault Inputs This connection is not used if the PCC is not con-
nected in parallel with other gensets.
The PCC may be connected to a device that gener-
ates an event/fault. Genset Circuit Breaker
The PCC has four configurable inputs (page 5-60) The PCC may be connected to the genset circuit
that can support this function. breaker. The genset circuit breaker controls wheth-
er or not the genset is connected to the load.
Event/fault Outputs
Depending on the application, the PCC might moni-
tor the position of the circuit breaker, trip the circuit
The PCC can notify a device when a specified
breaker if there is a shutdown fault (page 7-1), or
event/fault code is active. For example, the PCC
control the circuit breaker.
might turn on a coolant heater if the coolant temper-
ature is too low. Genset Circuit Breaker Inhibit
The PCC has twelve configurable outputs (page The PCC may be connected to a device that can
5-63) that can support this function. generate a genset CB inhibit signal (page 4-34).

1-5
This signal forces the PCC to open the genset circuit Load Dump
breaker if the PCC is not in Manual mode (page
3-10). The PCC may notify a device when warning fault
1464 (Load Dump Fault) (page 5-65) is active.
This connection is not used if the PCC does not con-
trol the genset circuit breaker. Load Setpoint

Ground/Earth Fault Switch The PCC may be connected to a device that helps
determine how much load the genset takes when it
The PCC may be connected to a ground fault relay is in parallel with the utility.
that is active when there is a short to ground on the
This connection is not used if the PCC is not con-
load side of the genset.
nected in parallel with the utility.
HMI PP420 Load Share
The HMI PP420 is an optional remote Operator The PCC may be connected to other gensets to
Panel for the PCC on some lean-burn, natural-gas make sure that each genset takes its fair share of
(LBNG) gensets. the load.
Note: There is a separate manual for the HMI PP420. This connection is not used if the PCC is not con-
While the HMI PP420 is different in some ways than nected in parallel with other gensets.
the Operator Panel described in this manual, the PCC
operates the same way. Modbus Connections
The PCC may be connected to a device that moni-
tors, manages, and controls the genset.
Note: Modbus is a serial communications protocol
that is commonly used in industry.

Typically, the device is a building management sys-


tem, though many types of devices support Mod-
bus.

Mode of Operation
The PCC is connected to a device that controls the
mode of operation (page 3-7) the PCC is in.

Typically, the device is the Operator Panel or a key-


switch.

Panel Lamp
FIGURE 1-5. HMI PP420
The PCC may be connected to a light that is con-
The PCC supports one HMI PP420. trolled by the Lamp Test button (page 3-5). Press
the Lamp Test button for three seconds to turn the
TABLE 1-6. HMI PP420 PART NUMBERS light on and off.
PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
HMI PP420 03006554 PCCNet Devices
HMI PP420 software 03267907
The PCC may be connected to one or more PCCNet
devices, such as the Operator Panel, that let opera-
Load Demand Stop tors monitor, manage, and control the genset.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can Note: PCCNet is a Cummins Power Generations pro-
generate a load demand stop signal (page 4-38). prietary standard for networks. Each PCCNet net-

1-6
work can be up to 4000 feet long and contain up to TABLE 1-7. HMI 113 PART NUMBERS
twenty PCCNet devices. PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
No enclosure (Figure 1-6) 0300592901
In addition to the PCCNet connection, PCCNet de- Enclosure 0300592902
vices may use the PCCs Fault Reset (page 1-5),
Mode of Operation (page 1-6), System Wakeup HMI 114
(page 1-9), or other connections.
The HMI 114 is the Bargraph Meter. It provides vis-
The PCC supports these PCCNet devices. ible indication of genset voltage, genset current,
and genset power.
HMI 113

The HMI 113 is the Universal Annunciator Module. It


provides visible and audible indication of genset
alarms and status based on discrete relay or net-
work inputs.

FIGURE 1-7. HMI 114

The PCC supports an unlimited number of HMI 114


on each PCCNet network, but each PCCNet net-
work is limited to twenty PCCNet devices.
TABLE 1-8. HMI 114 PART NUMBERS
PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Bargraph 0300636602
Bargraph software 03267431

FIGURE 1-6. HMI 113 (0300592901) HMI 320


The HMI 320 is the Operator Panel for the PCC and
The HMI 113 supports different overlays. the genset.
The PCC supports up to four HMI 113 on each There is a remote version of the Operator Panel.
PCCNet network. This version is intended for applications where

1-7
someone can operate the genset in a different loca- The PC-based service tool harness (Figure 1-9) is
tion than the genset. It is identical to the other con- used to connect the PCC or the Operator Panel to a
trol panels, except you cannot change the mode of PC-based service tool.
operation (page 3-7).

FIGURE 1-9. PC-BASED SERVICE TOOL HARNESS

TABLE 1-10. PC-BASED SERVICE TOOL HARNESS


PART NUMBERS
PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
PC-based service tool harness 05411199
(RS485)
03383277
(RS232)

PTC Mode Switch


The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20).
FIGURE 1-8. HMI 320 (0300631502)
Ramp Load Unload

The PCC supports up to two HMI 320 (regardless of The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a ramp load unload signal (page 4-38).
version) on each PCCNet network.
Ready to Load
TABLE 1-9. HMI 320 PART NUMBERS The PCC may notify a device when event 1465
PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is active.
Operator Panel 0300631502 Typically, the device is a programmable logic con-
Remote(Operator Panel) 0300631503 troller (PLC).
Operator Panel software 03267431
Remote Start
Operator Panel language software 03267449
03267450 The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a remote start signal (page 3-9).

Typically, the device is a transfer switch or a remote


PC-based Service Tools Operator Panel.

Retransfer Inhibit
The PCC or the Operator Panel may be connected
to a PC-based service tool, such as InPower, to The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a retransfer inhibit signal (page 4-21).
monitor, manage, and control the genset.
Single Mode Verify
Note: See the PC-based service tool documentation This connection is required if the PCC is connected
for more information. in parallel with the utility and is not in parallel with

1-8
any other gensets. The PCC is connected to a de- Transfer Inhibit
vice that controls whether or not the PCC is allowed
to close the genset circuit breaker onto a dead bus. The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21).
This connection is not used if the PCC is not con-
nected in parallel with the utility or is also in parallel Utility
with other gensets.
The PCC may be connected to the utility to measure
Speed Bias Input utility voltage, utility current, and utility frequency.

The PCC may be connected to a device that can ad- The PCC may be connected to potential transform-
just the speed reference (page 3-15). ers (PTs) to reduce the utility voltage before it is
measured.
Speed Bias Output
This connection is not used if the PCC is not con-
The PCC may inform a device what the percentage nected in parallel with the utility.
difference is between the speed reference (page
Utility Circuit Breaker
3-15) and the base speed.
The PCC may be connected to the utility circuit
Speed Droop Enable breaker. The utility circuit breaker controls whether
or not the utility is connected to the load.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a speed droop enable signal (page 4-37). Depending on the application, the PCC might moni-
tor the position of the circuit breaker or control the
Start Type circuit breaker.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can Utility Circuit Breaker Inhibit
generate a start type signal (page 3-9).
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
This connection may be hard-wired in some gen- generate a utility CB inhibit signal (page 4-36).
sets.
This connection is not used if the PCC does not con-
Switched B+ (Run) Control trol the utility circuit breaker.

The PCC may provide power to a device while the Voltage Bias Input
genset is running. The PCC does not provide power
when the genset is not running. The PCC may be connected to a device that can ad-
just the voltage setpoint (page 3-15).
Note: This connection is also referred to as a run
relay. Voltage Bias Output

System Wakeup The PCC may inform a device what the difference is
between the voltage setpoint (page 3-15) and
The PCC and the Operator Panel may be con- 100%.
nected to other devices with which the PCC and the
Operator Panel enter and leave power-down mode Voltage Droop Enable
(page 3-10) together.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
In some gensets, these connections may be hard- generate a voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38).
wired to prevent the devices from entering power-
down mode. INTERNAL FEATURES
This section introduces the internal features of the
Sync Enable
PCC. These features do not depend on any connec-
The PCC may be connected to a device that can tions to other equipment.
generate a sync enable signal (page 4-2). Password protection (page 5-1)

1-9
Realtime clock (page 5-59) Requires HMI 113
Exercise scheduler (page 5-32) MS 202C, Method 101 compliant
IEEE C62.41 compliant
CERTIFICATIONS
IEEE C37.90 compliant
The PCC meets or exceeds the requirements of BS ISO 85284:2005
these codes and standards:
BS EN 500811:1992
UL 508 Recognized components BS EN 6100062:2001
CSA marked BS EN 6100063:2001
C282 compliant BS EN 6100064:2001
22.2 compliant CE Marking: The control system is suitable for
NFPA 99 compliant use on generator sets to be CEmarked.

NFPA 110 compliant The Operator Panel is UL508 listed.

1-10
2. Hardware
This section introduces the hardware that makes up can ignite explosive hydrogen gas given off by
the PCC and Operator Panel. It does not introduce batteries, causing severe personal injury. Arc-
the hardware in the rest of the genset. ing can occur when cable is removed or recon-
nected, or when negative () battery cable is
WARNING Incorrect service or replacement of connected and a tool used to connect or discon-
parts can result in severe personal injury, death, nect positive (+) battery cable touches frame or
and/or equipment damage. Service personnel other grounded metal part of the set. Always re-
must be trained and experienced to perform move negative () cable first, and reconnect it
electrical and mechanical service. Read Safety last. Make certain hydrogen from battery, en-
Precautions, and carefully observe all of the in- gine fuel, and other explosive fumes are fully
structions and precautions in this manual. dissipated. This is especially important if bat-
tery has been connected to battery charger.
See Appendix A for schematics.
To prevent circuit board damage due to electrostatic
In this section, italics are used to identify a specific discharge, a grounding wrist strap must be worn
parameter by name. when handling circuit boards or socket-mounted
ICs. (The wrist strap does not provide a direct short
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS to ground but is typically rated at approximately 1
megohm to ground.)
CAUTION Electrostatic discharge will damage
circuit boards. To prevent this damage, always The connector seals (Table 1-3) for some connec-
wear a grounding wrist strap when handling cir- tors must meet the specified standards for the PCC
cuit boards or socket-mounted ICs. to meet or exceed the certifications (page 1-10).
CAUTION Always disconnect a battery char- PCC BASE BOARD
ger from its AC source before disconnecting the
battery cables. Otherwise, disconnecting the TABLE 2-1. PCC BASE BOARD PART NUMBERS
battery cables can result in voltage spikes high PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
enough to damage the DC control circuits of the PCC 3300 controller 0327160101
set.
This circuit board (Figure 2-1) contains the mi-
WARNING Accidental starting of the generator croprocessor and the operational software for the
set while working on it can cause severe per- PCC.
sonal injury or death. Prevent accidental start-
ing by disconnecting the starting battery cables This circuit board is potted to provide resistance to
(negative [] first). dust and moisture. It is specifically designed and
tested for resistance to RFI / EMI, and it also in-
WARNING Make certain battery area has been cludes transient voltage surge suppression to pro-
well-ventilated before servicing battery. Arcing vide compliance with referenced standards.

2-1
TB7 CT1 J12 J22
CT2 CT3

TB9 J20

TB15
J26
J14

J25
TB10 TB8 TB5 TB3 TB1

FIGURE 2-1. PCC BASE BOARD

LEDs The LEDs are located next to CT2 and CT3.

Note: DSx, where x is a number, is the typical way to


indicate that a hardware component is a light (LED or
incandescent).
DS3 DS4
DS6 DS9

FIGURE 2-2. PCC BASE BOARD LEDS

2-2
TABLE 2-2. PCC BASE BOARD LEDS
LED COLOR DESCRIPTION
DS3 (Heart- Green This LED blinks regularly (once every two seconds) when the PCC has power and
beat) is not in powerdown mode (page 3-10).
DS4 This is reserved for future use.
DS6 Amber This LED is on if event 1483 (Common Alarm) is active.
DS9 Green This LED is on while the PCC is changing between MON protocol and Modbus pro-
tocol on TB15.
If the PCC is using Modbus on TB15, this LED blinks when the PCC is receiving or
transmitting data through the Modbus connection.
If the PCC is using MON on TB15, this LED is off.

Connections
Table 2-3 provides an overview of the connections
on this circuit board.
TABLE 2-3. PCC CONNECTIONS OVERVIEW
CONNECTION DESCRIPTION HOUSING PINS
CT1 Genset bus/utility L1 current sensing
CT2 Genset bus/utility L2 or genset neutral current
sensing
CT3 Genset bus/utility L3 current sensing
J12 Genset current 03231932 03231200
J14 PC-based service tool interface
J20 Genset input and output 03232446 03232466
J22 Genset voltage 0323222603
J25 Accessories input and output 03232445 03232466
J26 Interconnect (J11 and AUX 103) 03232454 03232466
TB1 Customer input and output 0323167815
TB3 Customer input and output 03232498
TB5 Circuit breaker control 03232499
TB7 Genset bus/utility voltage sensing 03232476
TB8 Customer input and output 0323232503
TB9 Analog input and output 03232501
TB10 Circuit breaker status 03232502
TB15 Modbus, PC-based service tool interface 0323219204

Configurable Inputs Configurable Input #12 J2019, J208


Configurable Input #13 TB87, TB812
Table 2-4 identifies all of the configurable inputs.
Configurable Input #14 TB88, TB813
TABLE 2-4. CONFIGURABLE INPUT Configurable Input #20 TB39, TB31
CONNECTIONS Configurable Input #21 TB310, TB312
DESCRIPTION PCC Configurable Input #23 TB104, TB101
Configurable Input #1 TB112, TB113 Configurable Input #24 TB105, TB101
Configurable Input #2 TB114. TB115 Configurable Input #25 TB106, TB109
Configurable Input #5 J2017, J205 Configurable Input #26 TB108, TB102
Configurable Input #6 J2018, J206 Configurable Input #27 TB1010, TB102
Configurable Input #10 TB85, TB81 Configurable Input #28 TB1011, TB109
Configurable Input #11 TB86, TB82 Configurable Input #29 TB1012, TB1016

2-3
Configurable Input #30 TB1013, TB1017 Configurable Output #10 TB83
Configurable Input #31 TB1014, TB1017 Configurable Output #11 TB811
Configurable Input #32 TB1015, TB1016 Configurable Output #20 TB35
Configurable Output #21 TB36
Configurable Analog Inputs Configurable Output #22 TB38

Table 2-5 identifies all of the configurable analog in-


puts. Configurable Analog Outputs

TABLE 2-5. CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT Table 2-7 identifies all of the configurable analog
CONNECTIONS outputs.
DESCRIPTION PCC
TABLE 2-7. CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT
Configurable Analog Input #1 TB91, TB92 CONNECTIONS
Configurable Analog Input #2 TB93, TB92 DESCRIPTION PCC
Configurable Analog Output #1 TB95, TB96
Configurable Outputs
Configurable Analog Output #2 TB94, TB96
Table 2-6 identifies all of the configurable outputs.
CT1 Connections
TABLE 2-6. CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT
CONNECTIONS
DESCRIPTION PCC
Configurable Output #1 Relay TB16, TB17
Configurable Output #2 Relay TB18, TB19
Customer Fused B+ TB15
Configurable Output #3 TB810
Configurable Output #4 TB89
Configurable Output #5 TB14
FIGURE 2-3. CT1
Relay B+ J2013
Configurable Output #6 J2016 This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
Configurable Output #7 J251 ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-8. CT1: GENSET BUS/UTILITY L1 CURRENT SENSING
COUPLING DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
CT1 1 Genset Bus L1 Current OR Utility L1 Current Genset bus or utility L1 current measure-
ment. Route external CT secondary wiring
through CT such that current flows through
the onboard CT entering at 1 when the mea-
sured source is providing power.

CT2 Connections

FIGURE 2-4. CT2

This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-1.

2-4
TABLE 2-9. CT1: GENSET BUS/UTILITY L2 OR GENSET NEUTRAL CURRENT SENSING
COUPLING DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
CT2 1 Genset Bus L2 Current OR Utility L2 Current Genset bus/utility L2 or genset neutral current
OR Genset Neutral Current measurement. Route external CT secondary
wiring through CT such that current flows
through the onboard CT entering at 1 when
the measured source is providing power.

CT3 Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-1.

FIGURE 2-5. CT3


TABLE 2-10. CT1: GENSET BUS/UTILITY L3 CURRENT SENSING
COUPLING DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
CT3 1 Genset Bus L3 Current OR Utility L3 Current Genset bus or utility L3 current measure-
ment. Route external CT secondary wiring
through CT such that current flows through
the onboard CT entering at 1 when the mea-
sured source is providing power.

J12 Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-1.
4 6

1 3
FIGURE 2-6. J12 PINS
TABLE 2-11. J12 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: CT CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J121 CT1 CT1-X1
J122 CT2 CT2-X1
J123 CT3 CT3-X1
J124 CT1 COMMON CT1-X2/X3
J125 CT2 COMMON CT2-X2/X3
J126 CT3 COMMON CT3-X2/X3

Genset Delta/Wye Connection and Single/3 Phase Set the CT ratio in Genset Primary CT Current (ac-
Connection specify the alternator configuration. tual genset current) and Genset CT Secondary Cur-
rent (reduced genset current). If the PCC is con-
See Appendix A for detailed examples of these con- nected to the main alternator, set these parameters
nections with various alternator configurations. to the same value. (Set the CT ratio to one.)

CT connections should use twisted-pair wires, mini- Note: If Genset Nominal Voltage is less than 300 VAC,
mum 1 sq. mm. (16 AWG). the PCC assumes the genset is using the center tap
on the CT and automatically doubles the CT ratio.
Use the CT ratio calculator (page 2-27) to determine
the proper CT specifications for the genset. Genset Current Transformer Installation

2-5
Follow these guidelines to install a current trans- J14 Connections
former (CT).

Each CT has a polarity dot on one side. Polarity re-


fers to the instantaneous direction the CT primary
current has with respect to the CT secondary cur-
rent. It is important to install the CT polarity dot in the
correct orientation to assure correct current meter-
ing and prevent control errors. FIGURE 2-7. J14 PINS
Normal practice is to have the CT installed
around each alternator phase load-side leads; This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
in this case, the polarity dot faces towards the ented in Figure 2-1.
alternator. This connection provides a way to connect to the
In some cases, the CT is installed on the alter- PCC with a PC-based service tool without discon-
nator neutral leads due to space limitations; in necting any Modbus devices on TB15.
this case, the polarity dot faces the neutral ter-
minal or bus bar. PC-based service tools should use harness
03383277 to connect to this RS232 connection. A
female-to-female adapter is also required.
It is important to refer to the genset reconnection
diagram(s) to make sure you install CTs properly for J20 Connections
various alternator configurations.

CT labeling: 22 11
CT1 senses the current in U (A phase) leads.
CT2 senses the current in V (B phase) leads.
CT3 senses the current in W (C phase) leads.

There are two types of CTs used on gensets. These


types are referred to as two-terminal secondary CTs
and three-terminal secondary CTs.
12 1
Two-terminal CTs (X1, X2) are used on non-recon-
nectable alternators.

Three-terminal CTs (X1, X2, X3) are used on recon- FIGURE 2-8. J20 PINS
nectable alternators, and, in some cases, also on
non-reconnectable alternators. This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
ented in Figure 2-1.
X1 and X2 are used for line-to-line voltages greater Note: If the PCC is connected to a CM850 engine con-
than 300 volts. X1 and X3 are used for line-to-line trol module (ECM), J2013, J2014, and J2016 are
voltages less than 300 volts. controlled by the ECM, not the PCC.
TABLE 2-12. J20 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: GENSET CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J201 Chassis Ground
J202 B+ Return Battery () negative
J203 Switched B+ Low-side Driver
J204 B+ Return Battery () negative
J205 Discrete Input Return Return for configurable input #5 J2017
J206 Discrete Input Return Return for configurable input #6 J2018

2-6
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J207 B+ Return Battery () negative
J208 Discrete Input Return Return for configurable input #12 J2019
J209 B+ Input (Fused B+) Battery (+) positive
J2010 B+ Input (Fused B+) Battery (+) positive
J2011 Starter Disconnect Input Charging Alternator
J2012 B+ Return Battery () negative
J2013 Relay Coil B+ Supply Switched B+
J2014 FSO Relay Driver Low side of Fuel Shutoff Relay Coil
J2015 Starter Relay Driver Low side of Starter Relay Coil
J2016 Oil Priming Pump Driver Low side of Oil Priming Pump Relay Coil
J2017 Configurable Input #5 Defaults to Low Coolant Level Switch (wake-
up)
J2018 Configurable Input #6 Defaults to Low Fuel Level Switch (wake-up)
J2019 Configurable Input #12 Defaults to Rupture Basin Switch (wake-up)
J2020 B+ Input (Fused B+) Battery (+) positive (power to control module)
J2021 B+ Input (Fused B+) Battery (+) positive (power to control module)
J2022 Alt Flash Input Charging Alternator

J201 should be connected to the engine ground. Switched B+ (Run) Control Connections

J203 is a low-side driver. Its specifications are


J205 and J2017 are Configurable Input #5. If
shown in Table 2-17.
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset J203 may be connected with J2013 or TB15. Al-
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- ternatively, J203 may be connected with Emergen-
closed. cy Stop B+ Power (Appendix A) so that the output is
physically interrupted when an emergency stop but-
J206 and J2018 are Configurable Input #6. If ton.
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset The PCC turns on J203 when the PCC runs Start
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- Engine (page 3-14). The PCC turns off J203 when
closed. the stop sequence (page 3-16) has finished.

Battery Connections
J208 and J2019 are Configurable Input #12. If
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can There should be a 20-A fuse inline with the positive
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset (+) terminal of the battery.
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed. Nominal Battery Voltage specifies the battery volt-
age in the genset.
J2013 is internally fused at 1.85 A.
Battery-charging Alternator Connections
J2016 is Configurable Output #6. It is a low-side J2022 is internally fused at 1.5 A.
driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17.
See Appendix A for detailed examples of these con-
Configurable Input #5, #6, and #12 Connections nections with various types of battery-charging al-
ternators.
The PCC leaves power-down mode (page 3-10) if Fuel Solenoid Connections
the configurable input is closed. It does not matter
what the function of the configurable input is or if this J2014 is a low-side driver. Its specifications are
makes the configurable input active or inactive. shown in Table 2-17.

2-7
J2014 should be connected with Emergency Stop J2015 should be connected in series with Emer-
B+ Power (Appendix A) so that the fuel solenoid is gency Stop B+ Power (Appendix A) so that the start-
physically interrupted when an emergency stop but- er is physically interrupted when an emergency stop
ton. button.

Connections to the FSO control should use the ap- Connections to the starter solenoid should use the
propriate wire size for the current drawn by the fuel appropriate wire size for the current drawn by the
solenoid. starter solenoid.
If ECM CAN Enable is set to Enable, J2014 is on J22 Connections
unless one of these conditions is met:
Any shutdown fault (page 7-1) is active.
The PCC is in Setup mode (page 3-12).
1 4
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable, the PCC
turns on J2014 when the engine speed is greater
than zero. The PCC turns off J2014 when the gen-
set is stopped (page 3-10). FIGURE 2-9. J22 PINS

Starter Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-1.
J2015 is a low-side driver. Its specifications are
shown in Table 2-17.
TABLE 2-13. J22 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: VOLTAGE SENSING CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J221 L1 Alternator Terminal U (R)
J222 L2 Alternator Terminal V (Y)
J223 L3 Alternator Terminal W (B)
J224 N Alternator Terminal Neutral
Genset Delta/Wye Connection and Single/3 Phase Note: The PCC ignores the potential transformer (PT)
Connection specify the alternator configuration. ratio if Genset Nominal Voltage is less than 600 VAC.

Potential Transformer (PT) Sizing Rules


See Appendix A for detailed examples of these con-
nections with various alternator configurations. The PT primary connections should be connected
to the alternator. The PT primary voltage must be
If the genset line-to-line voltage is greater than 600 60145,000 VAC line-to-line.
VAC, potential transformers (PTs) are required to
The PT secondary connections should be con-
reduce the genset voltage to less than 600 VAC line-
nected to the PCC. The PT secondary voltage must
to-line before it enters the PCC.
be 110600 VAC line-to-line.

If the genset line-to-line voltage is less than 600 Use the PT sizing rules in Figure 2-10 if the PT sec-
VAC, connect the PCC to the main alternator output. ondary voltage is less than 300 VAC.

300
genset nominal voltage < PT secondary voltage
PT primary voltage < 9
genset nominal voltage

FIGURE 2-10. POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER SIZING RULES (PT SECONDARY VOLTAGE < 300 VAC)
Use the PT sizing rules in Figure 2-11 if the PT sec-
ondary voltage is greater than 300 VAC.

2-8
600
genset nominal voltage < PT secondary voltage
PT primary voltage < 18
genset nominal voltage

FIGURE 2-11. POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER SIZING RULES (PT SECONDARY VOLTAGE > 300 VAC)
J25 Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
ented in Figure 2-1.

1 7

6 12

FIGURE 2-12. J25 PINS


TABLE 2-14. J25 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: DISPLAY CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J251 Local Status For future
J252 Local E-Stop Local EStop Switch
J253 PCCNet B Network Data B
J254 PCCNet A Network Data A
J255 System Wakeup
J256 Discrete Input Return
J257 Discrete Input Return
J258 B+ Return Battery () negative, available for Operator
Panel or bargraph
J259 B+ Return / PCCNet Shield PCCNet harness shield
J2510 Manual Manual Run command.
J2511 Auto Auto command.
J2512 N/A
J251 is Configurable Output #7. It is a low-side state of the connection between J252 and J256. If
driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17. LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable, this connec-
tion is active-closed.
Emergency Stop Connections

See Appendix A for detailed examples of these con- Mode of Operations Connections
nections.
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, Manual
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, use Local Switch Active State2 specifies the active state of the
E-stop Active State Selection1 to set up the active connection between J2510 and J258. If LBNG

1. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

2-9
Genset Enable is set to Enable, this connection is TB1. If one of the connections is set up incorrectly,
active-closed. the other connection does not work either. For exam-
ple, if a customer PCCNet device is set up incorrectly
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, Auto on TB1, the Operator Panel on J25 stops working.
Switch Active State Selection3 specifies the active
state of the connection between J2511 and J258. PCCNet devices that are connected to J25 should
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable, this con- connect to Fused B+ (Appendix A) for power.
nection is active-closed.
PCCNet connections should use Belden 97291
System Wakeup Connections cables.
Ground any System Wakeup pin on the PCC to pre-
vent the PCC and any connected devices from en- See the PCCNet Spec Sheet for information about
tering power-down mode (page 3-10). network specifications. Contact your local distribu-
tor (page 7-111) to get this document.
Each System Wakeup pin is part of a separate Sys-
tem Wakeup line. Several devices can be con- J26 Connections
nected to the same System Wakeup line. All of the
devices on the same System Wakeup line enter and
leave power-down mode simultaneously.

When any device in this connection is unable to en-


18 9
ter power-down mode (for any reason other than the
System Wakeup connection (page 1-9) being ac-
tive), it sends a signal on its System Wakeup line(s).
This signal prevents the other devices on the Sys-
tem Wakeup line(s) from entering power-down
mode.

If a device is connected to more than one System 10 1


Wakeup line and one of the System Wakeup lines is
active, the device sends a signal on all of the other
System Wakeup lines as well.
FIGURE 2-13. J26 PINS
PCCNet Connections
Note: The PCCNet connection in J25 shares the same This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
electrical connection as the PCCNet connection in ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-15. J26 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: INTERCONNECT (J11 AND AUX 103)
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J261 J1939 (Shield) CAN Datalink
J262 Backup Start Disconnect AUX 103 AVR powerstage
J263 AVR PWM AUX 103 AVR powerstage
J264 NA
J265 B+ Return Power for AUX 103 AVR powerstage
J266 NA
J267 Field Alternator Field XX (F2)
J268 NA
J269 AVR Fused B+ Power for AUX 103 AVR powerstage
J2610 J1939 () CAN Datalink
J2611 J1939 (+) CAN Datalink

2. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
3. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

2-10
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J2612 NA
J2613 NA
J2614 Field + Alternator Field X+ (F1)
J2615 Keyswitch Engine control module (ECM)
J2616 AVR PWM + AUX 103 AVR powerstage
J2617 NA
J2618 NA
Engine Control Module (ECM) Connections munication (CAN-Link) between the PCC and the
ECM.
ECM CAN Enable specifies whether or not the PCC
uses an ECM. TB1 Connections

J2615 is a low-side driver. It is limited to 20 mA.

J2615 should be connected with Emergency Stop 16 1


B+ Power (Appendix A) so that the ECM keyswitch
is physically interrupted when an emergency stop
button. FIGURE 2-14. TB1 PINS

See PCC-ECM Communication (page 3-19) for This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
more information about the connections and com- ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-16. TB1 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB11 PCCNet A Network data A
TB12 PCCNet B Network data B
TB13 PCCNet Shield / B+ Return
TB14 Ready To Load 20-mA Low-side Relay Driver
TB15 B+ Output (3 A)
TB16 Configurable Output 1A Relay contacts of rating 3.5 A @ 30 VDC
TB17 Configurable Output 1B Relay contacts of rating 3.5 A @ 30 VDC
TB18 Configurable Output 2A Relay contacts of rating 3.5 A @ 30 VDC
TB19 Configurable Output 2B Relay contacts of rating 3.5 A @ 30 VDC
TB110 Remote Start Return Works with TB111, active open or active
close
TB111 Remote Start Works with TB110, active open or active
close
TB112 Configurable Input 1 Works with TB113, active open or active
close
TB113 Configurable Input-Common Common for TB112 and TB114, active open
or active close
TB114 Configurable Input 2 Works with TB113, active open or active
close
TB115 Remote ESTOP Return Remote ESTOP switch
TB116 Remote ESTOP Remote ESTOP switch

TB14 is Configurable Output #5. It is a low-side TABLE 2-17. LOW-SIDE DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS
driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17. DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
Maximum Voltage 30 VDC
Maximum Current 250 mA

2-11
Maximum Inrush 3A The PCC leaves power-down mode (page 3-10) if
Leakage Current (off-state) 100 uA the connection between TB111 and TB110 be-
comes active.
TB15 is internally fused at 3 A. Emergency Stop Connections

TB16 and TB17 are Configurable Output #1. It is See Appendix A for detailed examples of these con-
connected to a relay. The relay specifications are nections.
shown in Table 2-18.
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, use Re-
mote Estop Active State Selection5 to set up the
TABLE 2-18. CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT #1/#2
RELAY SPECIFICATIONS active state of the connection between TB116 and
TB115. If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable,
DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
this connection is active-closed.
Maximum Voltage 30 VDC
Maximum Current 3.5 A PCCNet Connections
Note: The PCCNet connection in J25 shares the same
TB18 and TB19 are Configurable Output #1. It is electrical connection as the PCCNet connection in
connected to a relay. The relay specifications are TB1. If one of the connections is set up incorrectly,
shown in Table 2-18. the other connection does not work either. For exam-
ple, if a customer PCCNet device is set up incorrectly
TB112 and TB113 are Configurable Input #1. If on TB1, the Operator Panel on J25 stops working.
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset PCCNet connections should use Belden 2971
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- cables.
closed.
See the PCCNet Spec Sheet for information about
network specifications. Contact your local distribu-
TB114 and TB115 are Configurable Input #2. If tor (page 7-111) to get this document.
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset TB3 Connections
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed.

Remote Start Connections 12 1


If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, use Re-
mote Start Switch Active State Selection4 to set up FIGURE 2-15. TB3 PINS
the active state of the connection between TB110
and TB111. If LBNG Genset Enable is set to En- This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
able, this connection is active-closed. ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-19. TB3 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: CUSTOMER INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB3 1 Return Use as signal return for switch inputs.
TB3 2 Master CAN shield CAN shield connection point.
TB3 3 Master CAN L CAN port for control to control communica-
tions.
TB3 4 Master CAN H CAN port for control to control communica-
tions.
TB3 5 Configurable Output #20 Status Configurable output #20; intended to drive a
relay coil; default is set by trim Configurable
Output #20 Event Code.

4. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
5. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

2-12
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB3 6 Configurable Output #21 Status Configurable output #21; intended to drive a
relay coil; default is set by trim Configurable
Output #21 Event Code.
TB3 7 N/A
TB3 8 Configurable Output #22 Status Configurable output #22; intended to drive a
relay coil; default is set by trim Configurable
Output #22 Event Code.
TB3 9 Transfer Inhibit/Configurable Input #20 Switch Normally inhibits transfer to genset; under
some conditions it is ignored; not the same
as genset CB inhibit.
TB3 10 Retransfer Inhibit/Configurable Input #21 Normally inhibits retransfer to utility; under
Switch some conditions it is ignored; not the same
as utility CB inhibit.
TB3 11 Master First Start Output Status
TB3 12 Return Return for master first start TB311.

TB32, TB33, TB34, TB311, and TB312 are TB310 and TB31 are Configurable Input #21. If
reserved for future use. LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
TB35 is Configurable Output #20. It is a low-side Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17. closed.

TB36 is Configurable Output #21. It is a low-side TB5 Connections


driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17.

TB38 is Configurable Output #22. It is a low-side


driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17. 9 1
TB39 and TB31 are Configurable Input #20. If
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can FIGURE 2-16. TB5 PINS
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
closed. ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-20. TB5 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB5 1 Genset CB Close Status Contact for closing genset breaker; ratings
5A 30VDC inductive L/R=7msec.; also used
for tripping genset CB in Standalone and
Synchronize

TB5 2 Genset CB Close Status Return


TB5 3 NA
TB5 4 Genset CB Open Status Contact for opening genset breaker; ratings
5A 30VDC inductive L/R=7msec.
TB5 5 Genset CB Open Status Return
TB5 6 Utility CB Close Status Contact for closing utility breaker; ratings 5A
30VDC inductive L/R=7msec.
TB5 7 Utility CB Close Status Return
TB5 8 Utility CB Open Status Contact for opening utility breaker; ratings 5A
30VDC inductive L/R=7msec.
TB5 9 Utility CB Open Status Return

Genset Circuit Breaker TB54 and TB55 are connected to a relay. The
TB51 and TB52 are connected to a relay. The relay specifications are shown in Table 2-18.
relay specifications are shown in Table 2-18.

2-13
Utility Circuit Breaker TB7 Connections

These connections are used only if Genset Applica-


tion Type is set to Power Transfer Control.
1 4
TB56 and TB57 are connected to a relay. The
relay specifications are shown in Table 2-18.
FIGURE 2-17. TB7 PINS

TB58 and TB59 are connected to a relay. The This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
relay specifications are shown in Table 2-18. ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-21. TB7 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: GENSET BUS/UTILITY VOLTAGE SENSING
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB7 1 Genset Bus L1 Voltage OR Utility L1 Voltage Genset bus or utility L1 voltage measure-
ment, up to 600VAC line to line direct con-
nect.

TB7 2 Genset Bus L2 Voltage OR Utility L2 Voltage Genset bus or utility L2 voltage measure-
ment, up to 600VAC line to line direct con-
nect.

TB7 3 Genset Bus L3 Voltage OR Utility L3 Voltage Genset bus or utility L3 voltage measure-
ment, up to 600VAC line to line direct con-
nect.

TB7 4 Neutral Genset bus or utility neutral voltage refer-


ence, up to 600VAC line to line direct con-
nect. If delta voltage connection leave un-
connected.

This connector is the same as J22 (page 2-8), ex- TB8 Connections
cept that TB7 is used to measure the genset bus or
utility voltage instead of the genset voltage.

13 1
Utility Delta/Wye Connection and Single/3 Phase
Connection specify the utility configuration.
FIGURE 2-18. TB8 PINS

Note: The PCC ignores the potential transformer (PT) This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
ratio if Utility Nominal Voltage is less than 600 VAC. ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-22. TB8 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB81 Discrete Return Works with TB85, active open or active close
TB82 Discrete Return Works with TB86, active open or active close
TB83 Delayed Off Low-side driver
TB84 SW_B+ relay ctrl 2 Low-side driver
TB85 Remote Fault Reset (wakeup) Works with TB81, active open or active close
TB86 Start Type Emergency / Non-emergency start type.
Ground for non-emergency type.
TB87 Configurable Input 13 Works with TB812, active open or active
close

2-14
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB88 Configurable Input 14 Works with TB813, active open or active
close
TB89 Configurable Output 4 20-mA low-side driver
TB810 Configurable Output 3 20-mA low-side driver
TB811 Load Dump 20-mA low-side driver, works with TB15
TB812 Discrete Input Return Works with TB87, active open or active close
TB813 Discrete Input Return Works with TB88, active open or active close

TB81 and TB85 are Configurable Input #10. If Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can closed.
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- TB89 is Configurable Output #4. It is a low-side
closed. driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17.

The PCC leaves power-down mode (page 3-10) if TB810 is Configurable Output #3. It is a low-side
this configurable input is closed. It does not matter driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17.
what the function of the configurable input is or if this
makes the configurable input active or inactive. TB811 is Configurable Output #11. It is a low-side
driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17.
TB82 and TB86 are Configurable Input #11. If
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can TB9 Connections
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed. 11
TB83 is Configurable Output #10. It is a low-side
driver. Its specifications are shown in Table 2-17.

TB84 is a low-side driver. Its specifications are


shown in Table 2-17.

TB84 is on as long as the engine speed is greater


than zero.

TB87 and TB812 are Configurable Input #13. If


LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- 1
closed.
FIGURE 2-19. TB9 PINS
TB88 and TB813 are Configurable Input #14. If
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset ented in Figure 2-1.
TABLE 2-23. TB9 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: ANALOG INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB9 1 kW Load Setpoint / Configurable Analog In- Analog Input which sets the genset kW out-
put #1 put level when the genset is in load govern
mode. Maximum kW output is limited by the
genset base load setting.
TB9 2 Analog Return Use as a signal return for analog inputs on
TB91 and TB93.
TB9 3 kVAR Load Setpoint / Configurable Analog Analog Input which sets the genset kVAR out-
Input #2 put level when the genset is in load govern
mode.

2-15
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB9 4 Voltage Bias Output / Configurable Analog Analog Output which allows for sharing of
output #2 Output Predictor kVAR load between gensets when paralleling
to nonPCC based gensets.
TB9 5 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog Analog Output which allows for sharing of kW
output #1 Output Predictor load between gensets when paralleling to
nonPCC based gensets.
TB9 6 Analog Return Use as a signal return for analog outputs on
TB94 and TB95.
TB9 7 kW Load Share Level Connects from genset to genset when paral-
leling to enable gensets to share kW load. In
addition can be used as an input from a mas-
ter synchronizer for frequency/phase match-
ing.
TB9 8 N/A
TB9 9 Load Share Shield Load share shield connection point.
TB9 10 kVAR Load Share Level Connects from genset to genset when paral-
leling to enable gensets to share kVAR load.
In addition can be used as an input from a
master synchronizer for voltage matching.
TB9 11 N/A
Configurable Analog Input #1 Configurable Analog Input #2
TB93 and TB92 support a range of 5 VDC ~ 5
TB91 and TB92 support a range of 5 VDC ~ 5 VDC.
VDC.
The PCC generates warning fault 1324 (kVAR Load
Setpoint OOR High) if these conditions are met for
The PCC generates warning fault 1322 (kW Load kVAR Load Setpoint OOR Time:
Setpoint OOR High) if these conditions are met for
kW Load Setpoint OOR Time: kVAR Load Setpoint OOR Check Enable is set
to Enabled.
kW Load Setpoint OOR Check Enable is set to The input voltage is greater than kVAR Load
Enabled. Setpoint OOR High Limit.
The input voltage is greater than kW Load Set- The PCC generates warning fault 1325 (kVAR Load
point OOR High Limit. Setpoint OOR Low) if these conditions are met for
kVAR Load Setpoint OOR Time:
The PCC generates warning fault 1323 (kW Load kVAR Load Setpoint OOR Check Enable is set
Setpoint OOR Low) if these conditions are met for to Enabled.
kW Load Setpoint OOR Time: The input voltage is less than kVAR Load Set-
point OOR Low Limit.
kW Load Setpoint OOR Check Enable is set to
Enabled. Configurable Analog Output #1
The input voltage is less than kW Load Setpoint TB95 and TB96 support a range of 10 VDC ~ 10
OOR Low Limit. VDC.

2-16
Figure 2-20 shows the relationship between the out- V1 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
put value x and the output voltage V. output #1 Analog Out Low Setpoint
V2 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
V output #1 Analog Out High Setpoint

TABLE 2-25. OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF


V2 CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT (OTHER
FUNCTION)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
x1 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
output #1 Engineering In Low Function
Setpoint x Configurable Analog Output #1
V1 Engineering Units Function Scaling
x2 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
x output #1 Engineering In High Setpoint x
Configurable Analog Output #1 Engineer-
x1 x2 ing Units Function Scaling
V1 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
output #1 Analog Out Low Function Set-
FIGURE 2-20. OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF CONFIGUR- point
ABLE ANALOG OUTPUT V2 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
The values x1, x2, V1, and V2 depend on the func- output #1 Analog Out High Function Set-
tion of the configurable analog output. If this param- point
eter is set to Default, see Table 2-24. If this parame-
ter is set to Do Nothing, the output is always 0 VDC. For example, consider the scenario in Table 2-26.
Otherwise, see Table 2-25. Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog Output #1
Analog Output Function Pointer is set to Genset
TABLE 2-24. OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF
Frequency.
CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT (DEFAULT OR
DO NOTHING)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
x1 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
output #1 Engineering In Low Setpoint x
Configurable Analog Output #1 Engineer-
ing Units Function Scaling
x2 Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog
output #1 Engineering In High Setpoint x
Configurable Analog Output #1 Engineer-
ing Units Function Scaling
TABLE 2-26. EXAMPLE: CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT #1
PARAMETER VALUE
Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog output #1 Engineering In Low Function Setpoint 5000
Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog output #1 Engineering In High Function Setpoint 7000
Configurable Analog Output #1 Engineering Units Function Scaling 0.01
Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog output #1 Analog Out Low Function Setpoint 0.0 VDC
Speed Bias Output / Configurable Analog output #1 Analog Out High Function Setpoint 5.0 VDC

The minimum value of Genset Frequency is 50 Hz set Frequency is higher than 70 Hz, the output volt-
(5000 x 0.01). This corresponds to 0.0 VDC. If Gen- age is still 5.0 VDC.
set Frequency is lower than 50 Hz, the output volt-
age is still 0.0 VDC. Between 50 Hz and 70 Hz, the output voltage rises
proportional to the Genset Frequency. If Genset
Frequency is 58.0 Hz, the output voltage is 2.0 VDC.
The maximum value of Genset Frequency is 70 Hz If Genset Frequency is 65.0 Hz, the output voltage is
(7000 x 0.01). This corresponds to 5.0 VDC. If Gen- 3.75 VDC.

2-17
It is possible for Speed Bias Output / Configurable Then, based on the difference between the percent-
Analog output #1 Engineering In Low Function Set- age of rated kW load or rated kVAR load the genset
point to be greater than Speed Bias Output / Confi- should be taking and the percentage of rated kW
gurable Analog output #1 Engineering In High Func- load or rated kVAR load the genset is taking, each
tion Setpoint. For example, if you switch the 5000 genset controller adjusts the engine speed or gen-
and 7000 values in the example in Table 2-26, high- set voltage to change the load the genset is taking.
er output voltages correspond to lower genset fre-
PCC Current Drivers for Load Share Lines
quencies. If Genset Frequency is 58.0 Hz, the out-
put voltage is 3.0 VDC. Note: The PCC drives the load share lines the same
way that Cummins PCC 3xxx controllers do.
Configurable Analog Output #2
The PCC uses pulse-width modulation (PWM) to
TB94 and TB96 support an output range of 10 control the currents the genset drives into each set
VDC ~ 10 VDC. of load share lines.
kW Load Share Output Command is the PWM per-
This configurable analog output works the same centage in the kW load share lines. It represents the
way Configurable Analog Output #1 (page 2-16) percentage of rated kW load the genset is taking.
works, except it has a separate set of parameters. kW Load Share Output Command is the sum of
these values:
Load Share Communications Protocol
Load Share kW Balance
The gensets are connected by two sets of load kW Load Share Ramp PWM Offset
share lines: the kW load share lines and the kVAR 0.735 x (Genset % Standby Total kW Load
load share lines. Both sets of load share lines be- Share Minimum kW)
have the same way. Figure 2-21 shows the basic
hardware setup for one set of load share lines. kW Load Share Ramp PWM Offset is zero unless
the PCC is running the load share ramp load pro-
cess (page 4-28) or the load share ramp unload pro-
cess (page 4-29).
kW Load Share Output Command is limited to
0100% and then converted to 0500 A. (0% cor-
A B responds to 0 A; 100% corresponds to 500 A.)
kVAR Load Share Output Command is the PWM
percentage in the kVAR load share lines. It repre-
sents the percentage of rated kVAR load the genset
is taking. kVAR Load Share Output Command is the
sum of these values:
FIGURE 2-21. LOAD SHARE CONNECTION BE- Load Share kVAR Balance
TWEEN GENSETS kVAR Load Share Ramp PWM Offset
Each genset controller (A and B) drives a current 1.174 x (Genset Total kVAR per Standby kVA
into each set of load share lines. The current is pro- Load Share Minimum kVAR)
portional to the percentage of rated kW load (in the kVAR Load Share Ramp PWM Offset is zero unless
kW load share lines) or rated kVAR load (in the the PCC is running the load share ramp load pro-
kVAR load share lines) the genset is taking. cess (page 4-28) or the load share ramp unload pro-
cess (page 4-29).
Each genset has an internal resistor with the same
resistance on each set of load share lines. The cur- kVAR Load Share Output Command is limited to
rents provided by the gensets are added together 0100% and then converted to 0500 A. (0% cor-
and divided equally across the equal resistances. responds to 0 A; 100% corresponds to 500 A.)
Each genset measures the voltage across the inter-
PCC Voltage Sensing for Load Share Lines
nal resistor on each set of load share lines to calcu-
late the percentage of rated kW load or rated kVAR The internal resistor is 10 k, so the load share lines
load the genset should be taking. should have 05 VDC. The actual voltage depends

2-18
not only on the current driven by the PCC but also This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
the current driven by other genset controllers. ented in Figure 2-1.
TB10 Connections

17 1
FIGURE 2-22. TB10 PINS
TABLE 2-27. TB10 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: CIRCUIT BREAKER STATUS CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB10 1 Return Use as signal return for switch inputs.
TB10 2 Return Use as signal return for switch inputs.
TB10 3 Utility CB Pos A Switch The a contact from utility main breaker; con-
trol uses this to determine breaker position.
When closed the control is in load govern
mode.
TB10 4 Utility CB Pos B/Configurable Input #23 The b contact from utility main breaker; con-
Switch trol uses this only to determine breaker con-
tact failure by comparing it to the a contact;
this feature can be enabled/disabled.
TB10 5 Utility CB Tripped Switch Use to indicate to control that utility main is
tripped. Control will consider source unavail-
able.
TB10 6 Utility CB Inhibit/Configurable Input #25 Opens utility main if closed; inhibits closure if
Switch utility main is open.
TB10 7 Genset CB Pos A Switch The a contact from genset breaker; control
uses this to determine breaker position.
TB10 8 Genset CB Pos B/Configurable Input #26 The b contact from genset breaker; control
Switch uses this only to determine breaker contact
failure by comparing it to the a contact; this
feature can be enabled/disabled.
TB10 9 Return Use as signal return for switch inputs.
TB10 10 Genset CB Tripped Switch Use to indicate to control that genset breaker
is tripped. Control will consider source un-
available for PTC applications.
TB10 11 Genset CB Inhibit/Configurable Input #28 Opens genset breaker if closed; inhibits clo-
Switch sure if genset breaker is open.
TB10 12 Utility Single Mode Verify/Configurable Input
#29 Switch
TB10 13 Sync Enable/Configurable Input #30 Switch Use to enable synchronizing when in manual
or when genset application type is synchro-
nize only; (otherwise sync enabling is auto-
matically done by the control).
TB10 14 Load Demand Stop/Configurable Input #31 Use to stop genset when not needed while
Switch the remote start is active.
TB10 15 Extended Parallel/Configurable Input #32
Switch
TB10 16 Return Use as signal return for switch inputs.
TB10 17 Return Use as signal return for switch inputs.

TB106 and TB109 are Configurable Input #25. If TB1011 and TB109 are Configurable Input #28. If
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed. closed.

2-19
TB1013 and TB1017 are Configurable Input #30. If Genset Breaker Position Contacts is set to Dual
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can Contact, Genset CB Position Status is Open only if
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset both TB107 and TB108 indicate that the circuit
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active- breaker is open. Otherwise, Genset CB Position
closed. Status is Closed.
TB1014 and TB1017 are Configurable Input #31. Note: If TB107 and TB108 disagree about the posi-
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can tion of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker is con-
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset sidered closed.
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed. TB108 and TB101 are Configurable Input #26. If
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
TB1015 and TB1016 are Configurable Input #32.
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
closed.
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed.
Note: In some situations, the PCC also checks the
Utility Circuit Breaker Position Connections current to verify the circuit breaker position. If the
current in all three phases is greater than Breaker
If Utility Breaker Position Contacts is set to Single Closed Current Threshold, the PCC considers the
Contact, Utility CB Position Status depends only on circuit breaker closed in these situations:
TB103. When it determines whether or not the genset
If Utility Breaker Position Contacts is set to Dual is available (page 4-17).
Contact, Utility CB Position Status is Open only if When the retransfer inhibit signal (page 4-21)
both TB103 and TB104 indicate that the circuit is active.
breaker is open. Otherwise, Utility CB Position Sta-
tus is Closed. When it determines whether or not certain cir-
cuit breaker events/faults are active.
Note: If TB103 and TB104 disagree about the posi-
tion of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker is con-
TB15 Connections
sidered closed.

TB104 and TB101 are Configurable Input #23. If


LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can 5
specify the active state of this input. If LBNG Genset
Enable is set to Enable, this connection is active-
closed.
Note: In some situations, the PCC also checks the
current to verify the circuit breaker position. If the
current in all three phases is greater than Breaker
Closed Current Threshold, the PCC considers the
circuit breaker closed in these situations: 1
When it determines whether or not the utility is
available (page 4-20).
FIGURE 2-23. TB15 PINS
When the transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is
active. This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
When it determines whether or not certain cir- ented in Figure 2-1.
cuit breaker events/faults are active.
Genset Circuit Breaker Position Connections
If Genset Breaker Position Contacts is set to Single
Contact, Genset CB Position Status depends only
on TB107.

2-20
TABLE 2-28. TB15 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: TOOLS INTERFACE CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB151 RS485 Shield Network Shield
TB152 NA
TB153 RS485_DATA_A/MODBUS Network Data A
TB154 RS485_DATA_B/MODBUS Network Data B
TB155 System Wakeup
TB155 is a System Wakeup pin. See page 2-10 for A Modbus over Serial Line Cable must be shielded.
more information about System Wakeup connec- One end of the shield must be connected to protec-
tions. tive ground.

This RS485 connection can be used by Modbus or A four-wire RS485 communications cable can be
PC-based service tools (MON). converted to a two-wire RS485 communications
cable by shorting the RX/TX pairs of wires together
Note: Use J14 if you want to connect to the PCC with as shown in Figure 2-24.
a PC-based service tool without disconnecting any
Modbus devices on TB15.
TX+
If the PCC is using Modbus on the RS-485 connec- TX A
tion, the PCC changes to MON if all of these condi- RX+ B
tions are met: RX
The PCC receives 5 consecutive 3.5 character SG SG
delays, or the receiver buffer is full.
The PCC does not receive any valid Modbus
packets for 12 seconds. FIGURE 2-24. CONVERTING FOUR-WIRE RS485
COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TO TWO-WIRE RS485
If the PCC is using MON on the RS-485 connection, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
the PCC changes to Modbus if the PCC receives 5
If a connectorized 4 pairs Category 5 Cable is used,
consecutive bad MON packets.
connection of a crossed cable in a two-wire Modbus
system may cause damage.
PC-based service tools should use harness
05411199 to connect to this RS485 connection. If you convert a four-wire RS485 communications
cable to a two-wire RS485 communications cable,
Modbus Connections you have to make the sure the start bit, stop bit,
speed, and flow control are synchronized. See
Note: See http://www.modbus.org for more informa- http://www.modbus.org for more information.
tion about Modbus and up-to-date wire specifica-
tions. AUX 103

The PCC should be connected to external devices TABLE 2-29. AUX 103 PART NUMBERS
via Modbus RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) protocol PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
on a two-wire RS-485 master/slave bus. In this ar- AUX 103 AVR Power Stage 03271593
rangement, the external device is the master, and
the PCC is the slave. This circuit board is the AVR power stage.

2-21
J17

J18 J19

FIGURE 2-25. AUX 103 AVR POWER STAGE


Connections
Table 2-30 provides an overview of the connections
on this circuit board.
TABLE 2-30. AUX 103 CONNECTIONS OVERVIEW
CONNECTION DESCRIPTION HOUSING PINS
J17 AVR control 03232098 03231200
J18 AVR input 03232444 03231200
J19 Interconnect (PCC base board) 03232453 03232466

J17 Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


FIGURE 2-26. J17 PINS
ented in Figure 2-25.

TABLE 2-31. J17 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: FIELD WINDING CONNECTIONS


PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J171 Field + Alternator Field X+ (F1)
J172 Field Alternator Field XX (F2)

2-22
The PCC driver for the field windings in the exciter matic voltage regulator (AVR), the genset does not
has a rating of 4 A continuous and 6 A for 10 sec- produce any voltage.
onds.
J18 Connections
If the field windings are connected backwards, the
FIGURE 2-27. J18 PINS
genset does not produce any voltage.
This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
If you make these connections and disable the auto- ented in Figure 2-25.
TABLE 2-32. J18 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: FIELD POWER CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J181 PMG 1 / Main Alternator L1 See Appendix A for schematics.
J182 PMG 2 / Main Alternator L2 See Appendix A for schematics.
J183 PMG 3 See Appendix A for schematics.

Genset Delta/Wye Connection and Single/3 Phase to-line voltage is less than 240 VAC, connect the
Connection specify the alternator configuration. PCC directly to the genset output. If the line-to-line
voltage is greater than 240 VAC but less than 480
Excitation Source specifies which excitation source VAC, connect the PCC to the alternator center taps
the genset uses. or a potential transformer. If the line-to-line voltage
is greater than 480 VAC, connect the PCC to a po-
A PMG provides better performance than self-ex- tential transformer. See Appendix A for wiring dia-
citation does when one or more of these circum- grams.
stances apply:
There are nonlinear loads. (For example, the J19 Connections
genset is starting motors.)
The genset has to have better transient perfor-
mance in voltage regulation.
7 1
Note: The term shunt refers to self-excitation, even
though no actual shunt may be involved.

In either application, a fast-acting, UL-certified, ce-


14 8
ramic fuse with a rating of 10 A should be placed in-
line with J181 and J182. In PMG applications, it is
not necessary to place a fuse inline with J183. FIGURE 2-28. J19 PINS

The input voltage on J18 must be less than 240 VAC This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-
line-to-line. In self-excitation applications, if the line- ented in Figure 2-25.
TABLE 2-33. J19 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: INTERCONNECT (PCC BASE BOARD)
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J191 AVR Fused B+ PCC base board
J192 AVR PWM + PCC base board
J193 Backup Start Disconnect PCC base board
J194 Field Current + PCC base board
J195 NA
J196 NA
J197 NA
J198 B+ Return PCC base board
J199 AVR PWM PCC base board
J1910 Field Current PCC base board
J1911 NA

2-23
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J1912 NA
J1913 NA
J1914 Ground Chassis Connect to chassis ground
OPERATOR PANEL The rear panel contains LEDs and the connections
to the Operator Panel.

TABLE 2-34. OPERATOR PANEL PART NUMBERS


PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER J28 J36 LED11
HMI 320 (Operator Panel) 0300631502
HMI 320 Operator Panel software 03267431
HMI 320 Operator Panel language 03267449
software 03267450
Remote HMI 320 (Operator Panel) 0300631503 TB15
Remote HMI 320 Operator Panel 03267431
software
Remote HMI 320 Operator Panel 03267449
language software 03267450

J29
This is the Operator Panel for the PCC. Its environ-
mental specifications are identified in Table 2-35.

TABLE 2-35. OPERATOR PANEL ENVIRONMENTAL


SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
Operating temperature 20 ~ 70 C (4 ~ 158 _F)
Storage temperature 40 ~ 70 C (40 ~ 158 _F)
Operating humidity 0 ~ 85% (non-condensing)
Storage humidity 0 ~ 95% (non-condensing)
Vibration tolerance ...
at 20 ~ 100 Hz 0.15 mm displacement
at 100 ~ 500 Hz 6g

The Operator Panel has a membrane that is imper- FIGURE 2-29. OPERATOR PANEL CONNECTIONS
vious to the effects of dust, moisture, oil, and ex-
LEDs
haust fumes.
Note: DSx, where x is a number, is the typical way to
indicate a hardware component is a light (LED or in-
The HMI 320 graphical display is 320 x 320 pixels. candescent).
TABLE 2-36. OPERATOR PANEL LEDS (REAR PANEL)
LED COLOR DESCRIPTION
LED11 Green This LED blinks regularly when the Operator Panel has power and is not in power-
down mode (page 3-11).

Connections
Table 2-37 provides an overview of the connections
for this module.

2-24
TABLE 2-37. OPERATOR PANEL CONNECTIONS OVERVIEW
CONNECTION DESCRIPTION HOUSING PINS
J28 Power 03232091 03232466
J29 Local installations 03232456 03232466
J36 Power-down mode disable
TB15 Remote installations, PC-based service tool 0323219104
0323219204

J28 Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-29.

2 1

4 3
FIGURE 2-30. J28 PINS
TABLE 2-38. J28 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: POWER CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J281 Fused B+ B+ supply to HMI
J282 N/A
J283 B+ Return Return / GND to HMI
J284 N/A

J29 Connections This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-29.

11 15
6 10
1 5

FIGURE 2-31. J29 PINS


TABLE 2-39. J29 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: LOCAL INSTALLATION CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J291 PCCNet A (+) Network Data A
J292 PCCNet B () Network Data B
J293 System Wakeup
J294 Auto Configurable as Wakeup; not available on re-
mote HMI
J295 B+ Return
J296 Run/Remote Start Manual command; on remote HMI, this is con-
trolled by Remote Start buttons and connected
to PCC Remote Start pin.
J297 N/A
J298 N/A

2-25
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
J299 External Lamp Driver A ground signal is available on pressing the
Lamp Test button.
J2910 Fault Reset A ground signal is available on pressing Reset.
J2911 N/A
J2912 N/A
J2913 N/A
J2914 N/A
J2915 N/A

Internally, PCCNet (J29) and the PC-based service Put a jumper across J36 to prevent the Operator
tool (TB15) use the same connection, so only one of Panel and any connected devices from entering
these connections can be active at the same time. power-down mode (page 3-10).

J299 provides a path to ground. It can handle 500


mA. TB15 Connections

J299 is toggled when the Lamp Test button (page


3-5) is pushed and held for three seconds.

J2910 is active when the Reset button (page 3-5) 1


is pushed.

System Wakeup Connections

J293 is a System Wakeup pin. See page 2-10 for


more information about System Wakeup connec-
tions.

Ground any System Wakeup pin on the Operator


Panel to prevent the Operator Panel and any con-
nected devices from entering power-down mode
(page 3-10). 5
J36 Connections

FIGURE 2-33. TB15 PINS

This connector is oriented the same way it is ori-


ented in Figure 2-29.
FIGURE 2-32. J36 PINS
TABLE 2-40. TB15 PIN ASSIGNMENTS: REMOTE INSTALLATION OR PCBASED SERVICE TOOL
CONNECTIONS
PIN DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / CONNECTS TO
TB151 RETURN Network Power Supply Return
TB152 NA
TB153 RS485_DATA_A Network Data A
TB154 RS485_DATA_B Network Data B
TB155 System Wakeup

Internally, PCCNet (J29) and the PC-based service


tool (TB15) use the same connection, so only one of
these connections can be active at the same time.

2-26
System Wakeup Connections 8. Reconnect the cables to the replacement cir-
cuit board.
TB155 is a System Wakeup pin. See page 2-10 for
more information about System Wakeup connec- 9. Connect the negative () battery cable to the
tions. genset starting battery.
10. Turn on or connect AC power to the battery
Ground any System Wakeup pin on the Operator charger.
Panel to prevent the Operator Panel and any con-
nected devices from entering power-down mode 11. Restore the capture file.
(page 3-10). 12. Calibrate (page 5-76) the PCC.
CIRCUIT BOARD REPLACEMENT CT RATIO CALCULATOR
PROCEDURE
InPower has a built-in CT ratio calculator which al-
Read Safety Precautions, and carefully observe low you to determine the required CT size and CT
all of the instructions and precautions in this chapter ratio.
and in this manual.
1. Create a capture file to save the current set- The following genset information is required to cal-
tings. culate the CT ratio:
2. Turn off or remove AC power from the battery Genset power ratings
charger. Frequency range
3. Remove the negative () battery cable from the Nominal frequency
genset starting battery.
Nominal voltage Limits
4. Attach the grounding wrist strap clip to an un-
painted surface that is connected to the same Secondary CT ratio value
ground to which the PCC is connected, and
place the strap around your wrist. Follow these steps to use the CT ratio calculator in
InPower.
5. Disconnect the cables that are connected to the
circuit board. 1. Connect to the PCC and highlight any of the
folders under the PCC connection (such as Ad-
6. Remove the circuit board. vanced Status). Right-click on the folder, and
7. Install the replacement circuit board. click Genset OEM Setup0

2-27
2-28
2. Click on Enable Setup Mode in order to enable nal Frequency.
the menu. 4. Click on Save/Discard Adjustments and Dis-
3. Enter the genset information under Genset able Setup Mode in order to save the genset
Power Ratings, Frequency Range, and Nomi- settings. This step is required.

2-29
5. Open the Genset OEM Setup again. play the settings below.
6. Click on the Alternator OEM (1 of 2) tab to dis-

2-30
7. Click on Enable Setup Mode in order to enable CT Calculated Lower Range.
the menu. The CTs and the CT ratio setting in the PCC re-
8. Enter the genset information under Nominal quire a primary CT ratio between the CT Calcu-
Voltage Limits and CT Ratio Secondary. After lated Upper Range and the CT Calculated Low-
all the information is entered, InPower will cal- er Range.
culate the required Genset Primary CT Ratio The alternator CT ratio is required to have a
limits. The primary CT Ratio needs to be be- secondary CT Ratio equal to the setting under
tween the CT Calculated Upper Range and the the CT Ratio Secondary.

2-31
9. To exit the setup mode and save changes, click click on Disable Setup Mode and Exit. Then,
on Save / Discard Adjustments and Disable click on Discard when the Save Adjustments
Setup Mode. Screen pops up.
To exit the setup mode without saving changes,

2-32
3. Control Operation
In this section, italics are used to identify a specific OPERATOR PANEL
parameter by name.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

AC power is present when the genset is running. Do


not open the generator output box while the genset
is running.

WARNING Contacting high-voltage compo-


nents can cause electrocution, resulting in se-
vere personal injury or death. Do not open the
generator output box while the set is running. FIGURE 3-1. OPERATOR PANEL (POWERCOM-
Read and observe all WARNINGS and CAU- MAND 3.3)
TIONS in your genset manuals.

The PCC cabinet must be opened only by technical-


ly qualified personnel.

WARNING The PCC cabinet must be opened


only by qualified personnel. High-level voltages
(up to 600 VAC) are present in the PCC cabinet.
These voltages can cause electrical shock, re-
sulting in personal injury or death.

CAUTION Even with the power removed, im- FIGURE 3-2. OPERATOR PANEL (REMOTE
OPERATOR PANEL)
proper handling of components can cause elec-
trostatic discharge and damage to circuit com- Operator Panel Description
ponents.
This section introduces the Operator Panel.
Note: The examples in this section use the remote
Read Safety Precautions, and carefully observe Operator Panel. The explanations apply to every
all of the instructions and precautions in this manu- Operator Panel and distinguish between Operator
al. Panels where necessary.

3-1
1
2

FIGURE 3-3. GRAPHICAL DISPLAY (AND TYPICAL SCREENSHOT)


TABLE 3-1. GRAPHICAL DISPLAY (AND TYPICAL Use the graphical display to look at event/fault infor-
SCREENSHOT) mation, status, screens, and parameters.
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Use the Display Options screen (page 5-58) to ad-
1 PCC status just display settings, such as contrast, language, or
2 Active fault or screen name unit of measure.
3 Interactive screen or menu Section 1 in Figure 3-3 displays the status of the
4 Functions for selection buttons PCC.
TABLE 3-2. PCC STATUS IN THE GRAPHICAL DISPLAY

3-2
STATUS DESCRIPTION
Ready This is the default state. The PCC is ready to start the genset, or the PCC is
getting ready to start the engine.
If the PCC is getting ready to start the engine, this status corresponds to the
Start Time Delay (page 3-14) step or the Prelube Engine (page 3-14) step in
the start sequences.
Starting The PCC is starting the engine, and the engine speed is greater than zero.
This status corresponds to the Start Engine (page 3-14) step in the start se-
quences.
Idle Warmup The engine is running at idle speed in one of the start sequences.
This status corresponds to the Idle Warmup (page 3-14) step in the start se-
quences.
Rated Frequency and Voltage The engine is running at rated speed.
This status corresponds to the Idle to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) step or the
Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) step in the start sequences; rated
speed and voltage (page 3-15); and the Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17) step,
the Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17) step, or the Rated to Idle Transition
Delay (page 3-18) step in the stop sequences (page 3-16).
Idle Cooldown The engine is running at idle speed in one of the stop sequences.
This status corresponds to the Rated to Idle Ramp Time (page 3-18) step or the
Idle Cooldown (page 3-18) step in the stop sequences.
Stopping The PCC is stopping the engine, and the engine speed is still greater than zero.
There are no active shutdown faults (page 7-1).
Emergency Stop There is an active shutdown fault.
Setup Mode The PCC is in Setup mode (page 3-12).
Wait to Powerdown The PCC is ready to enter power-down mode (page 3-10), but another device,
such as the Operator Panel, is sending a System Wakeup signal (page 1-9).
Off The PCC is in the process of entering power-down mode (page 3-10). The PCC
is performing some last-second checks.
Demo Mode The PCC is running a demonstration. Every screen is available in the demon-
stration, and any changes you make in the demonstration have no effect on the
PCC. You have to turn off the Operator Panel to end the demonstration.

Section 2 in Figure 3-3 displays the screen name by the engine control module). This is blank if
and information about the last active shutdown fault. the PCC detected the fault.
If there are no active shutdown faults, it displays the
last active warning fault. Fault name

If there is an active fault, the Operator Panel dis- If you press the Reset button (page 3-5), the
plays this information about it: Operator Panel stops displaying active warning
faults, even if the condition(s) that caused the
Fault type (Table 3-3) fault(s) has not been corrected. The Warning LED
(page 3-5) remains on, however.
Event/fault code
Name of the controller that detected the fault The Operator Panel always displays any active
(for example, many engine faults are detected shutdown faults, even if you press the Reset button.

TABLE 3-3. FAULT TYPE IN THE GRAPHICAL DISPLAY


TYPE DESCRIPTION
Warning This is a warning fault (page 7-3).
Derate This is a derate event (page 7-3).

3-3
TYPE DESCRIPTION
Shutdown This is a shutdown fault (page 7-1) that initiated a Shutdown Without Cooldown
sequence (page 3-17).
Shutdown with Cooldown This is a shutdown fault that initiated a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence
(page 3-16).

Section 3 in Figure 3-3 is interactive. You can look at OORH Out of Range High. This value is
operating values for the genset, navigate through greater than the highest allowed val-
screens, and adjust parameters. ue for this parameter.
The default screen is the Genset Data screen (page The value is not applicable.
5-18). See Section 5 for more information about all
of the screens. Section 4 in Figure 3-3 identifies additional func-
tions that are available by pressing one of the selec-
Table 3-4 explains how the Operator Panel displays tion buttons beneath the graphical display. If the box
when the value of a specific parameter is missing, above the selection button is empty, that particular
unexpected, or outside the range allowed for the pa- selection button has no function at this time.
rameter.
TABLE 3-4. UNAVAILABLE PARAMETERS IN THE For example, if the graphical display is not big
OPERATOR PANEL enough to display the screen at one time, press the
OPERATOR DESCRIPTION appropriate selection button to look at the previous
PANEL or next page of information in that screen.
NWF Network Failure. There is a PCCNet
network failure or a CAN (ECM) fail-
ure.
OORL Out of Range Low. The value is less
than the lowest allowed value for this
parameter.

FIGURE 3-4. MENU NAVIGATION BUTTONS

Home button and the C button at the same time for


three seconds to start a demonstration of the
The button is called the Home button. Operator Panel. Every screen is available in the
demonstration, and any changes you make in the
demonstration have no effect on the PCC. You have
If the PCCNet connection (page 1-6) between the to remove power from the Operator Panel to end the
PCC and the Operator Panel is not active, press the demonstration.

3-4
TABLE 3-5. MENU NAVIGATION BUTTONS
LED/BUTTON DESCRIPTION
Home Press this to return to the main menu (page 5-1).
C Press this to return to the previous menu.
Note: If you have not pressed OK, the Operator Panel does not save the changes when
you press the C button.
Up, Down, Press these to change the selection in the graphical display.
Left, Right
OK Press this to select the item that is currently highlighted in the graphical display.
If the selected item is a menu item, this opens a sub-menu or screen.
If the selected item is a parameter, this lets you adjust the parameter (if possible) or
prompts you for a password.
If the selected item is a value you have just adjusted, this saves the change.
If the selected item is an action, the Operator Panel runs the action or prompts you for a
password.

FIGURE 3-5. LED INDICATORS AND BUTTONS


PCC and the Operator Panel is not active, the LEDs
in Table 3-6 remain off (unless you press the Lamp
The button is called the Lamp Test button. Test button).
If the PCCNet connection (page 1-6) between the
TABLE 3-6. LED INDICATORS AND BUTTONS
LED/BUTTON DESCRIPTION
Genset Running This green LED is lit when event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is active. The genset
is running at or near rated speed and voltage (page 3-15). This is not lit while the genset
is warming up or cooling down.
Remote Start This green LED is lit when the remote start signal (page 3-9) is active. This signal has
no effect unless the PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
Not in Auto This red LED blinks when event 1463 (Not In Auto) is active. The PCC is not in Auto
mode (page 3-8).
Shutdown This red LED is lit when event 1541 (Common Shutdown) is active. There is an active
shutdown fault (page 7-1).
Warning This amber LED is lit when event 1540 (Common Warning) is active. There is an active
warning fault (page 7-3).

3-5
LED/BUTTON DESCRIPTION
Lamp Test Press this to test the LEDs. All of the LEDs should turn on for five seconds.
Press and hold this for three seconds to turn on or turn off (to toggle) a panel lamp (page
1-6).
Reset Press this to generate a fault reset signal (page 7-4). The Operator Panels Fault Reset is
active as long as this button is pressed, and the Operator Panel sends the fault reset
through the PCCNet connection between the PCC and the Operator Panel.
If the condition(s) that caused an existing shutdown fault still exists, the PCC generates
the fault again.
If the condition(s) that caused an existing warning fault still exists, the PCC generates the
fault again, but the Operator Panel stops displaying it in the graphical display.

FIGURE 3-6. MODE OF OPERATION BUTTONS


If Mode Change is Enabled in the Display Options If there is a keyswitch, the LEDs in Table 3-7 still
screen (page 5-58), you have to enter the password work properly.
121 when you use these buttons to change the
mode of operation (page 3-7).
TABLE 3-7. MODE OF OPERATION BUTTONS
LED/BUTTON DESCRIPTION
These buttons are available only on the remote Operator Panel.
Remote Start In Auto mode, press this to start the genset.
Note: The Operator Panel is connected to the PCCs Remote Start connection. The
genset does not start if the conditions for the remote start signal (page 3-9) are not
met.
This button has no effect in other modes of operation.
Remote Stop In Auto mode, press this to stop the genset.
Note: There can be multiple sources for the remote start signal (page 3-9). The genset
will not stop if any of the other sources for this signal are still active. You have to make
all of the sources inactive to stop the genset.
This button has no effect in other modes of operation.

These buttons are not available on the remote Operator Panel, but the Manual LED and
the Auto LED are available.

3-6
LED/BUTTON DESCRIPTION
Manual Press this to put the PCC in Manual mode (page 3-10). If you do not press the Start but-
ton in ten seconds, the Operator Panel automatically puts the PCC in Off mode (page
3-8).
The green LED above this button is lit when the PCC is in Manual mode.
If the LED above this button is blinking, there is a problem with the Mode of Operation
connection (page 3-7) between the PCC and the Operator Panel. Please contact your
local distributor.
Start In Manual mode, press this to initiate a Manual Start sequence (page 3-13). In other
modes, this button has no effect.
Auto Press this to put the PCC in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The green LED above this button is lit when the PCC is in Auto mode.
If the LED above this button is blinking, there is a problem with the Mode of Operation
connection (page 3-7) between the PCC and the Operator Panel. Please contact your
local distributor.
CB Open This button has no effect if the Genset Application Type is set to Standalone or Synchro-
nizer Only.
In Manual mode, press this to open the genset circuit breaker. This disconnects the gen-
set from the load.
This button has no effect in other modes of operation.
CB Close This button has no effect if the Genset Application Type is set to Standalone or Synchro-
nizer Only.
In Manual mode, press this to close the genset circuit breaker. This connects the genset
to the load.
Note: This button has no effect unless the bus is dead or the genset is synchronized
(page 4-24) with the other source(s).
This button has no effect in other modes of operation.
Stop In Manual mode, press this one time to initiate a Manual Stop sequence (page 3-17) if
the genset is running. The green LED above this button blinks while the PCC shuts down
the genset. When the Manual Stop sequence is done, the Operator Panel puts the PCC
in Off mode (page 3-8).
Note: While the Manual Stop sequence is running, press this button a second time to
shut down the genset immediately. The PCC initiates a Shutdown Without Cooldown
sequence (page 3-17).
If the genset is running in Auto mode, press this to initiate a Shutdown Without Cooldown
sequence.
If the genset is not running, press this to put the PCC in Off mode.
If the genset is running and the PCCNet connection (page 1-6) is not active, press this to
initiate a Shutdown Without Cooldown sequence.
The LED above this button is lit when the PCC is in Off mode.
If the LED above this button is blinking when the PCC is not shutting down the genset in
Manual mode, there is a problem with the Mode of Operation connection between the
PCC and the Operator Panel. Please contact your local distributor.

MODES OF OPERATION to which the PCC is connected is the Operator


Panel or a keyswitch.
The mode of operation determines the ways the In applications where the Operator Panel controls
genset can be started and stopped. the mode of operation, Table 3-7 explains how to
change the mode of operation.
The mode of operation is controlled by the PCCs In applications where a keyswitch controls the mode
Mode of Operation connection. Typically, the device of operation, please contact whoever installed your

3-7
genset to understand the purpose of each position Auto Mode
in the keyswitch.
In this mode, the genset is controlled by the exercise
The Mode of Operation connection consists of a signal (page 3-8) and the remote start signal (page
Manual signal and an Auto signal. 3-9).

TABLE 3-8. AUTO SIGNALS, MANUAL SIGNALS, WARNING In Auto mode, the genset can start
AND THE MODE OF OPERATION at any time. NEVER service the genset in Auto
MANUAL AUTO MODE OF OPERATION mode. Accidental starting of the genset during
Inactive Inactive Off mode (page 3-8) troubleshooting can cause severe personal in-
jury or death. Disable the genset before trouble-
Inactive Active Auto mode (page 3-8)
shooting.
Active Any Manual mode (page 3-10)
If the genset is running when the PCC enters this
If the manual signal is inactive, the auto signal deter- mode, the PCC keeps running the genset if the re-
mines whether or not the PCC is in Auto mode. mote start signal is active. Otherwise, the PCC initi-
ates a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence (page
If the manual signal is active, the auto signal starts 3-16).
and stops the genset. When the auto signal be-
comes inactive, the PCC initiates a Manual Start se- When the exercise signal or the remote start signal
quence (page 3-13). When the auto signal becomes becomes active, the PCC initiates the appropriate
active, the PCC initiates a Manual Stop sequence start sequence (page 3-12) to start the genset. The
(page 3-17). PCC continues to run as long as either signal is ac-
tive.
If the genset is running when the PCC enters Manu-
When neither signal is active anymore, the PCC ini-
al mode, the PCC keeps running the genset if the
tiates a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence (page
auto signal is inactive within the first 250 ms. Other-
3-16).
wise, the PCC initiates a Shutdown Without Cool-
down sequence (page 3-17). In applications where the Operator Panel controls
the mode of operation, press the Auto button to put
The PCC runs in one of these modes at any given the PCC in Auto mode.
time.
Exercise Signal
Off Mode
This signal has no effect unless all of these condi-
In this mode, the PCC does not allow the genset to tions are met:
start. You have to change the mode of operation if The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
you want to start the genset.
There are no active shutdown faults (page 7-1).
If the genset is running when the PCC enters this If the genset is running, this signal has no effect until
mode, the PCC initiates a Shutdown Without Cool- the remote start signal (page 3-9) becomes in-
down sequence (page 3-17). If the genset was run- active. Then, this signal keeps the genset running.
ning at 10% or more of its rated load, the PCC gen-
erates warning fault 611 (Engine Hot Shut Down). This signal may come from any of these sources:
PCCs Exercise Switch connection
In applications where the Operator Panel controls
the mode of operation, you can put the PCC in Off Operator Panel
mode one of these ways: Modbus networks (page 1-6)
If the genset is running in Manual mode, press PC-based service tool, such as InPower (page
the Stop button, and wait for the genset to stop; 1-8)
or press the Stop button twice. Exercise scheduler (page 5-32) (internal func-
If the genset is not running or in any other tion; no hardware connection)
mode, press the Stop button once. This signal becomes active when one of the sources
Do not push the Start button after pressing the changes from inactive to active while all of the other
Manual button. sources remain inactive.

3-8
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal. There are no active shutdown faults (page 7-1).
The genset keeps running if any source is active. You
have to make all of the sources inactive to make the This signal may come from any of these sources:
signal inactive.
PCC Remote Start connection (typically, to a
When this signal becomes active, the PCC initiates transfer switch or a remote Operator Panel)
a Non-emergency Start sequence (page 3-13) if the Modbus networks (page 1-6)
genset is not running already (for example, if the re- PC-based service tool, such as InPower (page
mote start signal was active). 1-8)
Note: This signal does not become active if the PCC This signal becomes active when any of these
is not in Auto mode when this change occurs.
sources is active. It remains active until all of the
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
This signal remains active until the PCC leaves Auto
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.
mode or for a length of time that depends on which
source changed from inactive to active. Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
If the source is the exercise scheduler, this sig- The genset keeps running if any source is active. You
have to make all of the sources inactive to make the
nal remains active as long as the scheduler pro-
signal inactive.
gram (page 5-32) is running.
If the source is one of the other sources, this When this signal becomes active, the PCC starts
signal remains active until the source becomes the genset if the genset is not running already. If the
inactive or for Genset Exercise Time6, which- start type signal (page 3-9) is active, the PCC initi-
ever occurs first. (If the remote start signal be- ates a Non-emergency Start sequence (page 3-13).
comes active or there is a shutdown fault, Gen- If the start type signal is inactive, the PCC initiates
set Exercise Time is reset.) an Emergency Start sequence (page 3-12).

If two or more sources are active at the same time, When this signal becomes inactive, the PCC initi-
the logic is more complicated. This signal becomes ates a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence (page
inactive when one of these conditions is met: 3-16) if the exercise signal (page 3-8) is inactive
too.
All of the sources become inactive.
Start Type Signal
Genset Exercise Time7 after the first source
other than the exercise scheduler changed This signal has no effect until the PCC starts the
from inactive to active. However, the PCC re- genset because the remote start signal (page 3-9)
sets the timer if all of the sources other than the becomes active.
exercise scheduler are ever inactive at the
same time. This signal may come from any of these sources:

Note: The logic is even more complicated if the PCC


PCC Start Type connection
leaves Auto mode or there is a shutdown fault. Modbus networks (page 1-6)
Please contact your local distributor if you have
questions about specific scenarios. This signal is active when any of these sources is
active. It remains active until all of the sources are
When this signal becomes inactive, the PCC initi- inactive. If there are no sources (in other words, no
ates a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence (page connections), this signal is inactive.
3-16) if the remote start signal is inactive too.
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
Remote Start Signal The genset keeps running if any source is active. You
have to make all of the sources inactive to make the
This signal has no effect unless all of these condi- signal inactive.
tions are met:
You can look at the current status of this signal in
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8). Start Type Command Inputs. If this parameter is
6. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
7. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

3-9
zero, this signal is inactive. If this parameter is non- SEQUENCES OF OPERATION
zero, this signal is active.
Sequences of operation describe the way the PCC
starts the genset and stops the genset. This concept
If this signal (page 3-9) is active, the PCC initiates a is illustrated in Table 3-9.
Non-emergency Start sequence (page 3-13) when
the remote start signal becomes active.

1 2 3 4 1
If this signal is inactive, the PCC initiates an Emer-
gency Start sequence (page 3-12) when the remote
start signal becomes active.
t
CAUTION The Emergency Start sequence
wears out the engine sooner than the Non FIGURE 3-7. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION
emergency Start sequence. If it is not necessary
to start the genset as quickly as possible (for ex- TABLE 3-9. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION
ample, when exercising or servicing the gen- # DESCRIPTION
set), the Nonemergency Start sequence is pre- 1 Stopped (page 3-10)
ferred. In some applications, however, you 2 Start Sequence (page 3-12)
might not have any control over this.
3 Rated Speed and Voltage(page 3-15)
4 Stop Sequence(page 3-16)
Manual Mode
Stopped
When the genset is not running, there is a shutdown
In this mode, the genset is controlled manually. Sig- fault (page 7-1), or the PCC is waiting for the condi-
nals, such as the remote start signal (page 3-9), tions to change so that the PCC can initiate a start
have no effect. sequence (page 3-12).
While the PCC is waiting, these features might be-
In applications where the Operator Panel controls come active.
the mode of operation, press the Manual button to
put the PCC in Manual mode. Power-down Mode
Note: Power-down mode is also known as sleep
mode.
If the genset is running when the PCC enters this
mode, the PCC keeps running the genset if the Start The PCC and the Operator Panel can enter power-
button is pressed within 250 ms. Otherwise, the down mode, or sleep mode, to reduce power con-
PCC initiates a Shutdown without Cooldown se- sumption when they are not being used.
quence (page 3-17).
Other devices in the genset consume additional cur-
rent when the PCC and the Operator Panel are in
Press the Start button to initiate a Manual Start se- power-down mode.
quence (page 3-13).
PCC Power-down Mode

Note: If you do not press the Start button in ten sec-


Table 3-10 shows how much current the PCC con-
onds, the PCC changes to Off mode. sumes in normal operation and in power-down
mode.
TABLE 3-10. PCC CURRENT CONSUMPTION
Press the Stop button to initiate a Manual Stop se-
PCC MODE CURRENT
quence (page 3-17). When the Manual Stop se-
quence is done, the Operator Panel puts the PCC in Normal operation 750 mA
Off mode (page 3-8). Power-down 5 mA

3-10
The PCC enters power-down mode when all of Configurable Input #10 is closed. By default,
these conditions are met: this is the PCCs Fault Reset connection, which
is typically controlled by the Reset button on the
Genset Application Type is not set to Utility
Single or Power Transfer Control. Operator Panel.
Configurable Input #12 is closed. By default,
Power Down Mode Enable is set to Enable.
this is the PCCs Rupture Basin Switch connec-
The Power Down Mode Time Delay has ex- tion.
pired.
Any System Wakeup connection (page 1-9) is
The PCC is in Off mode (page 3-8) or Auto active.
mode (page 3-8).
Note: If a wakeup signal is active when a connection
If the PCC is in Auto mode, Auto Sleep Enable is closed, it does not matter what the active state of
is set to Sleep in Auto. the connection is or what the function of the connec-
tion (in the case of configurable inputs) is. The PCC
The genset is not running.
wakes up when the connection is closed.
Prelube Cycle Enable is set to Disabled.
When the PCC leaves power-down mode, it resets
There is no active Modbus communication Power Down Mode Time Delay.
(page 1-6).
There are no active shutdown faults (page 7-1). For example, the PCC is in power-down mode. It re-
ceives a warning fault and exits power-down mode.
There are no active warning faults (page 7-3). The operator addresses the condition that caused
All of the wakeup signals (see below) are inac- the warning fault and acknowledges the fault. After
tive. Power Down Mode Time Delay expires, the PCC
enters power-down mode again (assuming it does
In power-down mode, the microprocessor stops not receive any other wakeup signals).
running. The real-time clock (page 5-59) remains
on, but the exercise scheduler (page 5-32) is off. Operator Panel Power-down Mode
Note: This section applies to the HMI 320 only. It does
In addition, CAN datalink (page 1-4), PCCNet, Mod-
not apply to the HMI PP420.
bus, and PC-based service tool communications
stop. If a connected device does not go into power- Table 3-11 shows how much current the Operator
down mode with the PCC, this device might display Panel consumes in normal operation and in power-
a warning or error message. down mode.
The PCC leaves power-down mode when any of TABLE 3-11. OPERATOR PANEL CURRENT
these conditions, called wakeup signals, is met: CONSUMPTION
OPERATOR PANEL MODE CURRENT
The Local Emergency Stop button (page 1-5)
is pressed. Normal operation 150 mA (12 V)
100 mA (24 V)
The Remote Emergency Stop button (page Power-down 1 mA
1-5) is pressed.
The PCCs Manual signal (page 3-8) is active. The Operator Panel enters power-down mode
when all of these conditions are met:
The PCCs Auto signal (page 3-8) is active
(configurable using Auto Sleep Enable). The Operator Panels Sleep Mode is set to En-
able.
The PCCs Remote Start connection (page 1-8)
is closed. This is typically connected to a trans- The Operator Panels Sleep Timer has expired.
fer switch. All of the wakeup signals (see below) are inac-
Configurable Input #5 is closed. By default, this tive.
is the PCCs Low Coolant Level (LCL) Switch
The Operator Panels Sleep Mode and Sleep Timer
connection.
are available in the Display Options screen (page
Configurable Input #6 is closed. By default, this 5-58). These parameters are different than the
is the PCCs Low Fuel Level Switch connection. PCCs parameters.

3-11
The Operator Panel leaves power-down mode If this feature is active, the PCC waits Prelube Cycle
when any of these wakeup signals becomes active: Time. Then, it turns on the oil-priming pump. The
Pressing any button on the Operator Panel PCC turns off the oil-priming pump when one of
(page 3-1) these conditions is met:
Prelube Timeout Period expires.
Any System Wakeup connection (page 1-9)
The oil pressure is greater than or equal to Pre-
Setup Mode lube Oil Pressure Threshold.

This mode lets you set up the PCC without starting This process repeats as long as the feature is ac-
the genset accidentally. In Setup mode, the PCC tive.
does not allow the genset to start and forces all out-
puts into off (de-energized) states. Start Sequences
Note: This mode is required to set up some parame- The PCC follows different start sequences depend-
ters in the PCC. ing on the current conditions, including the current
value of certain parameters.
The PCC enters Setup mode when all of these con-
ditions are met: This section introduces the start sequences. Then,
Setup Mode Enable is set to Enable. it explains the steps in the start sequences in more
detail.
The engine speed is zero.
When the start sequence has finished, the genset is
The PCC exits Setup mode when one of these con- running at rated speed and voltage (page 3-15).
ditions is met.
Setup Mode Enable is set to Disable. If a start sequence is interrupted for any reason ex-
cept a shutdown fault (for example, the remote start
No parameter has been saved for Max Setup signal becomes inactive), the PCC considers these
Mode Time8. guidelines to stop the genset:
Note: The Operator Panel handles Setup mode auto- If the PCC has not started the engine yet, the
matically. PCC keeps the engine off.
If the engine is running at idle speed or is ramp-
The Operator Panel handles Setup mode for you. If ing up to idle speed, the PCC stops the genset
you use the Operator Panel to adjust a parameter and deactivates any output signals that are
that has to be modified in Setup mode, the Operator connected to the fuel system.
Panel automatically tries to put the PCC in Setup
mode before it saves the change. If the PCC cannot If the engine is running at rated speed or is
enter Setup mode (for example, the genset is run- ramping up to rated speed, the PCC follows the
ning), the Operator Panel displays an error mes- appropriate stop sequence (page 3-16).
sage. Otherwise, the PCC saves the change, and
the Operator Panel tells the PCC to leave Setup Emergency Start
mode.
CAUTION The Emergency Start sequence
Prelube Cycle wears out the engine sooner than the Non
emergency Start sequence. If it is not necessary
This is similar to Prelube Engine (page 3-14), ex- to start the genset as quickly as possible (for ex-
cept that this occurs when the genset is not running, ample, when exercising or servicing the gen-
instead of in a start sequence (page 3-12). set), the Nonemergency Start sequence is pre-
ferred. In some applications, however, you
This feature is active if these conditions are met: might not have any control over this.
The genset is not running.
This sequence begins when all of these conditions
Prelube Function Enable is set to Enabled. are met:
Prelube Cycle Enable is set to Enabled. The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
8. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

3-12
The remote start signal (page 3-9) is active. TABLE 3-14. NON-EMERGENCY START SEQUENCE
(WITHOUT IDLE WARMUP)
The start type signal (page 3-9) is inactive. # STEP(S)
There are no active shutdown faults. 1 Start Time Delay (page 3-14)
Prelube Engine (page 3-14)
This sequence is shown in Table 3-12. 2 Start Engine (page 3-14)
3 Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15)
TABLE 3-12. EMERGENCY START SEQUENCE
# STEP(S) In step 1, the PCC begins Start Time Delay and Pre-
1 Start Time Delay (page 3-14) lube Engine at the same time and does not continue
2 Start Engine (page 3-14) until both finish.
3 Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) In the last step, the PCC also runs Start Automatic
Voltage Regulator (AVR) (page 3-15).
In step 1, the PCC also runs Prelube Engine (page
3-14), but it does not wait until Prelube Engine fin- Manual Start
ishes. It continues when Start Time Delay finishes.
This sequence begins when all of these conditions
are met:
In the last step, the PCC also runs Start Automatic
Voltage Regulator (AVR) (page 3-15). The PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10).
The auto signal (Modes of Operation, page
Non-emergency Start 3-7) is inactive.
In applications where the Operator Panel con-
This sequence begins when all of these conditions
trols the mode of operation, the Start button is
are met:
pressed.
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8). There are no active shutdown faults.
The remote start signal (page 3-9) is active,
This sequence depends on several conditions.
and the start type signal (page 3-9) is active;
or the exercise signal (page 3-8) is active, and If Genset Idle Enable is Disabled, the PCC runs the
the remote start signal is inactive. sequence in Table 3-16.
There are no active shutdown faults.
If Genset Idle Enable is Enabled and Rated/Idle
Switch (PCCnet) is Idle, this is a type of idle request
This sequence depends on whether or not any of (page 3-18).
these conditions is met:
The coolant temperature is already greater If Genset Idle Enable is Enabled and Rated/Idle
than Idle Warmup Coolant Temp. Switch (PCCnet) is Rated, this sequence depends
on whether or not any of these conditions is met:
Genset Idle Enable is set to Disabled.
The coolant temperature is already greater
than Idle Warmup Coolant Temp.
If none of the conditions is met, the PCC runs the se-
quence in Table 3-13. Otherwise, the PCC runs the Manual Warmup Bypass9 is set to Bypass War-
sequence in Table 3-14. mup.

TABLE 3-13. NON-EMERGENCY START SEQUENCE


If none of the conditions is met, the PCC runs the se-
(WITH IDLE WARMUP) quence in Table 3-15. Otherwise, the PCC runs the
# STEP(S)
sequence in Table 3-16.
1 Start Time Delay (page 3-14) TABLE 3-15. MANUAL START SEQUENCE (WITH
Prelube Engine (page 3-14) IDLE WARMUP)
2 Start Engine (page 3-14) # STEP(S)
3 Idle Warmup (page 3-14) 1 Prelube Engine (page 3-14)
4 Idle to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) 2 Start Engine (page 3-14)
9. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

3-13
3 Idle Warmup (page 3-14) Start Engine
4 Idle to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) If Starter Owner is set to GCS (Genset Control Sys-
tem), the PCC turns on the starter for up to two sec-
TABLE 3-16. MANUAL START SEQUENCE onds.
(WITHOUT IDLE WARMUP)
# STEP(S) If the engine speed remains zero, the PCC turns off
1 Prelube Engine (page 3-14) the starter, waits two seconds, and turns on the
starter again.
2 Start Engine (page 3-14)
3 Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) If the engine speed remains zero two consecutive
times, the PCC generates shutdown fault 1438 (Fail
In the last step, the PCC also runs Start Automatic To Crank).
Voltage Regulator (AVR) (page 3-15). If the engine speed becomes greater than zero, the
Load Demand Start starter follows these rules:
If Cycle / Cont Crank Select is Continuous, the
This sequence begins when all of these conditions starter remains on for Continuous Crank En-
are met: gage Time.
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8). If Cycle / Cont Crank Select is Cycle, the starter
turns on for Cycle Crank Engage Time and
The remote start signal (page 3-9) is active. turns off for Cycle Crank Rest Time. The starter
The PCC shut down or started to shut down be- repeats this process up to Crank Attempts
cause the Load Demand Stop Request signal times.
(page 4-38) was active. This signal is inactive
At the same time, the PCC checks these conditions:
now.
The engine speed is greater than Starter Dis-
There are no active shutdown faults. connect Speed.
This sequence is shown in Table 3-17. The PCCs Backup Start Disconnect connec-
tion (page 1-3) is active.
TABLE 3-17. LOAD DEMAND START SEQUENCE
If any of these conditions are met, the PCC stops
# STEP(S)
cranking the engine. This step is completed.
1 Start Engine (page 3-14)
2 Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) If none of these conditions are met, the PCC contin-
ues cranking the engine. If none of these conditions
In step 1, the PCC also starts Prelube Engine (page are met when the PCC finishes cranking, the PCC
3-14), but it does not wait until Prelube Engine fin- generates shutdown fault 359 (Fail To Start).
ishes. It continues when Start Engine finishes. If Starter Owner is set to ECS (Engine Control Sys-
tem), the PCC does not control the starter but still
In the last step, the PCC also runs Start Automatic checks the engine speed. If the engine speed is
Voltage Regulator (AVR) (page 3-15). greater than Starter Disconnect Speed, this step is
completed.
Start Time Delay
If the engine control module (ECM) or another de-
The PCC waits until Start Time Delay expires. vice does not turn on the starter, the genset does not
start, and there is no fault code. The PCC waits in-
Prelube Engine definitely for the engine to start.
If Prelube Function Enable is Enabled, the PCC Note: If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable and En-
turns on the oil-priming pump (page 1-4). The PCC able Start-Enable Function is set to Enable, the PCC
turns off the oil-priming pump when one of these does not complete this step as long as warning fault
conditions is met: 3481 (StartInhibit Warning Fault Event) is active.

Prelube Timeout Period expires. Idle Warmup


The oil pressure is greater than or equal to Pre- The PCC runs the engine at idle speed until one of
lube Oil Pressure Threshold. these conditions is met:

3-14
Idle Warmup Time expires. 2. Limit the sum of these values to 60%110% of
Alternate Frequency Switch.
The coolant temperature reaches Idle Warmup
Coolant Temp. 3. Multiply this value by Frequency to Speed Gain
Select.
Idle to Rated Ramp Time
If ECM CAN Enable is set to Enable, the PCC sends
The PCC raises the engine speed from idle speed to the speed bias reference to the ECM. The speed
rated speed linearly during Idle to Rated Ramp bias reference is the percent difference between the
Time. speed reference and the base speed (Alternate Fre-
quency Switch multiplied by Frequency to Speed
Starting to Rated Ramp Time Gain Select).

The PCC raises the engine speed from starting to Voltage Setpoint
rated speed linearly during Starting to Rated Ramp The PCC follows these steps to calculate the volt-
Time. age setpoint.
Start Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) 1. Add these percentages together.
100% (for Genset Nominal Voltage)
The automatic voltage regulator (AVR) is enabled
Voltage Adjust
when all of these conditions are met:
Watt Sentry (page 3-19)
AVR Enable10 is set to Enable.
PCCs Voltage Bias Input connection, lim-
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8); or the ited to 40%~10%.
PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), and Ex-
citation Disable Override is Excitation On. Paralleling voltage reference offset (Sec-
tion 4)
If all of these conditions are met, the PCC starts driv- 2. If the PCC is not running in Synchronize paral-
ing the field windings in the exciter when the engine leling state (page 4-24) or in Load Govern par-
speed reaches Governor Enable Engine Speed11. alleling state (page 4-29), subtract the V/Hz
Then, it raises the voltage to rated voltage linearly Curve (page 5-31) reductions.
during Voltage Ramp Time.
The voltage setpoint is expressed as a percentage
If any of these conditions is not met, the PCC does of Genset Nominal Voltage.
not drive the field windings in the exciter.
If External Bias Commands Enable is set to Dis-
abled, the PCC tries to keep the following voltages
Rated Speed and Voltage
at the voltage setpoint:
Rated speed is based on the speed reference. Genset Average Voltage%
Rated voltage is based on the voltage setpoint. Genset 3 Phase Fast Average Voltage Percent
Speed Reference Note: There is one exception. If the PCC is running in
Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29) and Load
The PCC follows these steps to calculate the speed Govern Zero AVR Error Enable is set to Enable, the
reference. PCC ignores these voltages, and excitation depends
only on the paralleling voltage reference offset. This
1. Add these frequencies together. might be used in applications when the utility voltage
Alternate Frequency Switch is not steady.

Frequency Adjust If the genset current reaches 300% or more of its


rated value, the PCC stops monitoring voltage and
PCCs Speed Bias Input connection, multi-
tries to reduce the genset current to less than 150%
plied by Alternate Frequency Switch
of its rated value. Then, it stops monitoring the gen-
Paralleling frequency reference offset set current and starts monitoring genset voltage
(Section 4) again.
10. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
11. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

3-15
See Genset Tuning (page 5-51) for information TABLE 3-18. CONTROLLED SHUTDOWN (WITH
about the algorithm the PCC uses to control voltage IDLE COOLDOWN)
or current. # STEP(S)
1 Controlled Shutdown Advance Notice Delay
Stop Sequences (page 3-17)
2 Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17)
The PCC follows different stop sequences depend- Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17)
ing on the current conditions, including the current
3 Rated to Idle Transition Delay (page 3-18)
value of certain parameters.
4 Rated to Idle Ramp Time (page 3-18)
This section introduces the stop sequences. Then, it 5 Idle Cooldown Time (page 3-18)
explains the steps in the stop sequences in more
detail. TABLE 3-19. CONTROLLED SHUTDOWN (WITHOUT
IDLE COOLDOWN)
Note: The stop sequences are delayed if the PCC is in # STEP(S)
Battle Short mode (page 7-4) or if Delayed Shutdown
(page 7-11) is active. 1 Controlled Shutdown Advance Notice Delay
(page 3-17)
When the stop sequence has finished, the genset is 2 Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17)
stopped (page 3-10). Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17)

If a stop sequence is interrupted, the PCC considers In step 2, the PCC begins Time Delay to Stop and
these guidelines to restart the genset: Rated Cooldown Time at the same time and does
If the engine is still running at rated speed, the not continue until both finish.
PCC keeps running the genset at rated speed
and voltage. (page 3-15). The PCC runs Stop Automatic Voltage Regulator
(AVR) (page 3-18) when the PCC stops running the
If the engine is running at idle speed or is ramp- engine at rated speed.
ing down to idle speed, the PCC raises the en-
gine speed from the current speed to rated Shutdown with Cooldown
speed linearly during Idle to Rated Ramp Time.
The PCC also starts the automatic voltage reg- This sequence begins when all of these conditions
ulator (AVR), if applicable. are met:
Controlled Shutdown The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The genset is running at rated speed and volt-
This sequence begins when all of these conditions age (page 3-15).
are met:
The remote start signal (page 3-9) is inactive.
There are no active shutdown faults.
The exercise signal (page 3-8) is inactive.
There is an active shutdown with cooldown
fault (page 7-2). There are no active shutdown faults.
The PCC is not running in Load Govern paral-
If Genset Idle Enable is set to Enabled, the PCC
leling state (page 4-29).
runs the sequence in Table 3-20. If Genset Idle En-
Any of these conditions are met: able is set to Disabled, the PCC runs the sequence
Genset Application Type is set to Standa- in Table 3-21.
lone or Synchronize Only.
TABLE 3-20. SHUTDOWN WITH COOLDOWN
The open signal for the genset circuit SEQUENCE (WITH IDLE COOLDOWN)
breaker (page 4-34) is active, and Genset # STEP(S)
CB Position Status is set to Open. 1 Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17)
Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17)
If Genset Idle Enable is set to Enabled, the PCC
2 Rated to Idle Transition Delay (page 3-18)
runs the sequence in Table 3-18. If Genset Idle En-
able is set to Disabled, the PCC runs the sequence 3 Rated to Idle Ramp Time (page 3-18)
in Table 3-19. 4 Idle Cooldown Time (page 3-18)

3-16
TABLE 3-21. SHUTDOWN WITH COOLDOWN The PCC runs Stop Automatic Voltage Regulator
SEQUENCE (WITHOUT IDLE COOLDOWN) (AVR) (page 3-18) when the PCC stops running the
# STEP(S) engine at rated speed.
1 Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17)
Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17) Shutdown Without Cooldown
This sequence begins when one of these conditions
In step 1, the PCC begins Time Delay to Stop and is met:
Rated Cooldown Time at the same time and does
not continue until both finish. A shutdown fault (page 7-1) with a response of
Shutdown Without Cooldown initiates it.
The PCC runs Stop Automatic Voltage Regulator The genset is running when the PCC enters Off
(AVR) (page 3-18) when the PCC stops running the mode (page 3-8).
engine at rated speed. The genset is running when the PCC enters
Manual mode (page 3-10) and the auto signal
Manual Stop (Modes of Operation, page 3-7) is active for
the first 250 ms.
This sequence begins when all of these conditions
are met: In this sequence, the PCC ignores timers and loads
The PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10). and stops the genset immediately.

The genset is running at rated speed and volt- The open signal for the genset circuit breaker (page
age (page 3-15). 4-34) becomes active.
The auto signal (Modes of Operation, page Controlled Shutdown Advance Notice Delay
3-7) is inactive.
The PCC runs the genset at rated speed and volt-
There are no active shutdown faults. age for Controlled Shutdown Advance Notice
Delay.
This sequence also begins when all of these condi-
tions are met: This delay gives another device more time to trans-
fer the load from the genset.
There are no active shutdown faults.
There is an active shutdown with cooldown Time Delay to Stop
fault (page 7-2).
The PCC runs the genset at rated speed and volt-
The PCC is running in Load Govern paralleling age for Time Delay to Stop.
state (page 4-29).
If the PCC is in Load Govern paralleling state (page
If Genset Idle Enable is set to Enabled, the PCC 4-29), the PCC runs the load govern ramp unload
runs the sequence in Table 3-22. If Genset Idle En- processes simultaneously.
able is set to Disabled, the PCC runs the sequence The PCC remains in this step indefinitely until one of
in Table 3-23. these conditions is met:
TABLE 3-22. MANUAL STOP SEQUENCE (WITH Genset Application Type is set to Standalone or
IDLE COOLDOWN) Synchronize Only.
# STEP(S) The open signal for the genset circuit breaker
1 Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17) (page 4-34) is active, and Genset CB Position
2 Rated to Idle Transition Delay (page 3-18) Status is set to Open.
3 Rated to Idle Ramp Time (page 3-18) The PCC returns to rated speed and voltage
4 Idle Cooldown Time (page 3-18) (page 3-15).
Rated Cooldown Time
TABLE 3-23. MANUAL STOP SEQUENCE
(WITHOUT IDLE COOLDOWN) If an active shutdown with cooldown fault (page 7-2)
# STEP(S) is active, the PCC runs the genset at rated speed
1 Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17) and voltage for Rated Cooldown Time.

3-17
If there is no active shutdown with cooldown fault, IDLE REQUESTS
the PCC runs the genset at rated speed and voltage
until the genset runs at less than 10% of the rated Idle requests make the PCC run the genset at idle
load for Rated Cooldown Time. speed, instead of rated speed and voltage (page
3-15).
Note: If Rated Cooldown Time is greater than zero,
An idle request becomes active when all of these
the PCC waits indefinitely for the load to drop below
10%. conditions are met:
The PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10).
If the PCC is in Load Govern paralleling state (page Genset Idle Enable is set to Enabled.
4-29), the PCC runs the load govern ramp unload
processes simultaneously. Rated/Idle Switch (PCCnet) is set to Idle.
(Rated/Idle Switch (PCCnet) is available in the
The PCC remains in this step indefinitely until one of Operator Panel.)
these conditions is met: There are no active shutdown faults (page 7-1).
Genset Application Type is set to Standalone or There are no active shutdown with cooldown
Synchronize Only. faults (page 7-2).
The open signal for the genset circuit breaker If Genset Idle Enable is set to Disabled while an idle
(page 4-34) is active, and Genset CB Position request is active, the idle request remains active. If
Status is set to Open. any of the other conditions become untrue while an
The PCC returns to rated speed and voltage idle request is active, the idle request becomes in-
(page 3-15). active.
The PCCs response depends on the initial state of
Rated to Idle Transition Delay
the genset and the final state of the genset.
The PCC runs the engine at rated speed for Rated Stop to Idle Speed
to Idle Transition Delay.
The PCC runs this sequence.
If Rated to Idle Transition Delay is greater than zero,
TABLE 3-24. IDLE REQUEST: STOP TO IDLE
event 1122 (Rated to Idle Delay) becomes active at
SPEED
the beginning of this step. It remains active until the
# STEP(S)
PCC finishes Idle Cooldown Time (page 3-18). (If
this is an idle request (page 3-18), this event re- 1 Prelube Engine (page 3-14)
mains active until the PCC finishes Idle Warmup 2 Start Engine (page 3-14)
(page 3-14).)
Idle Speed to Stop
Rated to Idle Ramp Time The PCC stops the genset.
Note: If ECM CAN Enable is Enable, the ECM, not the Rated Speed to Idle Speed
PCC, actually controls the transition from rated
speed to idle speed. This sequence begins when one of these additional
conditions is met:
The PCC reduces the engine speed from rated
Genset Application Type is set to Standalone or
speed to idle speed linearly during Rated to Idle
Synchronize Only.
Ramp Time.
The open signal for the genset circuit breaker
Idle Cooldown Time (page 4-34) is active, and Genset CB Position
Status is set to Open.
The PCC runs the engine at idle speed for Idle Cool-
down Time. The PCC runs this sequence.
TABLE 3-25. IDLE REQUEST: RATED SPEED TO
Stop Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) IDLE SPEED
# STEP(S)
The PCC stops driving the field windings in the ex-
citer when the PCC stops running the engine at 1 Rated to Idle Transition Delay (page 3-18)
rated speed. 2 Rated to Idle Ramp Time (page 3-18)

3-18
Idle Speed to Rated Speed TABLE 3-27. AMPSENTRY PROTECTIVE RELAY
LABEL DESCRIPTION
The PCC waits until one of these conditions is met: 1 Rated Current (Genset)
2 AmpSentry Protective Relay Trip Curve
The genset was running at rated speed and
voltage (page 3-15) before it started running at 3 Alternator Thermal Damage Curve
idle speed. In other words, the PCC made a
rated-speed-to-idle-speed transition (page The AmpSentry protective relay takes anywhere
3-18) to get to idle speed. from six minutes (if the genset is running at 110% of
its rated standby current) to one second (if the gen-
The engine has been running at idle speed for set is running at greater than 400% of its rated
Idle Warmup Time. standby current) to trip.
The coolant temperature is already greater Before the AmpSentry protective relay is tripped,
than Idle Warmup Coolant Temp. the PCC generates warning fault 1471 (Over Cur-
Manual Warmup Bypass12 is set to Bypass rent) if any of these conditions is met:
Warmup. One or more phases has remained over 110%
of its rated standby current for at least sixty sec-
Then, the PCC runs this sequence. onds.
One or more phases has remained over 110%
TABLE 3-26. IDLE REQUEST: IDLE SPEED TO of its rated standby current for more than nine-
RATED SPEED teen seconds, and the AmpSentry protective
# STEP(S) relay is at least halfway to initiating the Shut-
1 Idle to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) down Without Cooldown sequence.

When the AmpSentry protective relay is tripped, the


In the last step, the PCC also runs Start Automatic event/fault code depends on the current.
Voltage Regulator (AVR) (page 3-15).
If one or more phases is greater than 175% of
its rated standby current, the PCC generates
AMPSENTRY PROTECTIVE RELAY shutdown fault 1445 (Short Circuit).

The AmpSentry protective relay protects the alter- If one or more phases is between 110% and
nator from thermal damage caused by overloads 175% of its rated standby current, the PCC
and short circuits. The AmpSentry protective relay generates shutdown fault 1472 (Over Current).
is shown in Figure 3-8.
WATT SENTRY
This feature may be enabled by the factory for spe-
cific applications. It is disabled by default.
t
The main purpose of this feature is to prevent ex-
cessive buildups of intake manifold pressure from a
turbocharger in gas-fueled engines.
3
The PCC reduces the voltage setpoint (page 3-15)
1 to reduce the kW output of the engine and, in turn,
the intake manifold pressure. If the kW output re-
mains high, the PCC keeps lowering the voltage
2
setpoint until the PCC generates shutdown fault
1447 (Low AC Voltage) to protect the engine.
Amp
PCC-ECM COMMUNICATION
This communication is based on PGI (Power Gen-
FIGURE 3-8. AMPSENTRY PROTECTIVE RELAY eration Interface). PGI is Cummins implementation
12. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

3-19
of SAE J1939. In PGI, the genset has two control- This approach reduces the number of wires to the
lers, the ECM and the PCC. The ECM manages PCC by combining several signals from the engine
fueling, engine protection, and other engine-specif- into a single cable from the ECM.
ic tasks.
ECM Keyswitch
The PCC uses the ECM keyswitch to allow the en-
gine to start fueling and to turn fuel off on the engine.
In addition, the CAN datalink is maintained as long
PCC as the ECM keyswitch is on or the engine speed is
non-zero.

CAN Datalink
ECM The PCC and ECM communicate over a CAN (con-
trolled area network) datalink. The CAN datalink is
ENGINE ALTERNATOR based on a main trunk (no more than 40 meters
long) that is terminated by 120-Ohm resistors on
each end. Stubs (no longer than 1 meter) extend
from the main trunk to each module in the bus.

The connection between the PCC and the ECM is


FIGURE 3-9. PGI OVERVIEW shown in Figure 3-10.

ECM
PCC

FIGURE 3-10. CAN DATALINK


The PCCs engine harness for PGI gensets is a the ECM), and connect this end to the open end of
CAN datalink with only one termination resistor. To the PCCs engine harness. The termination resistor
connect the PCC to the ECM, remove the termina- in the PCCs engine harness completes the new
tion resistors from one end of the main trunk (with CAN datalink.

3-20
PGI Genset Cable and Signals The cable carries a series of 1s and 0s in each
message. Figure 3-12 and Table 3-29 show how the
The cable for PGI gensets is shown in Figure 3-11. ECM and PCC distinguish between 1s and 0s.

V
B C
A
A
B

0 1
t
FIGURE 3-12. CAN DATALINK VOLTAGE DIFFER-
ENTIALS
TABLE 3-29. CAN DATALINK VOLTAGE
DIFFERENTIALS
SIGNAL 0 1
J1939 High (+) 2.5 V 3.5 V
J1939 Low () 2.5 V 1.5 V
FIGURE 3-11. CABLE FOR PGI GENSETS Voltage Differential 0V 2V

Each wire is identified in Table 3-28. The CAN datalink transmits 0s and 1s at 250
KBaud, or 250 kilobits per second. Hence, it is pos-
TABLE 3-28. CABLE FOR PGI GENSETS sible for the voltages on J1939 High (+) and J1939
PIN SIGNAL Low () to change 250,000 times per second.
A J1939 High (+)
Figure 3-13 and Figure 3-14 show some examples
B J1939 Low () of good and bad signals on a high-resolution oscillo-
C J1939 Datalink (Shield) scope. The bad signal is caused by termination

3-21
problems (no termination, wrong termination, or 65184 Exhaust Port 1316 Temperature
bad termination). 65185 Exhaust Port 912 Temperature
65186 Exhaust Port 58 Temperature
65187 Exhaust Port 14 Temperature
65189 Intake Manifold 24 Temperature
65190 Turbocharger 2 Boost Pressure
65243 Injector Metering Rail 1 Pressure (Fuel
Outlet Pressure)
65245 Turbocharger 1 Speed
65252 EPS has Shutdown Engine
EPS Shutdown Timer Override
65253 Engine Running Time
65257 Fuel Consumption Since Reset
Total Fuel Consumption
65262 Coolant Temperature
Fuel Temperature
Oil Temperature
Aftercooler Temperature
FIGURE 3-13. CAN DATALINK: GOOD SIGNAL 65263 Fuel Supply Pressure
Engine Oil Pressure
Crankcase Pressure
Coolant Pressure
65266 Fuel Rate
65269 Barometric Absolute Pressure
65279 Water In Fuel Indicator
65288 Post-Filter Oil Pressure
65380 Final Torque
PTO Filtered Angle Engine Speed
PTO Filtered Time Engine Speed
65390 Average Engine Speed
Estimated Torque
65400 Keyswitch on for Keyswitch Minimum
On Time
Normal Shutdown Request
Derate Request
Engine State
65420 Maximum Torque
FIGURE 3-14. CAN DATALINK: BAD SIGNAL

Parameter Group Numbers (PGNs) WITNESS TESTING PROCEDURE MENUS

In SAE J1939, the parameter group number (PGN) Witness testing on the gensets is required by some
identifies the function and data in each message. municipalities, counties, or customers to verify that
You can check the status of these PGN input mes- the genset complies with NFPA (National Fire
sages in InPower. Protection Agency) 110.

TABLE 3-30. PGN INPUT FUNCTIONS These procedures require this equipment:
PGN FUNCTION InPower service tool (PC-based service tool)
61444 Average Engine Speed
Percent Engine Torque Inline 4 / Inline 5 adapter or newer (Cummins
Engine Torque Limiting Power Generation Part number 04918416).
65170 Pre-Filter Oil Pressure Inline 4 / Inline 5 drivers (available via kit or on-
65183 Exhaust Port 1720 Temperature line at http://inline.cummins.com/).

3-22
Some faults require connection to the PCC, while Genset Alarms
other faults require connection to the ECM.
Low Coolant/Engine Temperature
Faults under Genset Alarms (page 3-23) re-
In order to activate this alarm, the engine coolant
quire InPower to connect to the PCC.
temperature has to be below 100 deg F. If a lot of
testing will be done with the genset running, it is rec-
Faults under ECM Alarms (page 3-32) require ommended that this fault be simulated first before
InPower to connect to the ECM. the engine gets too hot due to extended running
time.
After each fault is simulated, return the values of the In the Engine Data folder, check the value of the
parameters to the pre-witness test values. Coolant Temperature.

Under Setup > Genset Setup, change the value of wait for the amount of time in the LCT Warning Set
the LCT Warning Threshold to a number greater Time to allow the genset to active the Low Coolant
than the Coolant Temperature of the engine. Then Temperature alarm.

3-23
Charger AC Failure tery Charger Failed Switch to Active Open to acti-
Under Setup > Configurable I/O, set the Configur- vate the Charger AC Failure alarm.
able Input Function Pointer that is configured to Bat-

3-24
Check Genset/Common Alarm Genset Running

Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual


Engage the Emergency Stop button. mode and pressing Start.

Not In Auto Low Fuel Level

Under Setup > Configurable I/O, set the Low Fuel/


On the Operator Panel, press the Stop or Manual Configurable Input #6 Active State Selection to Ac-
button to take the control out of Auto mode. tive Open to activate the Low Fuel Level alarm.

Low Coolant Level to Active Open in order to activate the Low Coolant
Under Setup > Configurable I/O, set the Coolant Level alarm.
Level/Configurable Input #5 Active State Selection

3-25
High Battery Voltage 2. Set the Battery Voltage Override Value to the
following:
Take note of the following battery voltage setting un- If the Nominal Battery Voltage Threshold is
der Setup > OEM Setup > OEM Engine Setup. set to 12 V, then set the Battery Voltage
Override Value to a number that is greater
Note the following parameters: than the 12 V High Battery Voltage Thresh-
Nominal Battery Voltage (12 or 24 VDC) old.
If the Nominal Battery Voltage Threshold is
24 V High Battery Voltage Threshold set to 24 V, then set the Battery Voltage
12 V High Battery Voltage Threshold Override Value to a number that is greater
than the 24 V High Battery Voltage Thresh-
High Battery Voltage Set Time old.
3. Patiently wait for the amount of time that is set
Under Test, follow these steps.
in the High Battery Voltage Set Time to allow
1. Set the Battery Voltage Override to Enable. the alarm to activate.

3-26
Click on Save, and wait.

Low Battery Voltage Nominal Battery Voltage (12 or 24 VDC)

Take note of the following battery voltage settings 24 V Low Battery Voltage Running Threshold
under Setup > OEM Setup > OEM Engine Setup. 24 V Low Battery Voltage Stopped Threshold
Note the following parameters: 12 V Low Battery Voltage Running Threshold

3-27
12 V Low Battery Voltage Stopped Threshold Threshold and the 12 V Low Battery Volt-
Low Battery Voltage Set Time age Running Threshold.
If the Nominal Battery Voltage Threshold is
Under Test, follow these steps.
set to 24 V, then set the Battery Voltage
1. Set the Battery Voltage Override to Enable. Override Value to a number that is less
2. Set the Battery Voltage Override Value to the than the 24 V Low Battery Voltage Running
following: Threshold and the 24 V Low Battery Volt-
age Stopped Threshold.
If the Nominal Battery Voltage Threshold is
set to 12 V, then set the Battery Voltage 3. Patiently wait for the amount of time that is set
Override Value to a number that is less in the Low Battery Voltage Set Time to allow the
than the 12 V Low Battery Voltage Stopped alarm to activate.

3-28
Weak Battery Voltage If the Nominal Battery Voltage Threshold is
set to 12 V, then set the Battery Voltage
Take note of the following battery voltage settings Override Value to a number that is less
under Setup > OEM Setup > OEM Engine Setup. than the 12 V Weak Battery Voltage
Threshold value.
Note the following parameters:
Nominal Battery Voltage (12 or 24 VDC) If the Nominal Battery Voltage Threshold is
set to 24 V, then set the Battery Voltage
24 V Weak Battery Voltage Threshold
Override Value to a number that is less
12 V Weak Battery Voltage Threshold than the 24 V Weak Battery Voltage
Weak Battery Voltage Set Time Threshold value.

Under Test, follow these steps. 3. Set the Weak Battery Voltage Set Time to 1
second.
1. Set the Battery Voltage Override to Enable.
2. Set the Battery Voltage Override Value to the 4. Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual
following: mode and pressing Start.

3-29
Fail to Start/Crank fuel control valve to prevent the engine from fueling
In order to simulate this fault, first disconnect the while cranking.
FSO relay or the connection to the fuel injectors or

3-30
Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual This will allow the genset to crank without turning on
mode and pressing Start. and to shut down when this fault is generated.

Genset Supplying Load To activate this signal, connect TB14 to ground


This signal comes from an automatic transfer switch (TB117) on the universal annunciator.
(ATS) and indicates that the genset is connected to
the load.

3-31
ECM Alarms nection. Click on the Engine Protection Witness
Test folder as shown below.
Connect to the ECM with InPower through the Inline
4 or 5 adapter, and click on the CORE II ECS con-

3-32
Click on the runWitness Test parameter to highlight
it. Then, double-click on <Operation> in the runWit-
ness Test row.

The following screen should appear.

3-33
Overspeed (page 3-32) to open the Operation runWitness
1. Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual Test screen.
mode and pressing Start. 3. Select TIS_ENGINE_OVERSPEED, and click
2. Follow the instructions under ECM Alarms on the Green Check mark, as shown below.

3-34
4. Select TIS_MOST_SEVERE_RESPONSE,
and click on the Green Check mark.

5. Select _START, and click on the Green Check


mark.

Click on Execute to simulate.

3-35
Low Oil Pressure _witness_test_channel_command:
TIS_OIL_PRESSURE
Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual
mode and pressing Start. _witness_test_severity_command:
TIS_MOST_SEVERE_RESPONSE
Select the following parameters in the Operation _test_state: _START
runWitness Test to simulate a Low Oil Pressure
alarm: Then click on Execute.

PreLow Oil Pressure _witness_test_channel_command:


TIS_OIL_PRESSURE
Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual
mode and pressing Start. _witness_test_severity_command: (50 or 60)
Hz Oil Pressure Warning (choose the operat-
Select the following parameters in the Operation ing frequency of the genset; 50 or 60 Hz)
runWitness Test to simulate a PreLow Oil Pressure
alarm: _test_state: _START

3-36
Then click on Execute.

High Engine Temperature Select the following parameters in the Operation


runWitness Test to simulate a High Engine Temper-
Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual ature alarm:
mode and pressing Start.

3-37
_witness_test_channel_command: TIS_MOST_SEVERE_RESPONSE
TIS_COOLANT_TEMP _test_state: _START

_witness_test_severity_command: Then click on Execute.

PreHigh Engine Temperature _witness_test_channel_command:


TIS_COOLANT_TEMP
Start the genset by putting the genset in Manual
mode and pressing Start. _witness_test_severity_command: TIS_MOD-
ERATELY_SEVERE_RESPONSE
Select the following parameters in the Operation _test_state: _START
runWitness Test to simulate a PreHigh Engine
Temperature alarm: Then click on Execute.

3-38
3-39
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

3-40
4. Paralleling Operation
Read Safety Precautions, and carefully observe configuring the paralleling features of the PCC.
all of the instructions and precautions in this manu-
al.
In this section, italics are used to identify a specific Table 4-1 provides more information about each
parameter by name. genset application type. It indicates what what the
genset can run in parallel, what paralleling states
GENSET APPLICATION TYPE (page 4-22) or processes are available, and how
Genset application type is the primary setting for much control the PCC has over circuit breakers.
TABLE 4-1. OVERVIEW OF GENSET APPLICATION TYPES, PARALLELING STATES, AND PARALLELING
PROCESSES
STAND- SYNCHRO- ISOLATED UTILITY UTILITY POWER
ALONE NIZER BUS ONLY SINGLE MULTIPLE TRANSFER
ONLY CONTROL
Parallel with utility Yes Yes Yes
Parallel with other gensets Yes Yes

Paralleling States:
Standby Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Dead Bus/First Start Yes Yes Yes
Synchronize Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Load Share Yes Yes
Load Govern Yes Yes Yes

Genset CB trip Yes Yes


Genset CB control Yes Yes Yes Yes
Utility CB control Yes
In general, genset application types are distin- power. The PCC does not control the utility cir-
guished by what can run in parallel with the genset. cuit breaker in any other genset application
Synchronizer Only and Power Transfer Control are type.
further distinguished by other characteristics:
The genset application type is determined by Gen-
In Synchronizer Only, the genset is not running set Application Type.
in parallel with other gensets or with the utility,
but the PCC can synchronize its voltage, fre- Note: The PCC does not support paralleling in a
quency, and phase with one other power single-phase configuration. If Single/3 Phase Con-
source. This is typically used in applications nection is set to Single Phase, the genset applica-
with transfer switches that use fast-close tran- tion type is Standalone.
sitions but do not have a built-in synchronizer.
Standalone
In Power Transfer Control, the PCC controls
the genset, the genset circuit breaker, and the Note: See Appendix A for a wiring diagram for this
utility circuit breaker to make sure the load has genset application type.

4-1
This genset application type is shown in Figure 4-1. This genset application type is shown in Figure 4-2.

PCC PCC

G G X

FIGURE 4-2. GENSET APPLICATION TYPE: SYN-


FIGURE 4-1. GENSET APPLICATION TYPE: STAN- CHRONIZER ONLY
DALONE
In this genset application type, the genset is not
In this genset application type, the genset is not running in parallel with other gensets or with the util-
running in parallel with other gensets or with the util- ity, but the PCC can synchronize its voltage, fre-
ity. The PCC is always in the Standby paralleling quency, and phase with one other power source.
state (page 4-22). This is typically used in applications with transfer
switches that use fast-close transitions but do not
Synchronizer Only have a built-in synchronizer.
Note: See Appendix A for a wiring diagram for this The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page
genset application type. See Appendix B for a se- 4-22) until event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64)
quence diagram that summarizes the behavior of the is active. Then, the PCC synchronizes (page 4-24)
PCC in this genset application type. if all of these conditions are met:
The sync enable signal (page 4-2) is active.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are
met.
If any of these conditions is not met, the PCC is in
the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Sync Enable Signal
This signal has no effect unless the synchronizer
conditions (page 4-24) are met:
This signal may come from any of these sources.
PCCs Sync Enable connection
Modbus networks
This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the

4-2
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth- In this genset application type, the genset is run-
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive. ning in parallel with other gensets.
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page
The signal is active if any source is active. You have
to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal 4-22) until event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64)
inactive. is active. Then, the PCC considers the current posi-
tion of the genset circuit breaker, as shown in Table
When this signal becomes active, the PCC syn- 4-2.
chronizes (page 4-24) with the (live) bus if the syn-
chronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met. When
this signal becomes inactive, the PCC does not
synchronize with the bus.
Isolated Bus Only
Note: See Appendix A for a wiring diagram for this
genset application type. See Appendix B for a se-
quence diagram that summarizes the behavior of the
PCC in this genset application type.
This genset application type is shown in Figure 4-3.

PCC

G G G

FIGURE 4-3. GENSET APPLICATION TYPE: ISO-


LATED BUS ONLY

4-3
TABLE 4-2. ISOLATED BUS ONLY: CONDITIONS FOR EACH PARALLELING STATE
GENSET CB DESCRIPTION
Open The PCC in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Run the first start process (page 4-23) if all of these conditions are met:
Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and Bus L3L1 Voltage% are less than 20% of
Genset Nominal Voltage.
The first start conditions (page 4-23) are met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
There are no genset CB open requests (page 4-34).
There is a genset CB close request (page 4-34).
If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), the CB Close button is pressed on the Operator
Panel.
Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and Bus L3L1 Voltage% are 60110% of Gen-
set Nominal Voltage.
Bus Frequency is 60100% of Alternate Frequency Switch.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
There are no genset CB open requests.
There is a genset CB close request.
Closed The PCC is in the Load Share paralleling state (page 4-27).
Open the genset circuit breaker if there are any genset CB open requests (page 4-34).

Utility Single In this genset application type, the genset is run-


ning in parallel with the utility. There are no other
Note: See Appendix A for a wiring diagram for this
genset application type. See Appendix B for a se- gensets.
quence diagram that summarizes the behavior of the
Note: In this genset application type, Utility Single
PCC in this genset application type.
Mode Verify/Configurable Input #29 Function Point-
This genset application type is shown in Figure 4-4. er must be set to Default if the PCC is allowed to
close the genset circuit breaker onto a dead bus.

The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page


PCC 4-22) until event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64)
is active. Then, the PCC considers the current posi-
tion of the genset circuit breaker and the utility cir-
G cuit breaker, as shown in Table 4-3.

FIGURE 4-4. GENSET APPLICATION TYPE: UTIL-


ITY SINGLE

4-4
TABLE 4-3. UTILITY SINGLE: CONDITIONS FOR EACH PARALLELING STATE
GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Run the dead bus process (page 4-22).
Then, close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
There is a genset CB close request (page 4-34).
There are no genset CB open requests (page 4-34).
Utility Single Mode Verify/Configurable Input #29 Function Pointer is set
to Default.
Configurable Input #29 is active.
If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), the CB Close button is pressed
on the Operator Panel.
Open Closed The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Synchronize (page 4-24) if the synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are
met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
There are no genset CB open requests.
There is a genset CB close request (page 4-34).
Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
The sync enable signal (page 4-2) is active.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
Open the genset circuit breaker if there are any genset CB open requests
(page 4-34).

The PCC also opens the genset circuit breaker if In this genset application type, the genset is run-
there are any genset CB open requests (page ning in parallel with other gensets, and the gensets
4-34). are running in parallel with the utility.
Utility Multiple The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page
Note: See Appendix A for a wiring diagram for this 4-22) until event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64)
genset application type. See Appendix B for a se- is active. Then, the PCC considers the current posi-
quence diagram that summarizes the behavior of the tion of the genset circuit breaker and the utility cir-
PCC in this genset application type. cuit breaker, as shown in Table 4-4.
This genset application type is shown in Figure 4-5.

PCC

G G G

FIGURE 4-5. GENSET APPLICATION TYPE: UTIL-


ITY MULTIPLE

4-5
TABLE 4-4. UTILITY MULTIPLE: CONDITIONS FOR EACH PARALLELING STATE
GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Run the first start process (page 4-23) if all of these conditions are met:
Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and Bus L3L1 Voltage% are
less than 20% of Genset Nominal Voltage.
The first start conditions (page 4-23) are met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
There are no genset CB open requests (page 4-34).
There is a genset CB close request (page 4-34).
If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), the CB Close button is pressed
Open Closed on the Operator Panel.
Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and Bus L3L1 Voltage% are
60110% of Genset Nominal Voltage.
Bus Frequency is 60100% of Alternate Frequency Switch.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
There are no genset CB open requests.
There is a genset CB close request (page 4-34).
Closed Open The PCC is in the Load Share paralleling state (page 4-27).
Open the genset circuit breaker if there are any genset CB open requests
(page 4-34).
Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
Open the genset circuit breaker if there are any genset CB open requests
(page 4-34).
The PCC also opens the genset circuit breaker if This genset application type is shown in Figure 4-6.
there are any genset CB open requests (page
4-34).

Power Transfer Control PCC

Note: See Appendix A for a wiring diagram for this


genset application type. G

FIGURE 4-6. GENSET APPLICATION TYPE: POW-


ER TRANSFER CONTROL

4-6
In this genset application type, the genset is typical- In power transfer control (PTC), you can also test
ly running in parallel with the utility. There are no the genset, exercise the genset, and run the genset
other gensets. in parallel with the utility.

Note: In this genset application type, Utility Single PTC Operating Mode
Mode Verify/Configurable Input #29 Function Point-
er must be set to Default if the PCC is allowed to The PTC operating mode determines the condi-
close the genset circuit breaker onto a dead bus. tions under which the PCC opens and closes the
genset circuit breaker and the utility circuit breaker,
The PCC controls the genset, the genset circuit as well as the conditions under which the PCC
breaker, and the utility circuit breaker to make sure starts and stops the genset.
the load has power. For example, the PCC monitors
the utility. If the utility fails, the PCC starts the gen- The PTC operating mode is related to the mode of
set and transfers the load to the genset. When the operation (page 3-7). Table 4-5 provides a summa-
utility is available again, the PCC transfers the load ry of the relationships between the mode of opera-
to the utility and shuts down the genset. tion and the PTC operating mode.
TABLE 4-5. SUMMARY OF RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN MODES OF OPERATION AND PTC OPERATING
MODES
MODE OF OPERATION CONDITION PTC OPERATING MODE
Off Default mode Off
Auto Default mode Normal
PTC mode switch signal Manual
Exercise signal Exercise
Remote start signal Test
Extended parallel signal Extended Parallel
Genset is unavailable Normal Override
Utility is unavailable Utility Fail
Manual Default mode Manual

Note: The conditions in Table 4-5 are intended to be If the exercise scheduler (page 5-32) is active,
helpful, but they are not complete. The specific con- Scheduler Program Run Mode replaces Test
ditions required for each PTC operating mode are With Load Enable.
explained in more detail when each PTC operating
mode is introduced. Extended Parallel Mode
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC responds to
In any PTC operating mode, the PCC opens the the extended parallel signal (page 4-20). The gen-
genset circuit breaker if there are any PTC genset set and the utility are supposed to run in parallel.
CB open requests (page 4-35), and the PCC opens
the utility circuit breaker if there are any PTC utility The PCC is in this PTC operating mode when all of
CB open requests (page 4-36). these conditions are met:
Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Three
Exercise Mode Phase.
The PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is in-
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC responds to active.
the exercise signal (page 3-8). The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The extended parallel signal (page 4-20) is ac-
This PTC operating mode is similar to the Test PTC tive.
operating mode (page 4-14) with these exceptions: Extended Parallel Enable is set to Enable.
The exercise signal replaces the remote start Utility CB Position Status is set to Closed; or
signal, and the remote start signal must be in- the genset is available (page 4-17), and Gen-
active. set CB Position Status is set to closed.

4-7
When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it In this PTC operating mode, the PCC considers the
initiates a Non-emergency Start sequence (page current position of the genset circuit breaker and
3-13) if the genset is not running. the utility circuit breaker.

L L

A 1 2 L C 1 2 L

3 4 3 4 D
G G
G G

B E
L L L L

S1 S2
S1 Typical control.
S2 The genset becomes unavailable (page 4-17), or the utility becomes unavailable (page 4-20).

FIGURE 4-7. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN EXTENDED PARALLEL MODE


As illustrated in Figure 4-7, the PCC tries to run the nizes (page 4-24) the genset with the utility and
genset and the utility in parallel in this PTC operat- closes the appropriate circuit breaker(s) until they
ing mode. If they are not in parallel when the PCC are in parallel.
enters this PTC operating mode, the PCC synchro-
TABLE 4-6. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN EXTENDED PARALLEL MODE
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
1 Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
A: Close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.
2 Open Closed The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
B: Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
The utility is available (page 4-20).
Transfer Delay (TDNE) has expired, or the transfer/retransfer inhibit
override signal (page 4-21) is active.
The transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
Warning fault 2397 (Utility Breaker Fail To Open) is inactive.
Warning fault 1999 (Maximum Parallel Time) is inactive.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker when all of these conditions are
met.
The genset and the utility are synchronized.
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.

4-8
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
3 Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
C: Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
The utility is available (page 4-20).
Retransfer Delay (TDEN) has expired, or the transfer/retransfer inhibit
override signal (page 4-21) is active.
The retransfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
Warning fault 1453 (Genset Breaker Fail To Open) is inactive.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the utility circuit breaker when all of these conditions are
met.
The genset and the utility are synchronized.
The PTC utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.
4 Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
D: Open the genset circuit breaker if the genset is not available (page
4-17).
E: Open the utility circuit breaker if the utility is not available (page
4-20).

All transitions in this PTC operating mode are soft The PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10).
closed transitions, regardless of Transition Type.

Manual Mode When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it
may start or stop the genset. See Manual Mode
This is the default PTC operating mode when (page 3-10).
Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Three Phase
and one of these conditions is met:
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC considers the
The PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is ac- current position of the genset circuit breaker and
tive. the utility circuit breaker.

A 1 2 L
B
C 3 4 D
G
G

E
L L

FIGURE 4-8. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN MANUAL MODE


As illustrated in Figure 4-8, you can open and close quired to synchronize (page 4-24) the genset with
the genset circuit breaker in this PTC operating the utility.
mode. You can run the genset in parallel with the
utility, but the sync enable signal (page 4-2) is re-

4-9
If the utility becomes unavailable (page 4-20) while opens the utility circuit breaker in this PTC operat-
the genset and the utility are in parallel, the PCC ing mode.
TABLE 4-7. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN MANUAL MODE
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
1 Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
A: Close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The CB Close button is pressed.
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.
2 Open Closed The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
B: Close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The CB Close button is pressed.
The genset is available (page 4-17).
The utility is available (page 4-20).
Transition Type is set to Hard Closed Transition or Soft Closed Transi-
tion.
Warning fault 2397 (Utility Breaker Fail To Open) is inactive.
Warning fault 1999 (Maximum Parallel Time) is inactive.
The genset and the utility are synchronized (page 4-24).
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.
Note: Synchronization requires the sync enable signal (page 4-2).
Without it, the PCC does not automatically synchronize the genset
and the utility.
3 Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
C: Open the genset circuit breaker if the CB Open button is pressed.
4 Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
D: Open the genset circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
The CB Open button is pressed.
Transition Type is set to Open Transition.
Maximum Parallel Time (TDMP) has expired.
The genset is not available (page 4-17).
E: Open the utility circuit breaker if the utility is not available (page
4-20).

Normal Mode The utility is available (page 4-20).

In this PTC operating mode, the load should be When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it
powered by the utility. initiates a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence
(page 3-16) if all of these conditions are met:
This is the default PTC operating mode when all of
The genset is running.
these conditions are met:
Utility CB Position Status is set to Closed.
Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Three
Phase. Genset CB Position Status is set to Open.
The PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is in- In this PTC operating mode, the PCC considers the
active.
current position of the genset circuit breaker and
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8). the utility circuit breaker.

4-10
A
L

1 2 L

B 3 4 D
G
G

C
L L

FIGURE 4-9. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN NORMAL MODE


As illustrated in Figure 4-9, the PCC tries to connect
the utility to the load in this PTC operating mode. If it
succeeds, it shuts down the genset.
TABLE 4-8. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN NORMAL MODE
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
1 Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
A: Close the utility circuit breaker when all of these conditions are met.
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
The PTC utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.
2 Open Closed The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
Initiate a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence (page 3-16) if the genset
is running.

4-11
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
3 Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
B: Open the genset circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
Transition Type is set to Open Transition, the retransfer inhibit signal
(page 4-21) is inactive, and either Retransfer Delay (TDEN) has ex-
pired or the transfer/retransfer inhibit override signal (page 4-21) is ac-
tive.
The genset is not available (page 4-17).
Warning fault 1457 (Fail To Synchronize) is active, Fail To Sync Open
Transition Retransfer Enable is set to Enable, and the retransfer inhibit
signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
C: Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
The utility is available (page 4-20).
Transition Type is set to Hard Closed Transition or Soft Closed Transi-
tion.
The retransfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
Retransfer Delay (TDEN) has expired, or the transfer/retransfer inhibit
override signal (page 4-21) is active.
Warning fault 1453 (Genset Breaker Fail To Open) is inactive.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the utility circuit breaker when all of these conditions are
met.
The genset and the utility are synchronized.
The PTC utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.

4 Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
D: Open the genset circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
The genset is not available (page 4-17).
Transition Type is set to Open Transition or Hard Closed Transition.
Maximum Parallel Time (TDMP) has expired.
The PCC is running the load govern kW ramp unload process (page
4-32); and Load Govern kW Reference is zero.

Normal Override Mode There is a warning fault (page 7-3), the remote
start signal (page 3-9) is active, and the start
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC responds to type signal (page 3-9) is active.
the loss or potential loss of the genset.
There is a warning fault (page 7-3), and the ex-
ercise signal (page 3-8) is active.
The PCC is in this PTC operating mode when the
Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Three Phase,
the PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is inactive, When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it
PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8), the utility is avail- initiates a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence
able (page 4-20), and one of these conditions is (page 3-16) if all of these conditions are met:
met:
The genset is running.
There is a shutdown fault (page 7-1).
Utility CB Position Status is set to Open when Utility CB Position Status is set to Closed.
the genset becomes unavailable (page 4-17).
Genset CB Position Status is set to Open.
Genset CB Position Status is set to Closed,
and the genset is unavailable.
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC considers the
Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To current position of the genset circuit breaker and
Close) is inactive. the utility circuit breaker.

4-12
A
L

1 2 L

B 3 4 D
G
G

C
L L

FIGURE 4-10. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN NORMAL OVERRIDE MODE


As illustrated in Figure 4-10, the PCC tries to con-
nect the utility to the load in this PTC operating
mode. If it succeeds, it shuts down the genset.
TABLE 4-9. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN NORMAL OVERRIDE MODE
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
1 Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
A: Close the utility circuit breaker when all of these conditions are met.
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
The PTC utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.
2 Open Closed Initiate a Shutdown with Cooldown sequence (page 3-16) if the genset
is running.
The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).

4-13
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
3 Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
B: Open the genset circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
The genset is not available (page 4-17).
Transition Type is set to Open Transition.
Warning fault 1457 (Fail To Synchronize) is active, Fail To Sync Open
Transition Retransfer Enable is set to Enable, and the retransfer inhibit
signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
C: Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Transition Type is set to Hard Closed Transition or Soft Closed Transi-
tion.
Warning fault 1453 (Genset Breaker Fail To Open) is inactive.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the utility circuit breaker when all of these conditions are
met.
The genset and the utility are synchronized.
The PTC utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.
4 Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
D: Open the genset circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
The genset is not available (page 4-17).
Transition Type is set to Open Transition or Hard Closed Transition.
Maximum Parallel Time (TDMP) has expired.
The PCC is running the load govern kW ramp unload process (page
4-32); and Load Govern kW Reference is zero.

Off Mode Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Three


Phase.
The PCC is in this PTC operating mode when the The PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is in-
PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is inactive and active.
one of these conditions is met:
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The PCC is in Off mode (page 3-8).
The remote start signal is active.
Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Single The utility is available (page 4-20).
Phase.
The PCC is not in Extended Parallel PTC oper-
When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it ating mode (page 4-7).
initiates a Shutdown Without Cooldown sequence One of these conditions is met:
(page 3-17) if the genset is running.
Utility CB Position Status is set to Closed,
and Genset CB Position Status is set to
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC does not Open.
open or close the genset circuit breaker or the utility
circuit breaker. It also does not allow the genset to The genset is available (page 4-17), Gen-
start. You have to change the PTC operating mode set CB Position Status is set to Closed,
if you want to start the genset. and Utility CB Position Status is set to
Open.
Test Mode
When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it
starts the genset if the genset is not running al-
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC responds to ready. See Remote Start Signal (page 3-12).
the remote start signal (page 3-9).
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC considers the
The PCC enters this PTC operating mode when all current position of the genset circuit breaker and
of these conditions are met: the utility circuit breaker.

4-14
B B
L L

1 2 L
1 2 L

3 4 E 3 4
G G
G G

F
L L L L

S1 S2

C
L L

A 1 2 L
A 1 2 L
D
3 4 E 3 4
G G
G G

F
L L L L

S3 S4
S1 Test With Load Enable = Disabled, Transition Type = Open Transition.
S2 Test With Load Enable = Disabled, Transition Type = Hard Closed Transition or Soft Closed Transition.
S3 Test With Load Enable = Enabled, Transition Type = Open Transition.
S4 Test With Load Enable = Enabled, Transition Type = Hard Closed Transition or Soft Closed Transition.

FIGURE 4-11. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN TEST MODE AND IN EXERCISE MODE
As illustrated in Figure 4-11, the PCCs behavior de- If Test With Load Enable is set to Disabled, the PCC
pends on Test With Load Enable and Transition tries to connect the utility to the load. However, if the
Type in this PTC operating mode.
4-15
genset is connected to the load but the utility is not, Note: If Genset CB Position Status is set to Closed
the PCC does not change the position of the circuit and Utility CB Position Status is set to Open, the
PCC does not open or close either circuit breaker,
breakers.
even if Test with Load Enable is set to Disabled.

Transition Type determines the way the PCC con-


If Test With Load Enable is set to Enabled, the PCC trols the circuit breakers to connect the desired
tries to connect the genset to the load. source to the load.

TABLE 4-10. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN TEST MODE AND IN EXERCISE MODE
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
1 Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
A: Close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
Test With Load Enable is set to Enabled.
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.
B: Close the utility circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
Test With Load Enable is set to Disabled.
The PTC utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.
2 Open Closed The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
C: Open the utility circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Transition Type is set to Open Transition.
Test With Load Enable is set to Enabled.
The transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
Transfer Delay (TDNE) has expired, or the transfer/retransfer inhibit
override signal (page 4-21) is active.
D: Synchronize (page 4-24) if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Test With Load Enable is set to Enabled.
The transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
Transfer Delay (TDNE) has expired, or the transfer/retransfer inhibit
override signal (page 4-21) is active.
Transition Type is set to Hard Closed Transition or Soft Closed Transi-
tion.
Warning fault 2397 (Utility Breaker Fail To Open) is inactive.
Warning fault 1999 (Maximum Parallel Time) is inactive.
The synchronizer conditions (page 4-24) are met.
Then, close the genset circuit breaker when all of these conditions are
met.
The genset and the utility are synchronized.
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.
3 Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
4 Closed Closed The PCC is in the Load Govern paralleling state (page 4-29).
E: Open the genset circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
Transition Type is set to Open Transition.
Maximum Parallel Time (TDMP) has expired.
F: Open the utility circuit breaker if one of these conditions is met:
Utility Total kW is less than or equal to Utility Unloaded Level.
Transition Type is set to Hard Closed Transition.

The PCC leaves this PTC operating mode when The PCC leaves Auto mode.
one of these conditions is met:

4-16
The remote start signal becomes inactive. The PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20) is in-
active.
Utility Fail Mode The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The utility is not available (page 4-20).
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC responds to
the loss of the utility. When the PCC enters this PTC operating mode, it
initiates an Emergency Start sequence (page 3-12)
The PCC is in this PTC operating mode when all of if the genset is not running already.
these conditions are met:
In this PTC operating mode, the PCC considers the
Single/3 Phase Connection is set to Three current position of the genset circuit breaker and
Phase. the utility circuit breaker.

B
L

A 1 2 L

3 4
G
G

C
L L

FIGURE 4-12. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN UTILITY FAIL MODE


As illustrated in Figure 4-12, the PCC tries to con- enters this PTC operating mode, the PCC starts the
nect the genset to the load in this PTC operating genset.
mode. If the genset is not running when the PCC
TABLE 4-11. CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL IN UTILITY FAIL MODE
# GENSET CB UTILITY CB DESCRIPTION
1 Open Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
A: Close the genset circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
Programmed Transition Delay (TDPT) has expired.
The PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35) are met.
2 Open Closed The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
B: Open the utility circuit breaker if all of these conditions are met:
The genset is available (page 4-17).
The transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21) is inactive.
Transfer Delay (TDNE) has expired, or the transfer/retransfer inhibit
override signal (page 4-21) is active.
3 Closed Open The PCC is in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
4 Closed Closed C: Open the utility circuit breaker.

Genset Availability Genset Undervoltage Sensor Status is set to


The status of the genset is tracked in Genset Avail- Dropped Out.
ability Status. Genset Availability Status is set to
Not Available if any of these conditions is met:
4-17
Genset Overvoltage Sensor Enable is set to This behavior is illustrated in Figure 4-13 and Fig-
Enable, and Genset Overvoltage Sensor Sta- ure 4-14.
tus is set to Dropped Out.

Genset Frequency Sensor Enable is set to En-


able, and Genset Frequency Sensor Status is
set to Dropped Out.
P
Genset Loss of Phase Sensor Enable is set to
Enable, and Genset Loss of Phase Sensor
Status is set to Dropped Out.

Genset Phase Rotation Sensor Enable is set


to Enable, and Genset Phase Rotation Sensor D
Status is set to Dropped Out.
V
Warning fault 1328 (Genset Breaker Tripped) DV PV
is active.

Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To


Close) is active.
FIGURE 4-13. UNDERVOLTAGE SENSOR STATUS
Warning fault 1454 (Genset Breaker Position
Contact) is active, and Genset Current Based
Breaker Position is set to Unknown.

If none of these conditions is met, Genset Availabil- P


ity Status is set to Available.

The PCC calculates the genset sensor status pa-


rameters in different ways.
D
Undervoltage and Overvoltage Sensor Status V
PV DV
The PCC calculates Genset Undervoltage Sensor
Status and Genset Overvoltage Sensor Status this
way.
FIGURE 4-14. OVERVOLTAGE SENSOR STATUS
The sensor value depends on Genset Voltage
Sensor Type. If Genset Voltage Sensor Type is
TABLE 4-12. UNDERVOLTAGE AND
set to Line to Line, the PCC uses the genset OVERVOLTAGE SENSOR STATUS
line-to-line voltages. If Genset Voltage Sensor
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Type is set to Line to Neutral, the PCC uses the
P The sensor status is set to Picked Up.
genset line-to-neutral voltages.
D The sensor status is set to Dropped
The PCC sets the parameter to Picked Up if all Out.
of the sensor values cross a specified pick-up DV Dropout voltage
threshold. PV Pickup voltage
The PCC sets the parameter to Dropped Out
if any of the sensor values crosses a specified Table 4-13 identifies the thresholds and amount of
drop-out threshold for a specified amount of time required for each genset sensor status param-
time. eter.

4-18
TABLE 4-13. CALCULATION OF GENSET SENSOR STATUS FOR UNDERVOLTAGE AND OVERVOLTAGE
GENSET SEN- PICK-UP THRESHOLD DROP-OUT THRESHOLD DROP-OUT TIME DELAY
SOR
Undervoltage Genset Undervoltage Pick Genset Undervoltage Drop Genset Undervoltage Drop
Up Percentage Out Percentage x Genset Out Delay
Undervoltage PickUp Per-
centage
Overvoltage Genset Overvoltage PickUp Genset Overvoltage Drop Genset Overvoltage Drop
Threshold Out Percentage Out Delay

When the PCC is in the Synchronize paralleling Frequency Sensor Status


state (page 4-24), the PCC ignores the thresholds
in Table 4-13 and uses the fixed values in Table The PCC calculates Genset Frequency Sensor
4-14. Status this way.
The PCC sets the parameter to Picked Up if the
TABLE 4-14. FIXED THRESHOLDS FOR sensor value is in a specified range.
UNDERVOLTAGE AND OVERVOLTAGE IN THE
SYNCHRONIZE PARALLELING STATE The PCC sets the parameter to Dropped Out
if the sensor value is outside another specified
GENSET SENSOR PICK-UP DROP-OUT
range for a specified amount of time.
Undervoltage 85% 75%
Overvoltage 95% 120% This behavior is illustrated in Figure 4-15.

V
DV1 PV1 PV2 DV2

FIGURE 4-15. FREQUENCY SENSOR STATUS

TABLE 4-15. FREQUENCY SENSOR STATUS


LABEL DESCRIPTION
P The sensor status is set to Picked Up.
D The sensor status is set to Dropped Out.
DV1 Lower dropout voltage
PV1 Lower pickup voltage
PV2 Upper pickup voltage
DV2 Upper dropout voltage

Table 4-16 identifies the ranges and amount of time


required for each genset sensor status.

4-19
TABLE 4-16. CALCULATION OF GENSET SENSOR STATUS FOR FREQUENCY AND LOSS OF PHASE
STATUS LOW VALUE HIGH VALUE DROP-OUT TIME DELAY
Picked Up Genset Center Frequency x Genset Center Frequency x None
(1 Genset Frequency (1 + Genset Frequency
PickUp Bandwidth) PickUp Bandwidth)
Dropped Out Genset Center Frequency x Genset Center Frequency x Genset Frequency DropOut
(1 Genset Frequency (1 + Genset Frequency Delay
PickUp Bandwidth Gen- PickUp Bandwidth + Gen-
set Frequency DropOut set Frequency DropOut
Bandwidth Bandwidth

When the PCC is in the Synchronize paralleling Power Transfer Control Signals
state (page 4-24), the PCC ignores the frequency
range in Table 4-16 and uses 75125% instead. Extended Parallel Signal
This signal has no effect unless the Genset Ap-
Loss of Phase Sensor Status plication Type is set to Power Transfer Control.
This signal may come from any of these sources:
The PCC calculates Genset Loss of Phase Sensor
Status this way. PCCs Extended Parallel Switch connection
PCCNet devices (page 1-6)
The PCC sets the parameter to Picked Up if the
phase difference between each pair of lines is Modbus networks
90150 degrees. Exercise scheduler (page 5-32) (internal func-
tion; no hardware connection)
The PCC sets the parameter to Dropped Out
if the phase difference between any pair of This signal becomes active when any of these
lines is not 90150 degrees for Genset Loss of sources is active. It remains active until all of the
Phase DropOut Delay. sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.
Phase Rotation Sensor Status Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
The signal is active if any source is active. You have
The PCC calculates Genset Phase Rotation Sen- to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal
inactive.
sor Status this way.
When this signal becomes active, the PCC may en-
The PCC sets the parameter to Picked Up if
ter Extended Parallel PTC operating mode (page
Genset Phase Rotation is equal to System
4-7).
Phase Rotation.
Note: Other conditions are required for the PCC to
The PCC sets the parameter to Dropped Out enter Extended Parallel PTC operating mode.
if Genset Phase Rotation is not equal to Sys-
tem Phase Rotation for one second. PTC Mode Switch Signal
This signal has no effect unless the Genset Ap-
Utility Availability plication Type is set to Power Transfer Control.

The status of the utility is tracked in Utility Availabil- This signal may come from any of these sources:
ity Status. Utility Availability Status is calculated the PCCs PTC Mode Switch connection
same way Genset Availability Status is calculated PCCNet devices (page 1-6)
with these exceptions:
Modbus networks
The calculation uses the corresponding Utility
parameters and faults. This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the
The PCC does not use fixed thresholds in the sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
Synchronize paralleling state (page 4-24). er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.

4-20
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal. Warning fault 1455 (Utility Breaker Position
The signal is active if any source is active. You have Contact) is active, and Utility Current Based
to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal Breaker Position is set to Closed.
inactive.
The PCC is in Exercise (page 4-7), Extended
When this signal becomes active, the PCC enters Parallel (page 4-7), Test (page 4-14), or Utility
Manual PTC operating mode (page 4-9). Fail (page 4-17) PTC operating mode.
Genset CB Position Status is set to Open.
Retransfer Inhibit Signal
Utility CB Position Status is set to Closed.
This signal has no effect unless all of these condi- This signal may come from any of these sources:
tions are met:
PCCs Transfer Inhibit connection
The transfer/retransfer inhibit override signal
PCCNet devices (page 1-6)
(page 4-21) is inactive.
Modbus networks
Warning fault 1454 (Genset Breaker Position
Contact) is active, and Genset Current Based This signal becomes active when any of these
Breaker Position is set to Closed. sources is active. It remains active until all of the
The PCC is in Extended Parallel (page 4-7), sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
Normal (page 4-10), or Normal Override (page er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.
4-12) PTC operating mode. Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
Genset CB Position Status is set to Closed. The signal is active if any source is active. You have
to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal
Utility CB Position Status is set to Open. inactive.

This signal may come from any of these sources: When this signal becomes active, the PCC cannot
transfer load from the utility to the genset. This sig-
PCCs Retransfer Inhibit Switch connection nal prevents the PCC from synchronizing (page
PCCNet devices (page 1-6) 4-24) the genset with the utility and from opening
the utility circuit breaker.
Modbus networks
Transfer/retransfer Inhibit Override Signal
This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the This signal has no effect unless the Genset Ap-
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth- plication Type is set to Power Transfer Control.
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.
This signal may come from any of these sources:
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal. PCCNet devices (page 1-6)
The signal is active if any source is active. You have Modbus networks
to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal
inactive. This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the
When this signal becomes active, the PCC cannot sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
transfer load from the genset to the utility. (There er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.
are exceptions in some PTC operating modes.)
This signal prevents the PCC from synchronizing Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
(page 4-24) the genset with the utility and from The signal is active if any source is active. You have
opening the genset circuit breaker. to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal
inactive.
Transfer Inhibit Signal
When this signal becomes active, Transfer Delay
(TDNE) and Retransfer Delay (TDEN) have no ef-
This signal has no effect unless all of these condi-
fect. The PCC does not wait for these timers to ex-
tions are met:
pire. The PCC also ignores the retransfer inhibit
The transfer/retransfer inhibit override signal signal (page 4-21) and the transfer inhibit signal
(page 4-21) is inactive. (page 4-21).

4-21
PARALLELING STATES No Offset

When event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is This method is used when all of these conditions
active, the PCC is in one paralleling state. The par- are met:
alleling state reflects the status of the paralleling The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is
system, which determines the way the PCC be- inactive.
haves. Isolated Bus Speed Control Method is
Constant.
In general, the paralleling state is determined by
the genset application type, the positions of the cir- The paralleling frequency reference offset is zero.
cuit breakers, and whether or not the bus is dead or
live. Paralleling Voltage Reference Offset

The parameter ES State indicates which paralleling The PCC may use one of these methods to adjust
state the PCC is in. the voltage setpoint (page 3-15). This adjustment is
the paralleling voltage reference offset.
Genset Bus parameters refer to the bus shared
Voltage Droop
with other gensets. The PCC uses these parame-
ters when Genset Application Type is Isolated Bus This method is used when one of these conditions
Only or Utility Multiple. is met:

Utility parameters refer to the bus shared with the The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is
utility. The PCC uses these parameters when Gen- active.
set Application Type is Synchronize Only or Utility Isolated Bus Voltage Control Method is Droop.
Single.
The PCC uses voltage droop (page 4-37) to calcu-
Note: In many cases,an explanation in this manual is late the paralleling voltage reference offset.
the same regardless of whether the genset is in par-
allel with other gensets or with the utility. Therefore, No Offset
to make explanations a little simpler, this manual re-
This method is used when all of these conditions
fers to Bus parameters when it is not necessary to
distinguish between Genset Bus parameters and are met:
Utility parameters. The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is
inactive.
Standby Isolated Bus Voltage Control Method is
Constant.
The PCC is not connected in parallel with other
gensets or with the utility. The paralleling voltage reference offset is zero.
Paralleling Frequency Reference Offset Dead Bus Close
The PCC may use one of these methods to adjust The PCC is in this paralleling state when it wants to
the speed reference (page 3-15). This adjustment close the genset circuit breaker to a dead bus.
is the paralleling frequency reference offset.
In this paralleling state, the PCC controls the paral-
Speed Droop leling frequency reference offset and the paralleling
voltage reference offset the same way it controls
This method is used when one of these conditions them in the Standby paralleling state (page 4-22).
is met:
In addition, the PCC runs one of these processes to
The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is decide whether or not to close the genset circuit
active. breaker.
Isolated Bus Speed Control Method is Droop. Dead Bus
The PCC uses speed droop (page 4-37) to calcu- The PCC uses this to determine whether or not to
late the paralleling frequency reference offset. close the genset circuit breaker onto a dead bus

4-22
when Genset Application Type is set to Utility Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and
Single. The PCC concludes that the bus is dead if Bus L3L1 Voltage% are less than 20% of Gen-
the utility circuit breaker is open. set Nominal Voltage.
The PCC is not in Manual mode (page 3-10).
Dead Bus Close Circuit Breaker Control
There are no genset CB open requests (page
The PCC generates a genset CB close request 4-34).
(page 4-34) if all of these conditions are met: Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To
Genset Application Type is set to Utility Single. Close) is inactive.
Event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is ac- Warning fault 3457 (Loss of Bus Voltage Sens-
tive. ing) is inactive.
Genset CB Position Status is set to Open. First Start Arbitration
Utility CB Position Status is set to Open.
The gensets arbitrate with each other through the
Utility Single Mode Verify/Configurable Input first start connection (page 1-5). Each genset tries
#29 Function Pointer is set to Default. to send a series of random bursts (18 ms each)
Configurable Input #29 is active. through this connection for 800 ms. If a genset de-
tects a burst from another genset at any time, the
There are no genset CB open requests (page genset stops, waits for 2.5 sec, and starts over.
4-34). Otherwise, after 800 ms, the genset has permis-
Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To sion to close to the dead bus, and it turns on the first
Close) is inactive. start connection to prevent other gensets from get-
ting permission.
The PCC stops generating a genset CB close re-
quest if one of these conditions is met: The PCC automatically gives itself permission to
close to the dead bus First Start Backup Time after
There is a genset CB open request (page it joins the arbitration, regardless of the results of
4-34). the arbitration. This lets the system continue func-
Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To tioning in case first start arbitration fails for some
Close) is active. reason. To prevent two or more gensets from clos-
ing to the dead bus at the same time, First Start
First Start Backup Time should be set to different values on
each genset.
The PCC uses this to determine whether or not to
close the genset circuit breaker onto a dead bus First Start Circuit Breaker Control
when it is in parallel with other gensets.
The PCC generates a genset CB close request
First start is based on first start arbitration (page (page 4-34) if all of these conditions are met:
4-23). The PCC joins first start arbitration when the Genset Application Type is set to Isolated Bus
first start conditions (page 4-23) are met. The win- Only or Utility Multiple.
ner of the arbitration gets permission to close to the
Event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is ac-
dead bus. The other gensets then have to wait for
tive.
the bus to go live and synchronize (page 4-24) to it.
Genset CB Position Status is set to Open.
First Start Conditions If Genset Application Type is set to Utility Multi-
ple, Utility CB Position Status is set to Open.
The PCC joins first start arbitration (page 4-23)
when all of these conditions are met: Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and
Bus L3L1 Voltage% are less than 20% of Gen-
Genset Application Type is set to Isolated Bus
set Nominal Voltage.
Only or Utility Multiple.
If the PCC is not in Manual mode, the PCC just
Event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is ac- won first start arbitration (page 4-23) or First
tive. Start Backup Time has elapsed since the PCC
Genset CB Position Status is Open. joined first start arbitration.

4-23
There are no genset CB open requests (page the PCC has stopped the genset for any rea-
4-34). son other than a shutdown fault since warning
fault 1452 became active.
Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To
Close) is inactive. The PCC is not raising the engine speed to idle
speed or rated speed or lowering the engine
Warning fault 3457 (Loss of Bus Voltage Sens-
speed to idle speed.
ing) is inactive.
Event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is ac-
If Utility Single Mode Verify/Configurable Input
tive.
#29 Function Pointer is set to Default, Confi-
gurable Input #29 is active. If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10),
Sync Disable is Inactive.
Note: If Utility Single Mode Verify/Configurable In-
If Fail To Sync Lockout Enable is Enable, event
put #29 Function Pointer is set to Default and Confi-
gurable Input #29 is inactive, the PCC generates
1457 (Fail To Synchronize) is inactive.
warning fault 1455 (Utility Breaker Position Contact). Synchronizer Speed Control Method is not Ex-
ternal, Synchronizer Voltage Control Method is
The PCC stops generating a genset CB close re- not External, or both are not External.
quest if one of these conditions is met:
Paralleling Frequency Reference Offset
There is a genset CB open request (page
4-34). The PCC adjusts the speed reference (page 3-15)
Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To to make the genset frequency match the bus fre-
Close) is active. quency. The PCC may also try to make the genset
phase match the bus phase. This adjustment is the
Synchronize paralleling frequency reference offset.

The PCC uses this to determine whether or not to The PCC uses one of these methods to calculate
close the genset circuit breaker onto a live bus. the paralleling frequency reference offset.

The PCC usually initiates this process automatical- Phase Match


ly if Genset CB Position Status is set to Open and
This method is used when all of these conditions
Utility CB Position Status is set to Closed. This pro-
are met:
cess must be initiated manually if Genset CB Posi-
tion Status is set to Closed and Utility CB Position The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is
Status is set to Open. inactive.
Synchronizer Speed Control Method is Phase
The PCC adjusts the speed reference (page 3-15) Match.
and the voltage setpoint (page 3-15) to make the
genset voltage, genset frequency, and genset The PCC uses a single PI (proportionalintegral)
phase match the bus voltage, bus frequency, and loop to calculate the paralleling frequency refer-
bus phase. ence offset to meet all of these conditions.
Synchronizer Conditions Genset Frequency matches Bus Frequency
The genset phase matches the bus phase with
The synchronizer is enabled when all of these con- an offset of Sync Phase Offset.
ditions are met:
Sync Phase Offset should be used when a phase
Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and
shift exists between the genset and the bus (for ex-
Bus L3L1 Voltage% are 60110% of Genset
ample, if there is a delta/wye transformer).
Nominal Voltage.
Bus Frequency is 60110% of Alternate Fre- Note: Sync Phase Offset is the desired difference be-
quency Switch. tween the genset phase and the bus phase.

If Genset CB Fail To Close Standalone Mode The initial value of the paralleling frequency refer-
Enable is set to Enable, warning fault 1452 ence offset is the difference between Bus Frequen-
(Genset Breaker Fail To Close) is inactive, or cy and the speed reference divided by Frequency

4-24
to Speed Gain Select. This ensures that there is a The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is
minimal transient when the PCC enters this paral- active.
leling state. Synchronizer Speed Control Method is Exter-
The PCC raises the paralleling frequency reference nal, and Isolated Bus Speed Control Method is
offset linearly from the initial value to the output of Droop.
the PI loop during Frequency Match Ramp Rate.
The PCC uses speed droop (page 4-37) to calcu-
The paralleling frequency reference offset is limited late the paralleling frequency reference offset.
to 60110% of Alternate Frequency Switch. No Offset
Slip Frequency This method is used when all of these conditions
This method is used when all of these conditions are met:
are met: The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is
The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is inactive.
inactive. Synchronizer Speed Control Method is Exter-
Synchronizer Speed Control Method is Slip nal.
Frequency. Isolated Bus Speed Control Method is
Constant.
This method is often selected in one of these situa-
tions: The paralleling frequency reference offset is zero.
It is important that power flows in the desired Paralleling Voltage Reference Offset
direction when the gensets are first connected
in parallel. The PCC adjusts the voltage setpoint (page 3-15)
The genset cannot be controlled well enough to make the genset voltage match the bus voltage.
to make the genset phase match the bus This adjustment is the paralleling voltage reference
phase (for example, with gas gensets). offset.

The PCC uses a single PI (proportionalintegral) The PCC uses one of these methods to calculate
loop to calculate the paralleling frequency refer- the paralleling voltage reference offset.
ence offset that makes Genset Frequency match
Bus Frequency with an offset of Slip Frequency. Voltage Match

Note: Slip Frequency is the desired difference be- This is used when all of these conditions are met:
tween Genset Frequency and Bus Frequency. The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is
inactive.
The initial value of the paralleling frequency refer-
ence offset is the difference between Bus Frequen- Synchronizer Voltage Control Method is Volt-
cy and the speed reference divided by Frequency age Match.
to Speed Gain Select. This ensures that there is a
minimal transient when the PCC enters this paral- The PCC uses a single PI (proportionalintegral)
leling state. loop to calculate the paralleling voltage reference
offset that makes Genset Average Voltage% match
The PCC raises the paralleling frequency reference Bus Average Voltage%.
offset linearly from the initial value to the output of
the PI loop during Frequency Match Ramp Rate. The initial value of the paralleling voltage reference
offset is the difference between Genset Average
The paralleling frequency reference offset is limited Voltage% and Bus Average Voltage%. This ensur-
to 60110% of Alternate Frequency Switch. es that there is a minimal transient when the PCC
enters this paralleling state.
Speed Droop
The PCC raises the paralleling voltage reference
This method is used when one of these conditions offset linearly from the initial value to the output of
is met: the PI loop during Voltage Match Ramp Rate.

4-25
The paralleling voltage reference offset is limited to The difference between Bus Frequency and
60110% of Genset Nominal Voltage. Genset Frequency is less than or equal to Per-
missive Frequency Window.
Voltage Droop The difference between Bus L1L2 Voltage%
and Genset L1L2 Voltage% is less than or
This method is used when one of these conditions equal to Permissive Voltage Window.
is met:
The difference between Bus L2L3 Voltage%
The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is and Genset L2L3 Voltage% is less than or
active. equal to Permissive Voltage Window.
Synchronizer Voltage Control Method is Exter- The difference between Bus L3L1 Voltage%
nal, and Isolated Bus Voltage Control Method and Genset L3L1 Voltage% is less than or
is Droop. equal to Permissive Voltage Window.

The PCC uses voltage droop (page 4-37) to calcu- Then, the PCC sets Permissive Close Allowed to
late the paralleling voltage reference offset. Allowed if one of these conditions is met:
The difference between Sync Phase Differ-
No Offset ence and Sync Phase Offset has been de-
creasing for the last 100 ms.
This method is used when all of these conditions
are met: The difference between Sync Phase Differ-
ence and Sync Phase Offset is less than or
The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is equal to 10 degrees.
inactive.
If neither of these conditions is met, the PCC waits
Synchronizer Voltage Control Method is Exter- for one of them to be met as long as the first set of
nal. conditions continues to be met.
Isolated Bus Voltage Control Method is
Constant. Event 1916 (Sync Check OK) is active when Per-
missive Close Allowed is set to Allowed.
The paralleling voltage reference offset is zero. The PCC changes Permissive Close Allowed from
Allowed to Not Allowed if one of these conditions is
Permissive Sync (Permissive Close Allowed) met:
The PCC monitors the genset and bus line-to-line Bus Frequency is not 60110% of Alternate
voltages, frequencies, phase rotations, and Frequency Switch.
L1-to-L1 phase relationship in order to determine Bus Phase Rotation does not match Genset
whether or not the two sources can run in parallel. Phase Rotation.
Permissive Close Allowed indicates whether or not
The difference between Sync Phase Differ-
the two sources can run in parallel.
ence and Sync Phase Offset is greater than
Permissive Phase Window and 20 degrees.
First, all of these conditions must be met for Permis-
sive Window Time: Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and
Bus L3L1 Voltage% are not 60110% of Gen-
Bus Frequency is 60110% of Alternate Fre- set Nominal Voltage.
quency Switch.
The difference between Bus L1L2 Voltage%
Bus Phase Rotation matches Genset Phase and Genset L1L2 Voltage% is greater than
Rotation. Permissive Voltage Window and 5%.
The difference between Sync Phase Differ- The difference between Bus L2L3 Voltage%
ence and Sync Phase Offset is less than or and Genset L2L3 Voltage% is greater than
equal to Permissive Phase Window. Permissive Voltage Window and 5%.
Bus L1L2 Voltage%, Bus L2L3 Voltage%, and The difference between Bus L3L1 Voltage%
Bus L3L1 Voltage% are 60110% of Genset and Genset L3L1 Voltage% is greater than
Nominal Voltage. Permissive Voltage Window and 5%.

4-26
Warning fault 1452 (Genset Breaker Fail To Paralleling Frequency Reference Offset
Close) is active.
The PCC adjusts the speed reference (page 3-15)
Warning fault 2396 (Utility Breaker Fail To so that the genset takes the same percentage of its
Close) is active. rated kW load that other gensets take. This adjust-
ment is the paralleling frequency reference offset.
Event 1916 (Sync Check OK) is inactive when Per-
missive Close Allowed is set to Not Allowed. The PCC uses one of these methods to calculate
the paralleling frequency reference offset.
Synchronizer Circuit Breaker Control
Load Share Frequency Reference Offset
The PCC generates a genset CB close request
This method is used when all of these conditions
(page 4-34) if all of these conditions are met:
are met:
Genset Application Type is set to Isolated Bus The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is
Only, Utility Single, or Utility Multiple. inactive.
Note: If the Genset Application Type is set to Power Isolated Bus Speed Control Method is
Transfer Control, the PCC runs in the Synchronize Constant.
paralleling state, but the genset circuit breaker is
controlled by Power Transfer Control logic. The paralleling frequency reference offset is direct-
ly proportional to all of these values:
If Genset Application Type is set to Utility
Single, Genset CB Position Status is set to The difference between the percentage of
Open. rated kW load the genset should be taking and
the percentage of rated kW load the genset is
If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), the taking (kW Load Share Output Command).
CB Close button is pressed on the Operator
Load Share kW Gain
Panel.
Permissive Close Allowed is set to Allowed. When any of these values changes, the paralleling
frequency reference offset changes proportionally.
There are no genset CB open requests (page For example, if you change Load Share kW Gain
4-34) or PTC genset CB open requests (page from 1 to 1.5, the paralleling frequency reference
4-35), depending on Genset Application Type. offset rises 50%.

The PCC stops generating a genset CB close re- The paralleling frequency reference offset is limited
quest if one of these conditions is met: to (24 Hz)(+6 Hz).
Genset CB Position Status is set to Open, and Speed Droop
Permissive Close Allowed is set to Not Allo-
wed. Note: This method is required if other gensets do not
have load share lines (page 2-18).
There is a genset CB open request or a PTC
genset CB open request, depending on Gen- This method is used when one of these conditions
set Application Type. is met:
The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is
Load Share active.
In this paralleling state, the PCC is in parallel with Isolated Bus Speed Control Method is Droop.
other gensets while isolated from the utility. The The PCC uses speed droop (page 4-37) to calcu-
PCC adjusts the speed reference (page 3-15) and late the paralleling frequency reference offset.
the voltage setpoint (page 3-15) so that the genset
takes its fair share of the load. The genset should Paralleling Voltage Reference Offset
run at the same percentage of its rated load at
which other gensets run. The PCC adjusts the voltage setpoint (page 3-15)
so that the genset takes the same percentage of its
Note: The PCC communicates with other gensets rated kVAR load that other gensets take. This ad-
through the Load Share connection (page 1-6). justment is the paralleling voltage reference offset.

4-27
The PCC uses one of these methods to calculate In this paralleling state, this signal has no effect un-
the paralleling voltage reference offset. less warning fault 1453 (Genset Breaker Fail To
Open) is inactive when this signal becomes active.
Load Share Voltage Reference Offset
When this signal becomes active, the PCC runs the
This method is used when all of these conditions load share ramp unload process (page 4-29) until
are met: one of these conditions is met:
The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is Genset % Standby Total kW is less than or
inactive. equal to Load Share Ramp kW Unload Level.
Isolated Bus Voltage Control Method is Droop. The PWM on the kW load share lines is greater
than or equal to 100% PWM.
The paralleling voltage reference offset is directly
Then, the PCC initiates the Shutdown with Cool-
proportional to all of these values:
down sequence (page 3-16).
The difference between the percentage of
rated kVAR load the genset should be taking Ramp Load Unload
and the percentage of rated kVAR load the
All of the general information on page 4-38 applies.
genset is taking (kVAR Load Share Output
This section provides more details about this signal
Command).
in this paralleling state.
Load Share kVAR Gain
In this paralleling state, this signal has no effect un-
When any of these values changes, the paralleling less none of these conditions is met:
voltage reference offset changes proportionally. Bus Frequency is less than the sum of Alter-
For example, if you change Load Share kVAR Gain nate Frequency Switch, Frequency Adjust,
from 1 to 1.5, the paralleling voltage reference off- and 1.0 Hz.
set rises 50%.
The voltage across the internal resistor on the
The paralleling voltage reference offset is limited to kW load share lines indicates that the PCC
(40%)(+10%) of Genset Nominal Voltage. should be taking at least 98% of rated kW load.
Genset % Standby Total kW is less than or
Voltage Droop equal to 5%.
Note: This method is required if other gensets do not Genset Total kVARs per Standby kVA is less
have load share lines (page 2-18). than or equal to 15%.

This method is used when one of these conditions Load Share Ramp Load
is met: In this process, the PCC lowers kW Load Share
The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is Ramp PWM Offset and kVAR Load Share Ramp
active. PWM Offset to make other gensets reduce their
loads.
Isolated Bus Voltage Control Method is Droop.
Note: The PCC adds these parameters when it calcu-
The PCC uses voltage droop (page 4-37) to calcu- lates the percentage of rated load at which the gen-
late the paralleling voltage reference offset. set is running. If these parameters decrease, the
genset takes on more load.
Load Share Signals
The initial values of kW Load Share Ramp PWM
In this paralleling state, the PCC is controlled by Offset and kVAR Load Share Ramp PWM Offset
these signals. are the same values they had at the end of the last
load share ramp unload process (page 4-29). If
Load Demand Stop these values have been reset to zero (for example,
after a load demand start request signal (page
All of the general information on page 4-38 applies. 4-28) shut down the genset), the initial values are
This section provides more details about this signal based on the current difference between the per-
in this paralleling state. centage of rated kW load or rated kVAR load the

4-28
genset should be taking and the percentage of The PCC raises kVAR Load Share Ramp PWM Off-
rated kW load or rated kVAR load the genset is tak- set from 0% in 17.61%-increments each second
ing. until one of these conditions is met:
The PWM on the kVAR load share lines is
Each second, the PCC lowers kW Load Share
greater than or equal to 100% PWM.
Ramp PWM Offset from its initial value to 0% linear-
ly in increments of 147% divided by Load Share Genset Total kVARs per Standby kVA is less
Ramp Load Time. than zero.

Each second, the PCC lowers kVAR Load Share Load Govern
Ramp PWM Offset from its initial value to 0% linear-
ly in increments of 140.88% divided by Load Share In this paralleling state, the PCC is in parallel with
Ramp Load Time each second. the utility. Since the utility frequency and voltage
are fixed, the PCC regulates the genset kW output
The PCC sets kW Load Share Ramp PWM Offset and genset kVAR output, instead of the genset fre-
and kVAR Load Share Ramp PWM Offset to 0% im- quency and genset voltage.
mediately if any of these conditions is met:
Paralleling Frequency Reference Offset
kW Load Share Ramp PWM Offset is less than
or equal to zero. (The PCC does not consider The PCC adjusts the speed reference (page 3-15)
kVAR Load Share Ramp PWM Offset.) to control the amount of fuel provided to the engine
Bus Frequency is less than the sum of Alter- and, in turn, to control the genset kW output. This
nate Frequency Switch, Frequency Adjust, adjustment is the paralleling frequency reference
and 1.0 Hz. offset.
The voltage across the internal resistor on the The PCC uses one of these methods to calculate
kW load share lines indicates that the PCC the paralleling frequency reference offset:
should be taking at least 98% of rated kW load.
Genset kW
Genset % Standby Total kW is less than or
equal to 5%. Note: This method is also called base load.
Genset Total kVARs per Standby kVA is less The PCC regulates the genset kW output to a
than or equal to 15%. fixed reference value.
Genset kW w/Utility Constraint
Load Share Ramp Unload
The PCC regulates the genset kW output to a
In this process, the PCC raises kW Load Share fixed reference value as long as the utility kW
Ramp PWM Offset and kVAR Load Share Ramp output is above a specified threshold.
PWM Offset to make other gensets increase their
loads. Note: This method is similar to base load except that
it prevents the genset from sending power to the util-
Note: The PCC adds these parameters when it calcu- ity or tripping the utility reverse-power relay.
lates the percentage of rated load at which the gen- Utility kW
set is running. If these parameters increase, the gen-
set takes on less load. Note: This method is also called peak shave.
Note: This process assumes that it takes longer to The PCC regulates the genset kW output to
unload kW than it takes to unload kVAR. keep the utility kW output at a fixed reference
value.
The PCC raises kW Load Share Ramp PWM Offset
from 0% to 147% linearly during Load Share Ramp Speed Droop
Unload Time until one of these conditions is met: The PCC uses speed droop (page 4-37) to cal-
Genset % Standby Total kW is less than or culate the paralleling frequency reference off-
equal to Load Share Ramp kW Unload Level. set.

The PWM on the kW load share lines is greater The effect of each method (except speed droop) on
than or equal to 100% PWM. the genset kW output is illustrated in Figure 4-16.

4-29
kW kW kW

F F F

t G t G t
1 2 3

FIGURE 4-16. EFFECT OF EACH METHOD TO CALCULATE THE PARALLELING FREQUENCY REFER-
ENCE OFFSET IN THE LOAD GOVERN PARALLELING STATE

TABLE 4-17. EFFECT OF EACH METHOD TO CALCULATE THE PARALLELING FREQUENCY REFERENCE
OFFSET IN THE LOAD GOVERN PARALLELING STATE
LABEL DESCRIPTION
1 Genset kW
2 Genset kW w/Utility Constraint
3 Utility kW
F Facility load
G Genset kW output

Table 4-18 identifies the conditions the PCC checks


to select the method.
TABLE 4-18. CONDITIONS FOR EACH METHOD TO CONTROL THE PARALLELING FREQUENCY
REFERENCE OFFSET IN THE LOAD GOVERN PARALLELING STATE
CONDITIONS \ METHOD GENSET KW GENSET KW UTILITY KW SPEED DROOP
W/ UTILITY
CONSTRAINT
Speed droop enable signal Inactive Inactive Inactive Inac- Active
(page 4-37) tive
Utility Parallel Speed Control Meth- Load Govern Load Govern Load Govern Droop Any
od
Load Govern kW Method Genset kW Genset kW w/ Utility kW Any Any
Utility Constraint
Genset Application Type Any Utility Single or Utility Single or Any Any
Power Transfer Power Transfer
Control Control

Each method (except speed droop) uses a PID al- Genset Standby kW rating. It is usually equal to
gorithm to calculate the paralleling frequency refer- Load Govern kW Target.
ence offset. This algorithm monitors the difference
between Load Govern kW Reference and Genset
% Standby Total kW. Load Govern kW Target depends on Load Govern
kW Setpoint Source and the method, as shown in
Load Govern kW Reference is a percentage of Table 4-19.

4-30
TABLE 4-19. LOAD GOVERN KW TARGET
LOAD GOVERN KW GENSET KW GENSET KW W/ UTILITY UTILITY KW
SETPOINT SOURCE CONSTRAINT
ANALOG INPUT kW Load Setpoint kW Load Setpoint System Total kWkW
Load Setpoint
INTERNAL Genset kW Setpoint Per- Genset kW Setpoint Per- System Total kWUtility
cent cent kW Setpoint

Note: kW Load Setpoint is Configurable Analog In- When kW Load Setpoint becomes valid or if Load
put #1. Govern kW Setpoint Source is set to Internal, the
PCC sets Load Govern kW Reference equal to
Load Govern kW Target cannot be greater than any Load Govern kW Target immediately as long as the
of these values: PCC is running at rated speed and voltage (page
if the method is Genset kW, 80% of Genset 3-15).
Standby kW rating; otherwise, (System Total Ramp Load Unload
kW Utility kW Constraint) / Genset Standby
kW rating. All of the general information on page 4-38 applies.
(100%Derate Request)*Genset % Standby Load Demand Stop
Total kW.
All of the general information on page 4-38 applies.
100% for the first 120 seconds the PCC runs This section provides more details about this signal
in this paralleling state; Load Govern kW Maxi- in this paralleling state.
mum Delayed after the first 120 seconds.
If this signal becomes inactive before the PCC fin-
Load Govern kW Reference is different than Load ishes the load govern kW ramp unload process
Govern kW Target in these situations. (page 4-32), the PCC runs the load govern ramp
load processes.
Initialization The PCC initiates the Shutdown with Cooldown se-
quence (page 3-16) when Load Govern kW Refer-
When the PCC enters the Load Govern paralleling ence reaches zero.
state, raises Load Govern kW Reference from the
current genset kW load level to Load Govern kW If this signal becomes inactive before the PCC fin-
Target in increments of 100%kW divided by Load ishes Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17) and Rated
Govern kW Ramp Load Time. Cooldown Time (page 3-17), the stop sequence is
interrupted, and the PCC runs the load govern
Invalid kW Load Setpoint ramp load processes.
If this signal becomes inactive after the PCC finish-
kW Load Setpoint is invalid if Load Govern kW Set- es Time Delay to Stop and Rated Cooldown Time,
point Source is set to Analog Input and one of these the stop sequence is interrupted, and the PCC initi-
conditions is met: ates a Load Demand Start sequence (page 3-14).
There is a hardware failure. Then, when the genset is in the Load Share paral-
leling state or in the Load Govern paralleling state
kW Load Setpoint is not available on the net- again, the PCC runs the appropriate ramp load pro-
work. cess if the genset is in parallel with other gensets or
The value of kW Load Setpoint is a negative with the utility.
value. PTC Operating Mode
If kW Load Setpoint OOR Check Enable is set When PTC Operating Mode is set to Normal or Nor-
to Enable, the value of kW Load Setpoint is out
mal Override, the PCC starts running the load gov-
of range. ern kW ramp unload process (page 4-32).
When kW Load Setpoint becomes invalid, the PCC When PTC Operating Mode is set to Test, Exercise,
starts running the load govern kW ramp unload pro- or Extended Parallel, the PCC starts running the
cess (page 4-32). load govern kW ramp load process (page 4-32).

4-31
Stop Sequence exciter and, in turn, to control the genset kVAR out-
put. This adjustment is the paralleling voltage refer-
When the PCC initiates a Shutdown with Cooldown ence offset.
sequence (page 3-16) or a Manual Stop sequence
(page 3-17), the PCC starts running the load gov- Note: If Load Govern Zero AVR Error Enable is set to
ern kW ramp unload process (page 4-32). The PCC Enable, the PCC ignores other adjustments in the
stops running this process when the PCC runs Stop voltage setpoint, and excitation depends only on the
Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) (page 3-18). paralleling voltage reference offset. This might be
used in applications when the utility voltage is not
If the stop sequence is interrupted, the PCC starts steady.
running the load govern kW ramp load process
(page 4-32). The PCC uses one of these methods to calculate
the paralleling voltage reference offset:
Load Govern kW Ramp Unload Process
Genset kVAR
When the PCC starts running this process, Load The PCC regulates the genset kVAR output to
Govern kW Reference is set to Genset % Standby a fixed reference value.
Total kW. Then, the PCC reduces Load Govern kW
Reference from Genset % Standby Total kW to Utility kVAR
zero in increments of 100%kW divided by Load
Govern kW Ramp Unload Time. The PCC regulates the genset kVAR output to
keep the utility kVAR output at a fixed refer-
Load Govern kW Ramp Load Process ence value.
Genset Power Factor
The PCC runs this process only if all of these condi-
tions are met: The PCC regulates the genset kVAR output to
maintain a fixed genset power factor.
If Load Govern kW Setpoint Source is set to
Analog Input, kW Load Setpoint is valid; or Utility Power Factor
Load Govern kW Setpoint Source is set to In-
ternal The PCC regulates the genset kVAR output to
maintain a fixed utility power factor.
The PCC is running at rated speed and voltage
(page 3-15). Voltage Droop
The PCC uses voltage droop (page 4-37) to
In this process, the PCC raises Load Govern kW
calculate the paralleling voltage reference off-
Reference from its current value to Load Govern
set.
kW Target in increments of 100%kW divided by
Load Govern kW Ramp Load Time.
Note: This method is useful if the utility voltage
Paralleling Voltage Reference Offset changes quickly.

The PCC adjusts the voltage setpoint (page 3-15) Table 4-20 identifies the conditions the PCC checks
to control the amount of excitation provided to the to select the method.

TABLE 4-20. CONDITIONS FOR EACH METHOD TO CONTROL THE PARALLELING VOLTAGE
REFERENCE OFFSET IN THE LOAD GOVERN PARALLELING STATE
CONDITIONS \ METHOD GENSET UTILITY GENSET UTILITY VOLTAGE
KVAR KVAR POWER POWER DROOP
FACTOR FACTOR
Voltage droop enable signal Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inac- Active
(page 4-38) tive
Utility Parallel Voltage Control Load Govern* Load Govern* Load Govern* Load Govern* Droop Any
Method

4-32
CONDITIONS \ METHOD GENSET UTILITY GENSET UTILITY VOLTAGE
KVAR KVAR POWER POWER DROOP
FACTOR FACTOR
Load Govern kVAR Method Genset kVAR Utility kVAR Genset Power Utility Power Any Any
Factor Factor
Genset Application Type Any Utility Single Any Utility Single Any Any
or Power or Power
Transfer Con- Transfer Con-
trol trol

* Includes Load Govern with Droop Feed Forward Load Govern kVAR Reference is a percentage of
Genset Standby kVA rating. It is usually equal to
Each method (except voltage droop) uses a PI al- Load Govern kVAR Target.
gorithm to calculate the paralleling voltage refer-
ence offset. This algorithm monitors the difference Load Govern kVAR Target depends on Load Gov-
between Load Govern kVAR Reference and Gen- ern kVAR Setpoint Source and the method, as
set Total kVARs per Standby kVA. shown in Table 4-21.
TABLE 4-21. LOAD GOVERN KVAR TARGET
LOAD GOVERN GENSET KVAR UTILITY KVAR GENSET POWER UTILITY POWER
KVAR SETPOINT FACTOR FACTOR
SOURCE
ANALOG INPUT kVAR Load Setpoint System Total kVAR kVAR Load Setpoint System Total kVAR
kVAR Load Set- * Load Govern kW (Utility Total kW *
point Reference kVAR Load Setpoint)
INTERNAL Genset kVAR Set- System Total kVAR Genset Power Fac- System Total kVAR
point Percent Utility kVAR Set- tor Setpoint * Load (Utility Total kW *
point Govern kW Refer- Utility Power Factor
ence Setpoint)

Note: kVAR Load Setpoint is Configurable Analog Load Govern kVAR Ramp Load Process
Input #2.
The PCC runs this process only if all of these condi-
Load Govern kVAR Target cannot be greater than tions are met:
60% of Genset Standby kVA rating. If Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source is set to
Analog Input, kVAR Load Setpoint is valid; or
Load Govern kVAR Reference is different than Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source is set to
Load Govern kVAR Target in the same situations Internal
that Load Govern kW Reference is different than The PCC is running at rated speed and voltage
Load Govern kW Target. (page 3-15).

Note: These situations are not repeated in this sec- In this process, the PCC raises Load Govern kVAR
tion. They are identical except that kVAR parameters Reference from its current value to Load Govern
and processes are substituted for kW parameters kVAR Target in increments of 60%kVAR divided by
and processes. Load Govern kVAR Ramp Load Time.

Load Govern kVAR Ramp Unload Process CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL


The level of control the PCC has over the genset
When the PCC starts running this process, Load circuit breaker depends on the genset application
Govern kVAR Reference is set to Genset Total type (page 4-1).
kVARs per Standby kVA. Then, the PCC reduces
Load Govern kW Reference from Genset Total Standalone and Synchronizer Only
kVARs per Standby kVA to zero in increments of
60%kVAR divided by Load Govern kVAR Ramp If Genset CB Shunt Trip Enable is set to Enable, the
Unload Time. PCC may be connected to the genset circuit break-

4-33
er to trip the circuit breaker when there is a shut- son other than a shutdown fault since warning
down fault (page 7-1) or a shutdown with cooldown fault 1452 became active.
fault (page 7-2). It has been less than Genset CB Recharge
Delay since the close signal became active.
Isolated Bus Only, Utility Single, and
Utility Multiple Genset CB Close Request
The PCC is connected to the genset circuit breaker A genset CB close request comes from one of
to open and close the circuit breaker. The PCC these sources:
sends an open signal and a close signal to the gen-
set circuit breaker. The logic is arranged so that one Dead Bus process (page 4-22)
of the signals is on at almost all times and so that First Start process (page 4-23)
the open signal has higher priority than the close
Synchronize (page 4-24)
signal.
Genset CB Inhibit Signal
The open signal is active and the close signal is in-
active when one of these conditions is met: This signal may come from any of these sources:
There is a genset CB open request (page PCC Genset CB Inhibit Switch connection
4-34).
PCCNet devices (page 1-6)
There are no genset CB close requests (page
4-34). Modbus networks

The open signal is inactive and the close signal is This signal becomes active when any of these
active when none of these conditions are met. sources is active. It remains active until all of the
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
Genset CB Open Request er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.

Note: This section applies only if Genset Application This signal generates a genset CB open request
Type is set to Utility Single, Utility Multiple, or Power (page 4-34) or a PTC genset CB open request
Transfer Control. (page 4-35) if the PCC is not in Manual mode (page
3-10).
There is a genset CB open request when at least
one of these conditions is met: Power Transfer Control
If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), Ex-
citation Disable Override is set to Excitation The PCC controls the genset circuit breaker and
Off, or the CB Open button is pressed on the the utility circuit breaker. Transition Type controls
Operator Panel. the way the PCC transfers load from one source to
the other.
If the PCC is not in Manual mode, the genset
CB inhibit signal (page 4-34) is active. Transition Type
The genset is not running at rated speed and
This is a summary of the effects of Transition Type.
voltage (page 3-15).
For the detailed conditions in which the PCC opens
The engine is running at rated speed in one of and closes each circuit breaker, see the PTC oper-
the stop sequences (page 3-16); the PCC is ating modes (page 4-7), genset circuit breaker
running the load govern kW ramp unload pro- control (page 4-35), and utility circuit breaker con-
cess (page 4-32); and Load Govern kW Refer- trol (page 4-35).
ence is zero.
Transition Type controls the way the PCC transfers
There is an idle request (page 3-18). load from one source to the other. It is set to one of
There is an active shutdown fault (page 7-1). these values:
If Genset CB Fail To Close Standalone Mode Open Transition: The PCC opens the circuit
Enable is set to Enable, warning fault 1452 breaker for the first source, waits Programmed
(Genset Breaker Fail To Close) is inactive, or Transition Delay (TDPT), and then closes the
the PCC has stopped the genset for any rea- circuit breaker for the second source.

4-34
In Open Transition, the two sources are not al- If the PCC is not in Manual mode, the genset
lowed to be in parallel with each other, even in CB inhibit signal (page 4-34) is active.
Manual PTC operating mode (page 4-9). The genset is not running at rated speed and
Hard Closed Transition: The PCC closes the voltage (page 3-15).
circuit breaker for the second source and then There is an idle request (page 3-18).
opens the circuit breaker for the first source im-
mediately. There is an active shutdown fault (page 7-1).
If Fail To Disconnect Enable is set to Enable,
Soft Closed Transition: The PCC closes the cir-
warning fault 2397 (Utility Breaker Fail To
cuit breaker for the second source, waits until
Open) is active, and Genset CB Position Sta-
Maximum Parallel Time (TDMP), and then
tus is set to Closed.
opens the circuit breaker for the first source.
If the PCC is in Exercise (page 4-7) or Test PTC Genset CB Close Conditions
(page 4-14) PTC operating mode, the PCC
The PCC is allowed to close the genset circuit
also opens the utility circuit breaker when the
breaker when all of these conditions are met:
utility is unloaded.
Based on the PTC operating mode (page
Transition Type has no effect in Extended Parallel 4-7), the conditions are met to close the gen-
(page 4-7), Off (page 4-14), and Utility Fail (page set circuit breaker.
4-17) PTC operating modes. Utility CB Position Status is not set to Open; or
Utility Single Mode Verify/Configurable Input
Genset Circuit Breaker Control #29 Function Pointer is set to Default, and
Configurable Input #29 is active.
The PCC is connected to the genset circuit breaker
to open and close the circuit breaker. The PCC If the PCC is not in Extended Parallel PTC op-
sends an open signal and a close signal to the gen- erating mode (page 4-7), Transition Type is
set circuit breaker. The logic is arranged so that the not set to Open Transition, or Utility CB Posi-
signals are on only until the PCC senses that the tion Status is not set to Open.
circuit breaker is in the desired position. Permissive Close Allowed (page 4-26) is Al-
lowed, or Utility CB Position Status is set to
The open signal is active and the close signal is in- Open.
active when there is a PTC genset CB open request
It has been less than Genset CB Recharge
(page 4-35).
Delay since the genset CB close signal last
changed state.
The open signal is inactive when there are no PTC
genset CB open requests. The close signal be- This delay prevents the genset circuit breaker
comes active when the open signal is inactive and from locking out the close coil.
the PTC genset CB close conditions (page 4-35)
are met. Utility Circuit Breaker Control

The PCC is connected to the utility circuit breaker to


PTC Genset CB Open Request open and close the circuit breaker. The PCC sends
an open signal and a close signal to the utility circuit
Note: This section applies only if Genset Application breaker. The logic is arranged so that the signals
Type is set to Power Transfer Control.
are on only until the PCC senses that the circuit
breaker is in the desired position.
There is a PTC genset CB open request when any
of these conditions is met: The open signal is active and the close signal is in-
Based on the PTC operating mode (page active when there is a PTC utility CB open request
4-7), the conditions are met to open the gen- (page 4-36).
set circuit breaker.
The open signal is inactive when there are no PTC
If the PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), Ex- utility CB open requests. The close signal becomes
citation Disable Override is set to Excitation active when the open signal is inactive and the PTC
Off. utility CB close conditions (page 4-36) are met.

4-35
PTC Utility CB Open Request This signal generates a PTC utility CB open request
(page 4-36) if the PCC is not in Manual mode (page
Note: This section applies only if Genset Application 3-10).
Type is set to Power Transfer Control.
PARALLELING MODES
There is a PTC utility CB open request when any of
these conditions is met: When event 1465 (Ready to Load) (page 5-64) is
active, the PCC is in one paralleling state (page
Based on the PTC operating mode (page
4-22).
4-7), the conditions are met to open the utility
circuit breaker. Paralleling mode is similar to paralleling state, but
If the PCC is not in Manual mode, the utility CB the paralleling mode provides more information
inhibit signal (page 4-36) is active. about the methods the PCC is using to adjust the
paralleling frequency reference offset and the par-
If Fail To Disconnect Enable is set to Enable, alleling voltage reference offset. As a result, the
warning fault 1453 (Genset Breaker Fail To PCC is in one paralleling mode for the speed refer-
Open) is active, and Utility CB Position Status ence (page 3-15) and in one paralleling mode for
is set to Closed. the voltage setpoint (page 3-15) at any given time.
PTC Utility CB Close Conditions Note: The PCC is in one paralleling mode for the
speed reference and one paralleling mode for the
The PCC is allowed to close the utility circuit break- voltage setpoint.
er when all of these conditions are met:
The parameters Paralleling Speed Control Mode
Based on the PTC operating mode (page and Paralleling Voltage Control Mode indicate
4-7), the conditions are met to close the utility which paralleling modes the PCC is in.
circuit breaker.
If the PCC is not in Extended Parallel PTC op- Table 4-22 shows the relationship between paral-
erating mode (page 4-7), Transition Type is leling mode and paralleling state.
not set to Open Transition, or Genset CB Posi- TABLE 4-22. PARALLELING MODE VS.
tion Status is not set to Open. PARALLELING STATE
Permissive Close Allowed (page 4-26) is Al- PARALLELING STATE PARALLELING MODE
lowed, or Genset CB Position Status is set to Standby Isochronous
Open. Dead Bus Close Isochronous
Warning fault 1454 (Genset Breaker Position Synchronize Synchronize
Contact) is inactive. Load Share Load Share
It has been less than Utility CB Recharge De- Load Govern Load Govern
lay since the utility CB close signal last Any* Droop
changed state.
* If the PCC is using speed droop (page 4-37) or
This delay prevents the utility circuit breaker voltage droop (page 4-37), the corresponding par-
from locking out the close coil. alleling mode is Droop, regardless of the paralleling
state.
Utility CB Inhibit Signal
Note: In the PCC, the term isochronous refers to
This signal may come from any of these sources: the paralleling mode that occurs when the parallel-
ing speed reference offset or paralleling voltage ref-
PCC Utility CB Inhibit Switch connection
erence offset is set to zero. With other controllers,
PCCNet devices (page 1-6) isochronous refers to maintaining the same fre-
quency or voltage regardless of load. In general, the
Modbus networks PCC maintains the same frequency or voltage re-
gardless of load in every paralleling mode except
This signal becomes active when any of these Droop.
sources is active. It remains active until all of the
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth- Most of the paralleling modes are introduced in the
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive. same sections in which the corresponding parallel-

4-36
ing states are introduced. The rest of this section in- output depends on how much the PCC tries to re-
troduces Droop paralleling mode. duce the engine speed while it runs at the utility fre-
quency. In this case, use Frequency Adjust to ad-
Droop just the amount of kW the PCCs genset provides.

This paralleling mode consists of speed droop and Speed Droop Enable Signal
voltage droop.
This signal may come from any of these sources:
In speed droop, the PCC reduces the speed refer- PCCs Speed Droop Enable connection
ence (page 3-15) in response to higher kW. This
forces other gensets to pick up more kW. This re- PCCNet devices (page 1-6)
duction is the paralleling speed reference offset. Modbus networks

In voltage droop, the PCC reduces the voltage set- This signal becomes active when any of these
point (page 3-15) in response to lagging kVAR. This sources is active. It remains active until all of the
forces other gensets to pick up more lagging kVAR. sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
This reduction is the paralleling voltage reference er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.
offset.
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal.
Speed Droop (Paralleling Speed Reference Off- The signal is active if any source is active. You have
set) to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal
inactive.
The PCC uses this method when one of these con-
When this signal becomes active, the PCC uses
ditions is met:
speed droop (page 4-37) to calculate the parallel-
The speed droop enable signal (page 4-37) is ing speed reference offset.
active.
Voltage Droop (Paralleling Voltage Reference
The PCC is running in the Standby paralleling Offset)
state (page 4-22) or the Load Share paralleling
state (page 4-27), and Isolated Bus Speed The PCC uses this method when one of these con-
Control Method is set to Droop. ditions is met:
The PCC is running in the Synchronize paral- The voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38) is
leling state (page 4-24), Synchronizer Speed active.
Control Method is set to External, and Isolated
The PCC is running in the Standby paralleling
Bus Speed Control Method is set to Droop.
state (page 4-22) or the Load Share paralleling
The PCC is running in the Load Govern paral- state (page 4-27), and Isolated Bus Voltage
leling state (page 4-29), and Utility Parallel Control Method is set to Droop.
Speed Control Method is set to Droop.
The PCC is running in the Synchronize paral-
The PCC reduces the speed reference (page 3-15) leling state (page 4-24), Synchronizer Voltage
in response to higher kW. This forces other gensets Control Method is set to External, and Isolated
to pick up more kW. This reduction is the paralleling Bus Voltage Control Method is set to Droop.
speed reference offset. The PCC is running in the Load Govern paral-
leling state (page 4-29), and Utility Parallel
The PCC reduces the engine speed linearly from Voltage Control Method is set to Droop.
no reduction at no load to Speed Droop Percentage
at full load. The load is based on Genset % Standby The PCC reduces the voltage setpoint (page 3-15)
Total kW. in response to lagging kVAR. This forces other gen-
sets to pick up more lagging kVAR. This reduction is
The paralleling frequency reference offset is limited the paralleling voltage reference offset.
to (24 Hz)(+6 Hz).
The PCC reduces the genset voltage linearly from
If the genset is in parallel with the utility, this function no reduction at no load to Voltage Droop Percent-
acts like a base load. The engine speed is fixed be- age at full load (0.8 power factor). The load is based
cause the utility frequency is fixed. The genset kW on Genset Total kVARs per Standby kVA.

4-37
The paralleling voltage reference offset is limited to sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth-
(40%)(+10%) of Genset Nominal Voltage. er words, no connections), this signal is inactive.

If the genset is in parallel with the utility, this function Note: This section provides an overview of the ef-
acts like a base load. The genset voltage is fixed fects of this signal. The effects are discussed in
because the utility frequency is fixed. The genset more detail in the sections for the Load Share paral-
kVAR output depends on how much the PCC re- leling state (page 4-27) and the Load Govern parallel-
ing state (page 4-29).
duces the genset voltage when it runs at the utility
voltage. In this case, use Voltage Adjust to adjust
When this signal becomes active, the PCC runs the
the amount of kVAR the genset provides. appropriate ramp unload process. When the ramp
Voltage Droop Enable Signal unload process finishes, the PCC initiates a Shut-
down with Cooldown sequence (page 3-16).
This signal may come from any of these sources:
The PCC skips the ramp unload process if one of
PCCs Voltage Droop Enable connection these conditions is met:
PCCNet devices (page 1-6) Genset CB Position Status is set to Open.
Modbus networks The PCC is using speed droop (page 4-37) to
control the paralleling speed reference offset.
This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the If this signal becomes inactive before the end of the
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth- ramp unload process, the PCC runs the appropri-
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive. ate ramp load process.
Note: There can be multiple sources for this signal. If this signal becomes inactive before the end of the
The signal is active if any source is active. You have Shutdown with Cooldown sequence, the stop se-
to make all of the sources inactive to make the signal
quence is interrupted.
inactive.
If this signal becomes inactive after the PCC shuts
When this signal becomes active, the PCC uses
down the genset, the PCC initiates a Load Demand
voltage droop (page 4-37) to calculate the parallel-
Start sequence (page 3-14). Then, when the gen-
ing voltage reference offset.
set is in the Load Share paralleling state or in the
PARALLELING OPERATION SIGNALS Load Govern paralleling state again, the PCC runs
the appropriate ramp load process if the genset is in
Load Demand Stop parallel with other gensets or with the utility.

This signal tells the PCC to shut down the genset Ramp Load Unload
because there is excess capacity.
This signal tells the PCC to increase or decrease
This signal has no effect unless all of these condi- the genset output.
tions are met:
Note: In most applications, this signal is not re-
The PCC is in the Load Share paralleling state quired.
(page 4-27) or in the Load Govern paralleling
state (page 4-29). This signal has no effect unless all of these condi-
tions are met:
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The PCC is in the Load Share paralleling state
The remote start signal (page 3-9) is active. (page 4-27) or in the Load Govern paralleling
state (page 4-29).
This signal may come from any of these sources:
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
PCCs Load Demand Stop connection
Modbus networks The remote start signal (page 3-9) is active.

This signal may come from any of these sources:


This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the PCCs Ramp Load Unload connection

4-38
Modbus networks When this signal changes from inactive to active,
the PCC starts running the appropriate ramp un-
load process.
This signal becomes active when any of these
sources is active. It remains active until all of the When this signal changes from active to inactive,
sources are inactive. If there are no sources (in oth- the PCC starts running the appropriate load pro-
er words, no connections), this signal is inactive. cess.

4-39
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

4-40
5. Setup and Calibration
Read Safety Precautions, and carefully observe higher level. For example, the PCC accepts the lev-
all of the instructions and precautions in this manu- el-2 password even if it only requires the level-1
al. password.

CAUTION Only qualified technicians should If the password is shorter than the number of digits
adjust the parameters described in this section. in the Operator Panel, enter the password on the
Failure to follow this may affect genset opera- right side of this field. For example, if the password
tion and may cause damage to the genset or to is 456 and the Operator Panel requests five digits,
equipment connected to the genset. enter 00456.

In this section, italics are used to identify a specific When you provide a valid password, the PCC un-
parameter by name. locks all of the parameters at the level of the pro-
vided password and lower. For example, if you enter
PARAMETERS a level-2 password, the PCC unlocks all parameters
in level 0, 1, or 2. The parameters remain unlocked
See Section 6 for more information about parame- until the Operator Panel is inactive for five minutes.
ters that you can adjust in the Operator Panel.
Mode Change Password
Passwords
If Mode Change is Enabled in the Display Options
You can look at the value of every parameter in the screen (page 5-58), you have to enter the password
Operator Panel. If you want to adjust a parameter, 121 when you use the Operator Panel to change the
the PCC might prompt you for a password. mode of operation (page 3-7).

The PCC supports the password levels in Table 5-1. Capture File
TABLE 5-1. PASSWORD LEVELS Use InPower to save the current settings in a cap-
LEVEL DESCRIPTION VALUE ture file on a PC or network. You can use the capture
0 No password None file to look at the current settings while you are away
1 Operator password 574
from the PCC or to restore settings if you have to re-
set the PCC for any reason. See the InPower User
2 Service password 1209
Guide for more information.
3 Engineering password Restricted
MENU DESCRIPTION
When the PCC prompts you for a password, it tells
you what level password is required. You should This section shows a summary of the menus in the
provide the password for the requested level or for a PCC.
TABLE 5-2. MENU DESCRIPTION
MENU DESCRIPTION
History/About Use this screen to look at historical information about the genset.
Faults
Active Shutdowns Use this screen to look at active shutdown faults (page 7-1).
Active Warning Use this screen to look at active warning faults (page 7-3).
History Use this screen to look at faults that have been cleared.
Paralleling Status Use this screen to look at the bus, circuit breakers, and paralleling
states.
Genset Data Use this screen to look at the status of the genset.
Alternator Data Use this screen to look at the status of the alternator.
Gas Engine Data Use this screen to look at the status of the engine.

5-1
MENU DESCRIPTION
Advanced Status
Genset Use this screen to look at power, energy, phase differences, and other
detailed genset information.
Controller Use this screen to look at sequences of operation (page 3-10), configur-
able inputs, configurable outputs, and other detailed PCC information.
Engine Use this screen to look at pressures, voltages, temperatures, and other
detailed engine information.
Auxiliary Status Use this screen to look at pressures, voltages, temperatures, and other
detailed engine information from the AUX 101.
Note: This screen is available only if LBNG Genset Enable is set to En-
able.
Gas Engineer Data Use this screen to look at information about the cylinders in the engine.
Note: This screen is available only if LBNG Genset Enable is set to En-
able.
Gas System Data Use this screen to look at pressures, temperatures, and other detailed
engine information.
Note: This screen is available only if LBNG Genset Enable is set to En-
able.
Help Use this screen to get more information about each component in the
Operator Panel (page 3-1).
Adjust Use this screen to configure certain adjustments, overrides, and gains.
Genset Setup Use this screen to configure sequences of operation (page 3-10), gen-
setrelated faults, and the exercise scheduler.
Paralleling Setup
Basic Use this screen to configure the bus, circuit breakers, Synchronize (page
4-24), Load Share (page 4-27), and Load Govern (page 4-29) paralleling
states.
This is reserved for future use.
Power Transfer Control Use this screen to configure Power Transfer Control (page 4-6).
This is reserved for future use.
OEM Setup
Genset Use this screen to configure application ratings, factory locks, and other
detailed genset settings.
Engine Use this screen to configure batteryrelated faults and other detailed
engine settings.
Alternator Use this screen to configure voltage limits, main alternator connections,
alternatorrelated faults, AVR coefficients, and other detailed alternator
settings.
PCCnet Setup Use this screen to set up the PCC for PCCNet devices (page 1-6).
Modbus Setup Use this screen to set up the PCC for Modbus networks (page 1-6).
Display Options Use this screen to configure the Operator Panel.
Clock Setup Use this screen to configure the realtime clock.
Configurable IO Use this screen to set up the configurable inputs and the configurable
outputs.
Calibration Use this screen to calibrate the PCC.
Save/Restore Use this screen to save changes to permanent memory in the PCC.
This is reserved for future use.

5-2
HISTORY/ABOUT
Each label is described in the following table.

TABLE 5-3. HISTORY/ABOUT


NAME DESCRIPTION
Total Start Attempts Total number of start attempts.
Allowed values: 0~65535.
Total Number of Runs Total number of genset runs.
Allowed values: 0~65535.
Engine Running Time Total engine run time
Controller On Time Controller ON time in seconds. Upper limit is 136 years.
Allowed values: 0~4294967291 hours.
Genset Total Net kWh Genset total net kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 2147483648~2147483643 kWh.
Genset Model Number Number identifying the model of this genset. (Password level: 2.)
Genset Serial Number Serial number of identifying this genset.
Genset Nominal Voltage Genset nominal lineline voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change
this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~45000 Vac. Default value: 1 Vac.
Genset Delta/Wye Connec- Delta or Wye for Genset connection. You have to be in Setup mode to change
tion this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Delta, Wye. Default value: Wye.
Application Rating Select Selects gensets standby/prime/base application rating. You have to be in Set-
up mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standby, Prime, Base. Default value: Standby.
Controller Device Type Used by the PC Tool.
Firmware Version Number Version of S/W loaded into this control. Obtained from PPC Filename.
Calibration Part Number The unique calibration part number loaded into this control. (Password level:
3.)
Calibration Revision Date The revision date of the calibration part number loaded into this control. (Pass-
word level: 3.)
ECM Code The calibration code the ECM is sending
HMI Boot Ver Parameter: HMI Local Parameter.
HMI Firmware Ver Parameter: HMI Local Parameter.
50Hz kW Load Profile This shows how long the genset has been running (50-Hz operation) at vari-
ous percentages of its rated load.
60Hz kW Load Profile This shows how long the genset has been running (60-Hz operation) at vari-
ous percentages of its rated load.

ACTIVE SHUTDOWNS (ACTIVE it comes from different sources; for example, some
SHUTDOWN FAULTS) gensets have multiple engine control modules
(ECMs), or the same event/fault code can come
This screen displays up to five faults. from the PCC and the ECM.

The same event/fault code appears multiple times if Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-4. ACTIVE SHUTDOWNS
NAME DESCRIPTION
Index This is the index number of the fault.
Fault This is the fault code.
SA Source Address. This is the controller that identified the fault. It is blank if the
PCC identified the fault.
Eng Hrs This is how many hours the engine had run (not necessarily continuously)
when the fault was generated.
hh:mm:ss This is the time the fault was generated.
Response This is the type of fault (page 7-1) that was generated.
The name of the fault appears below the rest of the information.

5-3
ACTIVE WARNING (ACTIVE WARNING The same event/fault code appears multiple times if
FAULTS) it comes from different sources.

This screen displays up to thirty-two faults. Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-5. ACTIVE WARNING
NAME DESCRIPTION
Index This is the index number of the fault.
Fault This is the fault code.
SA Source Address. This is the controller that identified the fault. It is blank if the
PCC identified the fault.
Eng Hrs This is how many hours the engine had run (not necessarily continuously)
when the fault was generated.
hh:mm:ss This is the time the fault was generated.
Response This is the type of fault (page 7-1) that was generated.
The name of the fault appears below the rest of the information.

HISTORY (FAULT HISTORY) The same event/fault code appears multiple times if
it comes from different sources.

This screen displays up to thirty-two faults. Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-6. HISTORY
NAME DESCRIPTION
Index This is the index number of the fault.
Fault This is the fault code.
SA Source Address. This is the controller that identified the fault. It is blank if the
PCC identified the fault.
Eng Hrs This is how many hours the engine had run (not necessarily continuously)
when the fault was generated.
mm/dd/yy This is the date the fault was generated.
hh/mm/ss This is the time the fault was generated.
The name of the fault appears below the rest of the information.

PARALLELING STATUS Note: Data is not displayed if the data is not available.

This screen depends on Genset Application Type. Isolated Bus Only


There is no screen if Genset Application Type is set
to Standalone. Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-7. PARALLELING STATUS (ISOLATED BUS ONLY)
NAME DESCRIPTION
ES State internal paralleling status variable
Allowed values: Standby, Dead Bus, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Genset Frequency Genset frequency
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Genset CB Position Status indicates genset breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Genset Bus LL Average Volt- Genset Bus Line to Line average voltage
age
Genset Bus Frequency Genset bus line frequency
Genset Bus Total kW Genset Bus total kW
Genset Bus Total kVAR Genset bus total kVAR
Genset Bus Total Power Genset Bus Total power factor
Factor
Load Demand Stop Com- indicates status of the final load demand stop command to genset start stop
mand control function
Allowed values: Dont Stop, Stop.

5-4
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Application Type Primary setting which configures genset application. You have to be in Setup
mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standalone, Synchronize Only, Isolated Bus Only, Utility
Single, Utility Multiple, Power Transfer Control. (Default: Standalone.)
Synchronizer
Synchronizer Status indicates whether synchronizer is on or off
Allowed values: Synchronizer Off, Synchronizer On.
Bus Status indicates status of the bus
Allowed values: Unavailable, Dead, Live.
Sync Check
Permissive Close Allowed indicates when permissive sync check conditions have been met
Allowed values: Not Allowed, Allowed.
Phase Matched sync check phase match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Frequency Matched sync check frequency match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Voltage Matched sync check voltage match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Sync Check Error
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Permissive Frequency Match frequency match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Permissive Voltage Match voltage match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Load Govern Setpoint
Load Govern kW Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kW output when paralleled to util-
ity
Load Govern kVAR Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kVAR output when paralleled to
utility
Power Factor Setpoint indicates analog input power factor setpoint derived from kVAR analog input
Paralleling Speed Control indicates which speed control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Paralleling Voltage Control indicates which voltage control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset CB Status
Genset CB Inhibit Command genset cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Genset CB Tripped Com- genset cb tripped command
mand Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Status
Utility CB Inhibit Command utility cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Tripped Command utility cb tripped command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Bus Metering
Genset Bus L1L2 Voltage Genset Bus L1L2 voltage
Genset Bus L1N Voltage Genset Bus L1N voltage
Genset Bus L1 Current Genset Bus L1 current
Allowed values: 0~65530 Amps.
Genset Bus L1 kW Genset Bus L1 kW
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kW.
Genset Bus L1 kVA Genset Bus L1 kVA
Genset Bus L1 Power Factor Genset Bus L1 power factor
Allowed values: 1.00~1.00 PF.
Genset Bus L2L3 Voltage Genset Bus L2L3 voltage
Genset Bus L2N Voltage Genset Bus L2N voltage
Genset Bus L2 Current Genset Bus L2 current
Genset Bus L2 kW Genset Bus L2 kW
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kW.
Genset Bus L2 kVA Genset Bus L2 kVA
Genset Bus L2 Power Factor Genset Bus L2 power factor

5-5
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Bus L3L1 Voltage Genset Bus L3L1 voltage
Genset Bus L3N Voltage Genset Bus L3N voltage
Genset Bus L3 Current Genset Bus L3 current
Genset Bus L3 kW Genset Bus L3 kW
Genset Bus L3 kVA Genset Bus L3 kVA
Genset Bus L3 Power Factor Genset Bus L3 power factor
Allowed values: 1.00~1.00 PF.
Genset Bus Total kW Genset Bus total kW
Genset Bus Total kVA Genset bus total kVA
Genset Bus Total Power Genset Bus Total power factor
Factor
Genset Bus Frequency Genset bus line frequency
Bus Energy Metering
Genset Bus L1 Positive kWh Genset bus L1 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L1 Negative Genset bus L1 negative kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L1 Positive Genset bus L1 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L1 Negative Genset bus L1 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L2 Positive kWh Genset bus L2 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L2 Negative Genset bus L2 negative kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L2 Positive Genset bus L2 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L2 Negative Genset bus L2 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L3 Positive kWh Genset bus L3 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L3 Negative Genset bus L3 negative kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L3 Positive Genset bus L3 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L3 Negative Genset bus L3 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus Total Positive Genset bus total positive kWh accumulation
kWh
Genset Bus Total Negative Genset bus total negative kWh accumulation
kWh
Genset Bus Total Positive Genset bus total positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh
Genset Bus Total Negative Genset bus total negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh
Genset Bus Total Net kWh Genset bus total net kWh accumulation
Genset Bus Total Net kVARh Genset Bus total net kVARh accumulation
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Bus kVAR

5-6
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Bus L1 kVAR Genset bus L1 Kvar
Allowed values: 32678~32672 kVAR.
Genset Bus L2 kVAR Genset bus L2 Kvar
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kVAR.
Genset Bus L3 kVAR Genset bus L3 Kvar
Genset Bus Total kVAR Genset bus total kVAR
Phase Difference
Genset Bus L1L2 Phase Dif- Genset bus L1L2 voltage phase angle
ference
Genset Bus L2L3 Phase Dif- Genset bus L2L3 voltage phase angle
ference
Genset Bus L3L1 Phase Dif- Genset bus L3L1 voltage phase angle
ference
Bus kVAh
Genset Bus L1 kVAh Genset bus L1 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Bus L2 kVAh Genset bus L2 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Bus L3 kVAh Genset bus L3 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Bus Total kVAh Genset bus total kVAh accumulation
Genset Bus Phase Rotation Genset bus phase rotation
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2, Not Available.

Utility Single
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-8. PARALLELING STATUS (UTILITY SINGLE)
NAME DESCRIPTION
ES State internal paralleling status variable
Allowed values: Standby, Dead Bus, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Genset Frequency Genset frequency
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Genset CB Position Status indicates genset breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Utility CB Position Status indicates utility breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Utility LL Average Voltage Utility Line to Line average voltage
Utility Frequency Utility line frequency
Utility Total kW Utility total kW
Utility Total kVAR Utility total kVAR
Utility Total Power Factor Utility total power factor
Genset Application Type Primary setting which configures genset application. You have to be in Setup
mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standalone, Synchronize Only, Isolated Bus Only, Utility
Single, Utility Multiple, Power Transfer Control. (Default: Standalone.)
Synchronizer
Synchronizer Status indicates whether synchronizer is on or off
Allowed values: Synchronizer Off, Synchronizer On.
Bus Status indicates status of the bus
Allowed values: Unavailable, Dead, Live.
Sync Check
Permissive Close Allowed indicates when permissive sync check conditions have been met
Allowed values: Not Allowed, Allowed.
Phase Matched sync check phase match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.

5-7
NAME DESCRIPTION
Frequency Matched sync check frequency match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Voltage Matched sync check voltage match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Sync Check Error
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Permissive Frequency Match frequency match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Permissive Voltage Match voltage match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Load Govern Setpoint
Load Govern kW Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kW output when paralleled to util-
ity
Load Govern kVAR Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kVAR output when paralleled to
utility
Power Factor Setpoint indicates analog input power factor setpoint derived from kVAR analog input
Paralleling Speed Control indicates which speed control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Paralleling Voltage Control indicates which voltage control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset CB Status
Genset CB Inhibit Command genset cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Genset CB Tripped Com- genset cb tripped command
mand Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Status
Utility CB Inhibit Command utility cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Tripped Command utility cb tripped command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Bus Metering
Utility L1L2 Voltage Utility L1L2 voltage
Utility L1N Voltage Utility L1N voltage
Utility L1 Current Utility L1 current
Utility L1 kW Utility L1 kW
Utility L1 kVA Utility L1 kVA
Utility L1 Power Factor Utility L1 power factor
Utility L2L3 Voltage Utility L2L3 voltage
Utility L2N Voltage Utility L2N voltage
Utility L2 Current Utility L2 current
Utility L2 kW Utility L2 kW
Utility L2 kVA Utility L2 kVA
Utility L2 Power Factor Utility L2 power factor
Utility L3L1 Voltage Utility L3L1 voltage
Utility L3N Voltage Utility L3N voltage
Utility L3 Current Utility L3 current
Utility L3 kW Utility L3 kW
Utility L3 kVA Utility L3 kVA
Utility L3 Power Factor Utility L3 power factor
Utility Total kW Utility total kW
Utility Total kVA Utility total kVA
Utility Total Power Factor Utility total power factor
Utility Frequency Utility line frequency
Bus Energy Metering
Utility L1 Positive kWh Utility L1 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L1 Negative kWh Utility L1 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L1 Positive kVARh Utility L1 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.

5-8
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility L1 Negative kVARh Utility L1 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L2 Positive kWh Utility L2 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L2 Negative kWh Utility L2 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L2 Positive kVARh Utility L2 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L2 Negative kVARh Utility L2 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L3 Positive kWh Utility L3 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L3 Negative kWh Utility L3 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L3 Positive kVARh Utility L3 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L3 Negative kVARh Utility L3 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility Total Positive kWh Utility total positive kWh accumulation
Utility Total Negative kWh Utility total negative kWh accumulation
Utility Total Positive kVARh Utility total positive kVARh accumulation
Utility Total Negative kVARh Utility total negative kVARh accumulation
Utility Total Net kWh Utility total net kWh accumulation
Utility Total Net kVARh Utility total net kVARh accumulation
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Bus kVAR
Utility L1 kVAR Utility L1 Kvar
Utility L2 kVAR Utility L2 Kvar
Utility L3 kVAR Utility L3 Kvar
Utility Total kVAR Utility total kVAR
Phase Difference
Utility L1L2 Phase Difference Utility L1L2 voltage phase angle
Utility L2L3 Phase Difference Utility L2L3 voltage phase angle
Utility L3L1 Phase Difference Utility L3L1 voltage phase angle
Bus kVAh
Utility L1 kVAh Utility L1 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility L2 kVAh Utility L2 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility L3 kVAh Utility L3 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility Total kVAh Utility total kVAh accumulation
Utility Phase Rotation Utility phase rotation
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2, Not Available.

Utility Multiple
Each label is described in the following table.

5-9
TABLE 5-9. PARALLELING STATUS (UTILITY MULTIPLE)
NAME DESCRIPTION
ES State internal paralleling status variable
Allowed values: Standby, Dead Bus, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Genset Frequency Genset frequency
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Genset CB Position Status indicates genset breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Utility CB Position Status indicates utility breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Genset Bus LL Average Volt- Genset Bus Line to Line average voltage
age
Genset Bus Frequency Genset bus line frequency
Genset Bus Total kW Genset Bus total kW
Genset Bus Total kVAR Genset bus total kVAR
Genset Bus Total Power Genset Bus Total power factor
Factor
Load Demand Stop Com- indicates status of the final load demand stop command to genset start stop
mand control function
Allowed values: Dont Stop, Stop.
Genset Application Type Primary setting which configures genset application. You have to be in Setup
mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standalone, Synchronize Only, Isolated Bus Only, Utility
Single, Utility Multiple, Power Transfer Control. (Default: Standalone.)
Synchronizer
Synchronizer Status indicates whether synchronizer is on or off
Allowed values: Synchronizer Off, Synchronizer On.
Bus Status indicates status of the bus
Allowed values: Unavailable, Dead, Live.
Sync Check
Permissive Close Allowed indicates when permissive sync check conditions have been met
Allowed values: Not Allowed, Allowed.
Phase Matched sync check phase match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Frequency Matched sync check frequency match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Voltage Matched sync check voltage match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Sync Check Error
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Permissive Frequency Match frequency match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Permissive Voltage Match voltage match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Load Govern Setpoint
Load Govern kW Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kW output when paralleled to util-
ity
Load Govern kVAR Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kVAR output when paralleled to
utility
Power Factor Setpoint indicates analog input power factor setpoint derived from kVAR analog input
Paralleling Speed Control indicates which speed control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Paralleling Voltage Control indicates which voltage control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset CB Status
Genset CB Inhibit Command genset cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.

5-10
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset CB Tripped Com- genset cb tripped command
mand Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Status
Utility CB Inhibit Command utility cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Tripped Command utility cb tripped command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Bus Metering
Genset Bus L1L2 Voltage Genset Bus L1L2 voltage
Genset Bus L1N Voltage Genset Bus L1N voltage
Genset Bus L1 Current Genset Bus L1 current
Allowed values: 0~65530 Amps.
Genset Bus L1 kW Genset Bus L1 kW
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kW.
Genset Bus L1 kVA Genset Bus L1 kVA
Genset Bus L1 Power Factor Genset Bus L1 power factor
Allowed values: 1.28~1.22 PF.
Genset Bus L2L3 Voltage Genset Bus L2L3 voltage
Genset Bus L2N Voltage Genset Bus L2N voltage
Genset Bus L2 Current Genset Bus L2 current
Genset Bus L2 kW Genset Bus L2 kW
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kW.
Genset Bus L2 kVA Genset Bus L2 kVA
Genset Bus L2 Power Factor Genset Bus L2 power factor
Genset Bus L3L1 Voltage Genset Bus L3L1 voltage
Genset Bus L3N Voltage Genset Bus L3N voltage
Genset Bus L3 Current Genset Bus L3 current
Genset Bus L3 kW Genset Bus L3 kW
Genset Bus L3 kVA Genset Bus L3 kVA
Genset Bus L3 Power Factor Genset Bus L3 power factor
Allowed values: 1.28~1.22 PF.
Genset Bus Total kW Genset Bus total kW
Genset Bus Total kVA Genset bus total kVA
Genset Bus Total Power Genset Bus Total power factor
Factor
Genset Bus Frequency Genset bus line frequency
Bus Energy Metering
Genset Bus L1 Positive kWh Genset bus L1 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L1 Negative Genset bus L1 negative kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L1 Positive Genset bus L1 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L1 Negative Genset bus L1 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L2 Positive kWh Genset bus L2 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L2 Negative Genset bus L2 negative kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L2 Positive Genset bus L2 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L2 Negative Genset bus L2 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L3 Positive kWh Genset bus L3 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L3 Negative Genset bus L3 negative kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset Bus L3 Positive Genset bus L3 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Bus L3 Negative Genset bus L3 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.

5-11
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Bus Total Positive Genset bus total positive kWh accumulation
kWh
Genset Bus Total Negative Genset bus total negative kWh accumulation
kWh
Genset Bus Total Positive Genset bus total positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh
Genset Bus Total Negative Genset bus total negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh
Genset Bus Total Net kWh Genset bus total net kWh accumulation
Genset Bus Total Net kVARh Genset Bus total net kVARh accumulation
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Bus kVAR
Genset Bus L1 kVAR Genset bus L1 Kvar
Allowed values: 32678~32672 kVAR.
Genset Bus L2 kVAR Genset bus L2 Kvar
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kVAR.
Genset Bus L3 kVAR Genset bus L3 Kvar
Genset Bus Total kVAR Genset bus total kVAR
Phase Difference
Genset Bus L1L2 Phase Dif- Genset bus L1L2 voltage phase angle
ference
Genset Bus L2L3 Phase Dif- Genset bus L2L3 voltage phase angle
ference
Genset Bus L3L1 Phase Dif- Genset bus L3L1 voltage phase angle
ference
Bus kVAh
Genset Bus L1 kVAh Genset bus L1 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Bus L2 kVAh Genset bus L2 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Bus L3 kVAh Genset bus L3 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Bus Total kVAh Genset bus total kVAh accumulation
Genset Bus Phase Rotation Genset bus phase rotation
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2, Not Available.
Synchronizer Only
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-10. PARALLELING STATUS (SYNCHRONIZE ONLY)
NAME DESCRIPTION
ES State internal paralleling status variable
Allowed values: Standby, Dead Bus, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Genset Frequency Genset frequency
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Utility LL Average Voltage Utility Line to Line average voltage

5-12
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility Frequency Utility line frequency
Utility Total kW Utility total kW
Utility Total kVAR Utility total kVAR
Utility Total Power Factor Utility total power factor
Genset Application Type Primary setting which configures genset application. You have to be in Setup
mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standalone, Synchronize Only, Isolated Bus Only, Utility
Single, Utility Multiple, Power Transfer Control. (Default: Standalone.)
Synchronizer
Synchronizer Status indicates whether synchronizer is on or off
Allowed values: Synchronizer Off, Synchronizer On.
Bus Status indicates status of the bus
Allowed values: Unavailable, Dead, Live.
Sync Check
Permissive Close Allowed indicates when permissive sync check conditions have been met
Allowed values: Not Allowed, Allowed.
Phase Matched sync check phase match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Frequency Matched sync check frequency match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Voltage Matched sync check voltage match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Sync Check Error
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Permissive Frequency Match frequency match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Permissive Voltage Match voltage match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Bus Metering
Utility L1L2 Voltage Utility L1L2 voltage
Utility L1N Voltage Utility L1N voltage
Utility L1 Current Utility L1 current
Utility L1 kW Utility L1 kW
Utility L1 kVA Utility L1 kVA
Utility L1 Power Factor Utility L1 power factor
Utility L2L3 Voltage Utility L2L3 voltage
Utility L2N Voltage Utility L2N voltage
Utility L2 Current Utility L2 current
Utility L2 kW Utility L2 kW
Utility L2 kVA Utility L2 kVA
Utility L2 Power Factor Utility L2 power factor
Utility L3L1 Voltage Utility L3L1 voltage
Utility L3N Voltage Utility L3N voltage
Utility L3 Current Utility L3 current
Utility L3 kW Utility L3 kW
Utility L3 kVA Utility L3 kVA
Utility L3 Power Factor Utility L3 power factor
Utility Total kW Utility total kW
Utility Total kVA Utility total kVA
Utility Total Power Factor Utility total power factor
Utility Frequency Utility line frequency
Bus Energy Metering
Utility L1 Positive kWh Utility L1 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L1 Negative kWh Utility L1 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L1 Positive kVARh Utility L1 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L1 Negative kVARh Utility L1 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L2 Positive kWh Utility L2 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.

5-13
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility L2 Negative kWh Utility L2 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L2 Positive kVARh Utility L2 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L2 Negative kVARh Utility L2 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L3 Positive kWh Utility L3 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L3 Negative kWh Utility L3 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L3 Positive kVARh Utility L3 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L3 Negative kVARh Utility L3 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility Total Positive kWh Utility total positive kWh accumulation
Utility Total Negative kWh Utility total negative kWh accumulation
Utility Total Positive kVARh Utility total positive kVARh accumulation
Utility Total Negative kVARh Utility total negative kVARh accumulation
Utility Total Net kWh Utility total net kWh accumulation
Utility Total Net kVARh Utility total net kVARh accumulation
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Bus kVAR
Utility L1 kVAR Utility L1 Kvar
Utility L2 kVAR Utility L2 Kvar
Utility L3 kVAR Utility L3 Kvar
Utility Total kVAR Utility total kVAR
Phase Difference
Utility L1L2 Phase Difference Utility L1L2 voltage phase angle
Utility L2L3 Phase Difference Utility L2L3 voltage phase angle
Utility L3L1 Phase Difference Utility L3L1 voltage phase angle
Bus kVAh
Utility L1 kVAh Utility L1 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility L2 kVAh Utility L2 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility L3 kVAh Utility L3 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility Total kVAh Utility total kVAh accumulation
Utility Phase Rotation Utility phase rotation
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2, Not Available.
Power Transfer Control
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-11. PARALLELING STATUS (POWER TRANSFER CONTROL)
NAME DESCRIPTION
ES State internal paralleling status variable
Allowed values: Standby, Dead Bus, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Genset Frequency Genset frequency

5-14
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Active Transition Type indicates the active transition type for PTC
Allowed values: None, Programmed Transition, Transfer, Retransfer, Max Par-
allel.
Active Transition Timer countdown value of the active transition timer
Genset Availability Status indicates status of the genset source
Allowed values: Not Available, Available, Unknown.
Genset CB Position Status indicates genset breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
PTC State indicates the connected state of the Power Transfer Control
Allowed values: PTC Not Enabled, No Source Connected, Utility Connected,
Genset Connected, Paralleled.
Utility Availability Status indicates status of the utility source
Allowed values: Not Available, Available, Unknown.
Utility CB Position Status indicates utility breaker position
Allowed values: Open, Closed, Not Available.
Utility LL Average Voltage Utility Line to Line average voltage
Utility Frequency Utility line frequency
Utility Total kW Utility total kW
Utility Total kVAR Utility total kVAR
Utility Total Power Factor Utility total power factor
Synchronizer
Synchronizer Status indicates whether synchronizer is on or off
Allowed values: Synchronizer Off, Synchronizer On.
Bus Status indicates status of the bus
Allowed values: Unavailable, Dead, Live.
Sync Check
Permissive Close Allowed indicates when permissive sync check conditions have been met
Allowed values: Not Allowed, Allowed.
Phase Matched sync check phase match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Frequency Matched sync check frequency match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Voltage Matched sync check voltage match status
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Sync Check Error
Phase Match Error phase error signal for the synchronizer control algorithm
Permissive Frequency Match frequency match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Permissive Voltage Match voltage match error value used by permissive sync check
Error
Load Govern Setpoint
Load Govern kW Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kW output when paralleled to util-
ity
Load Govern kVAR Target indicates the final target setpoint for genset kVAR output when paralleled to
utility
Power Factor Setpoint indicates analog input power factor setpoint derived from kVAR analog input
Paralleling Speed Control indicates which speed control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Paralleling Voltage Control indicates which voltage control algorithm is in effect
Mode Allowed values: Isochronous, Droop, Synchronize, Load Share, Load Govern.
Genset CB Status
Genset CB Inhibit Command genset cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Genset CB Tripped Com- genset cb tripped command
mand Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Status

5-15
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility CB Inhibit Command utility cb inhibit command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Utility CB Tripped Command utility cb tripped command
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
PTC Status
PTC Operating Transition indicates the transition type currently in effect
Type Allowed values: Open Transition, Hard Closed Transition, Soft Closed Transi-
tion.
Genset Sensor Status
Genset Frequency Sensor indicates genset frequency sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Genset Overvoltage Sensor indicates genset overvoltage sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Genset Undervoltage Sensor indicates genset undervoltage sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Genset Phase Rotation Sen- indicates genset phase rotation sensor status
sor Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Genset Loss of Phase Sen- indicates genset loss of phase sensor status
sor Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Transfer Inhibit Cmd indicates whether transfer to gen is inhibited or not
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Retransfer Inhibit Cmd indicates whether retransfer to utility is inhibited or not
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Override Switch Command override switch command status resulting from all override inputs
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Utility Sensor Status
Utility Frequency Sensor Sta- indicates utility frequency sensor status
tus Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Utility Overvoltage Sensor indicates utility overvoltage sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Utility Undervoltage Sensor indicates utility undervoltage sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Utility Phase Rotation Sensor indicates utility phase rotation sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Utility Loss of Phase Sensor indicates utility loss of phase sensor status
Status Allowed values: Unknown, Picked Up, Dropped Out.
Bus Metering
Utility L1L2 Voltage Utility L1L2 voltage
Utility L1N Voltage Utility L1N voltage
Utility L1 Current Utility L1 current
Utility L1 kW Utility L1 kW
Utility L1 kVA Utility L1 kVA
Utility L1 Power Factor Utility L1 power factor
Utility L2L3 Voltage Utility L2L3 voltage
Utility L2N Voltage Utility L2N voltage
Utility L2 Current Utility L2 current
Utility L2 kW Utility L2 kW
Utility L2 kVA Utility L2 kVA
Utility L2 Power Factor Utility L2 power factor
Utility L3L1 Voltage Utility L3L1 voltage
Utility L3N Voltage Utility L3N voltage
Utility L3 Current Utility L3 current
Utility L3 kW Utility L3 kW
Utility L3 kVA Utility L3 kVA
Utility L3 Power Factor Utility L3 power factor
Utility Total kW Utility total kW
Utility Total kVA Utility total kVA
Utility Total Power Factor Utility total power factor
Utility Frequency Utility line frequency
Bus Energy Metering

5-16
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility L1 Positive kWh Utility L1 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L1 Negative kWh Utility L1 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L1 Positive kVARh Utility L1 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L1 Negative kVARh Utility L1 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L2 Positive kWh Utility L2 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L2 Negative kWh Utility L2 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L2 Positive kVARh Utility L2 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L2 Negative kVARh Utility L2 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L3 Positive kWh Utility L3 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L3 Negative kWh Utility L3 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Utility L3 Positive kVARh Utility L3 positive kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility L3 Negative kVARh Utility L3 negative kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Utility Total Positive kWh Utility total positive kWh accumulation
Utility Total Negative kWh Utility total negative kWh accumulation
Utility Total Positive kVARh Utility total positive kVARh accumulation
Utility Total Negative kVARh Utility total negative kVARh accumulation
Utility Total Net kWh Utility total net kWh accumulation
Utility Total Net kVARh Utility total net kVARh accumulation
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Bus kVAR
Utility L1 kVAR Utility L1 Kvar
Utility L2 kVAR Utility L2 Kvar
Utility L3 kVAR Utility L3 Kvar
Utility Total kVAR Utility total kVAR
Phase Difference
Utility L1L2 Phase Difference Utility L1L2 voltage phase angle
Utility L2L3 Phase Difference Utility L2L3 voltage phase angle
Utility L3L1 Phase Difference Utility L3L1 voltage phase angle
Bus kVAh
Utility L1 kVAh Utility L1 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility L2 kVAh Utility L2 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility L3 kVAh Utility L3 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967295 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Utility Total kVAh Utility total kVAh accumulation
Utility Phase Rotation Utility phase rotation
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2, Not Available.

5-17
GENSET DATA
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-12. GENSET DATA
NAME DESCRIPTION
Alternator
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Genset Average Current Genset average current
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Genset Frequency Genset frequency
Engine
Engine Running Time Total engine run time
Coolant Temperature Monitor point for the Coolant Temperature
Oil Pressure Monitor point for the Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Battery Voltage Battery voltage value.
Percent Engine Torque/Duty Monitor point for the percent engine torque output and the governor percent
Cycle duty cycle output when used with the HM ECM
Allowed values: 125~125 %.
Fuel Rate Monitor point for the Fuel Rate
Allowed values: 0~845 gal/hr (0~3199 Lit/hour).
Fuel Consumption Since Re- Fuel consumption since last reset.
set
Total Fuel Consumption Total fuel consumption since start of engine.
Genset Application
Genset Application kW rating The genset KW rating.
Genset Application kVA rat- The genset KVA rating.
ing
Genset Application Nominal The value of the genset application nominal current.
Current
Genset Standby
Genset Standby kW rating KW rating for the genset in Standby configuration.
Genset Standby kVA rating KVA rating for the genset in Standby configuration.
Genset Standby Nominal The value of the genset standby nominal current.
Current

ALTERNATOR DATA
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-13. ALTERNATOR DATA
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset L1L2 Voltage Genset L1L2 voltage
Genset L1N Voltage Genset L1N voltage
Genset L1 Current Monitors the genset L1 current value.
Genset L1 kW Genset L1 kW
Genset L1 KVA Genset L1 kVA
Genset L1 Power Factor Genset L1 power factor
Genset L2L3 Voltage Genset L2L3 voltage
Genset L2N Voltage Genset L2N voltage
Genset L2 Current Genset L2 current
Genset L2 kW Genset L2 kW
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kW.
Genset L2 KVA Genset L2 kVA
Genset L2 Power Factor Genset L2 power factor
Allowed values: 1.28~1.27 PF.

5-18
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset L3L1 Voltage Genset L3L1 voltage
Genset L3N Voltage Genset L3N voltage
Genset L3 Current Genset L3 current
Genset L3 kW Genset L3 kW
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kW.
Genset L3 KVA Genset L3 kVA
Allowed values: 0~4294967.29 kVA.
Genset L3 Power Factor Genset L3 power factor
Allowed values: 1.28~1.22 PF.
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Genset Total KVA Genset total kVA
Genset Total Power Factor Genset total power factor (L1+L2+L3)
Genset Frequency Genset frequency
AVR PWM Command The AVR PWM software command. Linear relationship between counts and
% duty cycle with 10000 counts=100% duty cycle
Genset Neutral Current Genset neutral current
Note: This is not displayed if the neutral current is not available.
Alternator Temperatures Note: This section is displayed only if LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable.
NonDrive End Bearing Tem- Monitor point for the NonDrive End Bearing Temp input from the I/O Module.
perature (Aux101) Allowed values: 65534~65535 degF (36426~36391 degC).
Drive End Bearing Tempera- Monitor point for the Drive End Bearing Temp input from the I/O Module.
ture (Aux101) Allowed values: 32767~32762 degF (18222~18183 degC).
Alternator Temperature 1 Monitor point for the Alternator Temp 1 input from the Aux 101 I/O Module.
(Aux101) Allowed values: 32767~32762 degF (18222~18183 degC).
Alternator Temperature 2 Monitor point for the Alternator Temp 2 input from the Aux 101 I/O Module.
(Aux101) Allowed values: 32767~32762 degF (18222~18183 degC).
Alternator Temperature 3 Monitor point for the Alternator Temp 3 input from the Aux 101 I/O Module.
(Aux101) Allowed values: 32767~32762 degF (18222~18183 degC).

(GAS) ENGINE DATA


Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-14. ENGINE DATA (LBNG GENSET ENABLE IS SET TO DISABLE)
NAME DESCRIPTION
Pressure
Oil Pressure Monitor point for the Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Boost Pressure Monitor point for the Boost Absolute Pressure
Allowed values: 0~148 psi (0~1014 kPA).
Coolant Pressure Monitor point for the Coolant Pressure.
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Fuel Supply Pressure Monitor point for the Fuel Supply Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Fuel Outlet Pressure Monitor point for the Fuel Outlet Pressure Pressure
Allowed values: 0~36404 psi (0~249346 kPA).
Crankcase Pressure Monitor point for the Crankcase Pressure.
Allowed values: 35.67~38 psi (244~260 kPA).
Barometric Absolute Pres- Monitor point for the Barometric Absolute Pressure
sure Allowed values: 0~37 psi (0~253 kPA).
Temperature
Coolant Temperature Monitor point for the Coolant Temperature
Oil Temperature Monitor point for the Oil Temperature
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Intake Manifold Temperature Monitor point for the Intake Manifold Temperature
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).

5-19
NAME DESCRIPTION
Fuel Temperature Monitor point for the Fuel Temperature
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Aftercooler Temperature Monitor point for the Aftercooler Temperature.
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Battery Voltage Battery voltage value.
Average Engine Speed Monitor point for the Average Engine Speed
Engine Running Time Total engine run time

TABLE 5-15. GAS ENGINE DATA (LBNG GENSET ENABLE IS SET TO ENABLE)
NAME DESCRIPTION
Average Engine Speed Monitor point for the Average Engine Speed
Engine Running Time Total engine run time
Coolant Temperature Monitor point for the Coolant Temperature
Coolant Pressure Monitor point for the Coolant Pressure.
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Coolant 2 Temperature Monitor point for the Coolant 2 Temperature
Allowed values: 40~260 degF (40~127 degC).
Coolant 2 Pressure Monitor point for the Coolant 2 Pressure.
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
PreFilter Oil Pressure Monitor point for the PreFilter Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Oil Pressure Monitor point for the Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Oil Temperature Monitor point for the Oil Temperature
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Exhaust Port Temperature Note: Bank A contains odd-numbered cylinders (1, 3, 5, ...). Bank B contains
even-numbered cylinders (2, 4, 6, ...).
Exhaust Port 1 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 1 Temperature
Allowed values: 459~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 2 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 2 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 3 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 3 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 4 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 4 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 5 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 5 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 6 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 6 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 7 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 7 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 8 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 8 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 9 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 9 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 10 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 10 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 11 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 11 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 12 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 12 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 13 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 13 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 14 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 14 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 15 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 15 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 16 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 16 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).

5-20
NAME DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Port 17 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 17 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 18 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 18 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).

GENSET (ADVANCED GENSET STATUS)


Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-16. GENSET
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Application
%Load
Genset L1L2 Voltage% Genset L1L2 voltage%
Genset L1N Voltage% Genset L1N voltage%
Genset % Application L1 Monitors the genset application L1 current percentage output.
Current
Genset % Application L1 Monitors the genset application L1 KW percentage output.
kW
Genset % Application L1 Monitors the genset application L1 KVA percentage output.
kVA
Genset L2L3 Voltage% Genset L2L3 voltage%
Genset L2N Voltage% Genset L2N voltage%
Allowed values: 0~655.3 %.
Genset % Application L2 Monitors the genset application L2 current percentage output.
Current
Genset % Application L2 Monitors the genset application L2 KW percentage output.
kW
Genset % Application L2 Monitors the genset application L2 KVA percentage output.
kVA
Genset L3L1 Voltage% Genset L3L1 voltage%
Allowed values: 0~655.3 %.
Genset L3N Voltage% Genset L3N voltage%
Genset % Application L3 Monitors the genset application L3 current percentage output.
Current
Genset % Application L3 Monitors the genset application L3 KW percentage output.
kW
Genset % Application L3 Monitors the genset application L3 KVA percentage output.
kVA
Genset Average Volt- Genset average voltage percentage.
age%
Genset % Application Monitors the total genset application KW percentage output.
Total kW
Genset % Application Monitors the total genset application KVA percentage output.
Total kVA
Standby %Load
Genset % Standby Total Monitors the total genset standby KW percentage output.
kW
Genset % Standby Total Monitors the total genset standby KVA percentage output.
kVA
Genset Energy Metering
Genset L1 Positive kWh Genset L1 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset L1 Negative kWh Genset L1 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset L1 Positive Genset L1 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset L1 Negative Genset L1 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset L2 Positive kWh Genset L2 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.

5-21
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset L2 Negative kWh Genset L2 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset L2 Positive Genset L2 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset L2 Negative Genset L2 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset L3 Positive kWh Genset L3 positive kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset L3 Negative kWh Genset L3 negative kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh. Default value: 0 kWh.
Genset L3 Positive Genset L3 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset L3 Negative Genset L3 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh. Default value: 0 kVARh.
Genset Total Positive Genset total positive kWh accumulation
kWh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kWh.
Genset Total Negative Genset total negative kWh accumulation
kWh
Genset Total Positive Genset total positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVARh.
Genset Total Negative Genset total negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh
Genset Total Net kWh Genset total net kWh accumulation
Allowed values: 2147483648~2147483643 kWh.
Genset Total Net kVARh Genset total net kVARh accumulation
Allowed values: 2147483648~2147483643 kVARh.
Genset Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Hour
Genset Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Minute
Genset Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Second
Genset Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Genset Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Month
Genset Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Year
% Standby Current
Genset % Standby L1 Monitors the genset standby L1 current percentage output.
Current
Genset % Standby L2 Monitors the genset standby L2 current percentage output.
Current
Genset % Standby L3 Monitors the genset standby L3 current percentage output.
Current
Genset kVAR
Genset L1 kVAR Genset L1 KVAR
Genset L2 kVAR Genset L2 Kvar
Allowed values: 32768~32762 kVAR.
Genset L3 kVAR Genset L3 Kvar
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
Genset kVAh
Genset L1 kVAh Energy output of L1 in KVAH.
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset L2 kVAh Genset L2 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.

5-22
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset L3 kVAh Genset L3 kVAh accumulation
Allowed values: 0~4294967290 kVAh. Default value: 0 kVAh.
Genset Total kVAh Genset total kVAh accumulation
Genset 3 Phase Fast Av- Monitor point for Genset 3 Phase Fast Average Voltage Percent
erage Voltage Percent
Prelube Mode Set to a required mode based on the type of starting requirement
Allowed values: Crank After Prelube, Crank With Prelube, Prelube Only.
Number of Connected Used to monitor the amount of connected Bargraph modules.
Bargraph Modules Allowed values: 0~255.
Phase Difference
Genset L1L2 Phase Dif- Genset L1L2 voltage phase angle
ference
Genset L2L3 Phase Dif- Genset L2L3 voltage phase angle
ference Allowed values: 0~655.3 Degrees.
Genset L3L1 Phase Dif- Genset L3L1 voltage phase angle
ference Allowed values: 0~655.3 Degrees.
Genset Phase Rotation Genset phase rotation
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2, Not Available.

CONTROLLER (ADVANCED
CONTROLLER STATUS)
Each label is described in the following table.

TABLE 5-17. ADVANCED CONTROLLER STATUS


NAME DESCRIPTION
Timers
Start Countdown Time remaining until start is initiated
Allowed values: 0~300 seconds.
Stop Countdown Time remaining until genset stops
Allowed values: 0~5000 seconds.
Time At No Load Amount of time the genset has run at no load
Allowed values: 0~600 seconds.
Time at Rated Cooldown Amount of time spend in Rated Cooldown
Allowed values: 0~5000 seconds.
Exercise Time Remaining Time remaining until exercise stop sequence begins
Allowed values: 0~25 hours.
Switch Inputs
Configurable Input #1 Switch Configurable Input #1 input software state status. Gives software Inactive/Ac-
tive state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Input #2 Switch Configurable Input #2 input software state status. Gives software Inactive/Ac-
tive state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Input #13 Configurable Input #13 input software state status. Gives software Inactive/
Switch Active state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Input #14 Configurable Input #14 input software state status. Gives software Inactive/
Switch Active state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Coolant Level/Configurable This is the status of the Configurable Input #5.
Input #5 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Low Fuel/Configurable Input This is the status of the Configurable Input #6.
#6 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Fault Reset/Configurable In- This is the status of the Configurable Input #10.
put #10 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Start Type/Configurable Input This is the status of the Configurable Input #11.
#11 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Rupture Basin/Configurable This is the status of the Configurable Input #12.
Input #12 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.

5-23
NAME DESCRIPTION
Auto Switch Status of the Auto Switch Input
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Manual Switch Manual input software state status. Gives software Inactive/Active state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Battery Charger Failed Battery Charger Failed Switch function output status; gives software Inactive/
Switch Active state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
High Alt Temp Switch High Alt Temp Switch function output status. Gives software Inactive/Active
state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Low Coolant #2 Switch Low Coolant #2 Switch function output status. Gives software Inactive/Active
state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Low Fuel In Day Tank Switch Low Fuel In Day Tank Switch function output status. Gives software Inactive/
Active state
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Active Rem Start Inputs
Remote Start Command In- Bitmask to show the inputs to the Command output which are currently on
puts
Active Start Type Inputs
Start Type Command Inputs Bitmask to show the inputs to the Command output which are currently on
Active Batt Sh Sw Inputs
Battle Short Command In- Indicates which of the battle short inputs are active.
puts
Outputs
Configurable Output #1 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Output #2 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Output #3 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Output #4 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Ready To Load /Configurable Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
Output #5 Status Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Oil Priming Pump / Configur- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
able Output #6 Status Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Local Status / Configurable Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
Output #7 Status Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Glow Plug / Configurable Note: This input is reserved for future use.
Output #8 Status
Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Delayed Off / Configurable Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
Output #10 Status Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Load Dump / Configurable Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
Output #11 Status Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Inputs
Transfer Inhibit/Configurable This is the status of the Configurable Input #20.
Input #20 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Retransfer Inhibit/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #21.
able Input #21 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Utility CB Pos B/Configurable This is the status of the Configurable Input #23.
Input #23 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Utility CB Tripped/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #24.
able Input #24 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Utility CB Inhibit/Configurable This is the status of the Configurable Input #25.
Input #25 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #26.
able Input #26 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.

5-24
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #27.
able Input #27 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #28.
able Input #28 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Utility Single Mode Verify/ This is the status of the Configurable Input #29.
Configurable Input #29 Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Switch
Sync Enable/Configurable In- This is the status of the Configurable Input #30.
put #30 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Load Demand Stop/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #31.
able Input #31 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Extended Parallel/Configur- This is the status of the Configurable Input #32.
able Input #32 Switch Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Backup Start Disconnect/ This is the status of the Configurable Input #33.
Configurable Input #33 Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Switch
Analog Inputs
External Speed Bias Input Monitor point for the external speed bias input.
Allowed values: 100~100 %.
External Voltage Bias Input Monitor point for the external voltage bias input.
Allowed values: 100~100 %.
Active PTC Mode Inputs
PTC Mode Switch Command Bitmask to show the inputs to the Command output which are currently on.
Inputs
Active Ext Parallel Inputs
Extended Parallel Switch Bitmask to show the inputs to the Command output which are currently on
Command Inputs
Active Load Dem Inputs
Load Demand Stop Request bitmask indicating which of the load demand stop inputs are active
Inputs Allowed values: 0~250.
Outputs
Configurable Output #20 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Output #21 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Configurable Output #22 Sta- Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.

ENGINE (ADVANCED ENGINE STATUS)


Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-18. ADVANCED ENGINE STATUS
NAME DESCRIPTION
Water in Fuel Indicator Water in Fuel Indication
Allowed values: No, Yes.
Turbocharger 1 Speed Monitor point for the Turbocharger 1 Speed
Allowed values: 0~257000 rpm.
Turbocharger 2 Boost Pres- Monitor point for the Turbocharger 2 Boost Pressure
sure Allowed values: 0~1160 psi (0~7945 kPA).
Speed Ramp State The state of the speed reference ramp
Allowed values: Ramp Off, Ramp On.
Prelube State The monitor point for the prelube state.
Allowed values: Complete, Armed, Prelube Output ON, Prelube Output OFF,
Enable Crank.
PreFilter Oil Pressure Monitor point for the PreFilter Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
PostFilter Oil Pressure Monitor point for the PostFilter Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Battery Charger Alternator The Battery Charger Alternator Flash Voltage after all scaling and validity
Flash Voltage checks.

5-25
NAME DESCRIPTION
Manifold Temperatures
Intake Manifold 2 Tempera- Monitor point for the Intake Manifold 2 Temperature
ture Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Intake Manifold 3 Tempera- Monitor point for the Intake Manifold 3 Temperature
ture Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Intake Manifold 4 Tempera- Monitor point for the Intake Manifold 4 Temperature
ture Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Exhaust Port Temps
Exhaust Port 1 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 1 Temperature
Allowed values: 459~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 2 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 2 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 3 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 3 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 4 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 4 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 5 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 5 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 6 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 6 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 7 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 7 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 8 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 8 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 9 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 9 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 10 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 10 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 11 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 11 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 12 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 12 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 13 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 13 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 14 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 14 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 15 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 15 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 16 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 16 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 17 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 17 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 18 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 18 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 19 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 19 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).
Exhaust Port 20 Temperature Monitor point for the Exhaust Port 20 Temperature
Allowed values: 460~3155 degF (273~1735 degC).

AUXILIARY STATUS
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-19. AUXILIARY STATUS
NAME DESCRIPTION
Supply, Heaters & Coolant
Status
GIB Isolator Open (Aux101) GIB Isolator Open monitor point.
Allowed values: Close, Open, Reserved, N/A.
Coolant PreHeated State Status of the engine coolant before start (PreHeated or Not)
Allowed values: Heated, Cold, Not Available.

5-26
NAME DESCRIPTION
Coolant Temperature Monitor point for the Coolant Temperature
Engine Coolant Pump Ctrl Engine coolant circulating pump status
Status Allowed values: OFF, ON, Reserved, N/A.
Alternator Heater Status Alternator Heater status monitor point.
Allowed values: OFF, ON, TRIPPED, N/A.
Engine Oil Status
Oil Priming Pump Control Status for the priming pump (ON or OFF)
Status Allowed values: OFF, ON, Reserved, N/A.
Oil Pressure Monitor point for the Oil Pressure
Allowed values: 0~145 psi (0~993 kPA).
Oil Priming State Status of the engine before start (PreLubed or Not)
Allowed values: Low, Optimum, Reserved, N/A.
Engine Oil PreHeater Ctrl Engine Oil pre heater command status
Status Allowed values: OFF, ON, Reserved, N/A.
Oil Temperature Monitor point for the Oil Temperature
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Engine Oil Status
Derate Authorization Derate authorization request from customer.
Allowed values: NO, YES, Reserved, N/A.
Start System Trip (Aux101)
Allowed values: No, Yes.
Ventilator Fan Status Vent Fan status monitor point.
Allowed values: OFF, ON, TRIPPED, N/A.
Louvres Closed (Aux101)
Allowed values: No, Yes.
Radiator Fan Trip (Aux101)
Allowed values: No, Yes.
DC PSU Unavailable Engine PSU Not Available monitor point.
(Aux101) Allowed values: No, Yes.
Start Inhibit Status & Text As-
signment
Start Inhibit No1 (Aux101) Start Inhibit No1 monitor point.
Allowed values: No, Yes.
Start Inhibit No2 (Aux101) Start Inhibit No2 monitor point.
Allowed values: No, Yes.
Start Inhibit No3 (Aux101) Start Inhibit No3 monitor point.
Allowed values: No, Yes.
Start Inhibit No1 Fault Text Trim to define the 20 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
fault becomes active.
Start Inhibit No2 Fault Text Trim to define the 20 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
fault becomes active.
Start Inhibit No3 Fault Text Trim to define the 20 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
fault becomes active.

GAS ENGINEER DATA (ENGINEER DATA)


Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-20. GAS ENGINEER DATA
NAME DESCRIPTION
CM700 Data
Internal MCM700 Tempera- Temperature of the engine electronic control unit MCM700
ture
MCM700 Battery Voltage Engine Control Module Battery Voltage.
Allowed values: 0~65535 Vdc.
Speed Bias Reference (%) Indicates amount of speed bias offset GCS is commanding to ECS governor
Allowed values: 128~127 %.
CM558 Bank A & B Data
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
Internal SSM558 1 Tempera- Temperature of the engine electronic control unit SSM558 1
ture

5-27
NAME DESCRIPTION
Internal SSM558 2 Tempera- Temperature of the engine electronic control unit SSM558 2
ture
SSM558 1 Isolated Battery SSM558 1 Engine Control Module Isolated Battery Voltage.
Voltage Allowed values: 0~65535 Vdc.
SSM558 2 Isolated Battery SSM558 2 Engine Control Module Isolated Battery Voltage.
Voltage Allowed values: 0~65535 Vdc.
Cylinder Data Knock Level Note: Bank A contains odd-numbered cylinders (1, 3, 5, ...). Bank B contains
even-numbered cylinders (2, 4, 6, ...).
DE/NDE Cylinder Viewpoint Gives reference point for engine cylinder numbering
Reference Allowed values: Drive End, NonDrive End, Reserved, N/A. (Default: N/A.)
Knock Level Cylinder 1 Knock Level for cylinder 1
Knock Level Cylinder 2 Knock Level for cylinder 2
Knock Level Cylinder 3 Knock Level for cylinder 3
Knock Level Cylinder 4 Knock Level for cylinder 4
Knock Level Cylinder 5 Knock Level for cylinder 5
Knock Level Cylinder 6 Knock Level for cylinder 6
Knock Level Cylinder 7 Knock Level for cylinder 7
Knock Level Cylinder 8 Knock Level for cylinder 8
Knock Level Cylinder 9 Knock Level for cylinder 9
Knock Level Cylinder 10 Knock Level for cylinder 10
Knock Level Cylinder 11 Knock Level for cylinder 11
Knock Level Cylinder 12 Knock Level for cylinder 12
Knock Level Cylinder 13 Knock Level for cylinder 13
Knock Level Cylinder 14 Knock Level for cylinder 14
Knock Level Cylinder 15 Knock Level for cylinder 15
Knock Level Cylinder 16 Knock Level for cylinder 16
Knock Level Cylinder 17 Knock Level for cylinder 17
Knock Level Cylinder 18 Knock Level for cylinder 18
Cylinder Data Spark Ad- Note: Bank A contains odd-numbered cylinders (1, 3, 5, ...). Bank B contains
vance even-numbered cylinders (2, 4, 6, ...).
DE/NDE Cylinder Viewpoint Gives reference point for engine cylinder numbering
Reference Allowed values: Drive End, NonDrive End, Reserved, N/A. (Default: N/A.)
Spark Timing Cyl 1 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 1
Spark Timing Cyl 2 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 2
Spark Timing Cyl 3 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 3
Spark Timing Cyl 4 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 4
Spark Timing Cyl 5 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 5
Spark Timing Cyl 6 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 6
Spark Timing Cyl 7 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 7
Spark Timing Cyl 8 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 8
Spark Timing Cyl 9 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 9
Spark Timing Cyl 10 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 10
Spark Timing Cyl 11 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 11
Spark Timing Cyl 12 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 12
Spark Timing Cyl 13 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 13
Spark Timing Cyl 14 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 14
Spark Timing Cyl 15 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 15
Spark Timing Cyl 16 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 16
Spark Timing Cyl 17 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 17
Spark Timing Cyl 18 Spark timing degrees for cylinder 18
Cylinder Data Knock Note: Bank A contains odd-numbered cylinders (1, 3, 5, ...). Bank B contains
Counter even-numbered cylinders (2, 4, 6, ...).
DE/NDE Cylinder Viewpoint Gives reference point for engine cylinder numbering
Reference Allowed values: Drive End, NonDrive End, Reserved, N/A. (Default: N/A.)
Knock Count Cyl 1 Knock count value for Cylinder 1
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 2 Knock count value for Cylinder 2
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 3 Knock count value for Cylinder 3
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 4 Knock count value for Cylinder 4
Allowed values: 0~65530.

5-28
NAME DESCRIPTION
Knock Count Cyl 5 Knock count value for Cylinder 5
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 6 Knock count value for Cylinder 6
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 7 Knock count value for Cylinder 7
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 8 Knock count value for Cylinder 8
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 9 Knock count value for Cylinder 9
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 10 Knock count value for Cylinder 10
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 11 Knock count value for Cylinder 11
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 12 Knock count value for Cylinder 12
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 13 Knock count value for Cylinder 13
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 14 Knock count value for Cylinder 14
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 15 Knock count value for Cylinder 15
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 16 Knock count value for Cylinder 16
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 17 Knock count value for Cylinder 17
Allowed values: 0~65530.
Knock Count Cyl 18 Knock count value for Cylinder 18
Allowed values: 0~65530.

GAS SYSTEM DATA (GAS SYSTEM)


Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-21. GAS SYSTEM DATA
NAME DESCRIPTION
Safety Shutoff Valves &
Valve Proving System
Downstream Valve Com- The result of the FSO driver output command logic for fuel shutoff valve 1
mand Status Allowed values: Closed, Open, Reserved, N/A.
Upstream Valve Command The result of the FSO driver output command logic for fuel shutoff valve 2
Status Allowed values: Closed, Open, Reserved, N/A.
Engine FSO Valve Leak Test Allowed values: OFF (Reset/ No test in progress), ON (Test in progress / Test
Control complete), Reserved, N/A.
Fuel Valve 1 Inlet Absolute Absolute Pressure of Gas on the inlet side of the first system control valve
Pressure
Engine Data
Fuel Valve 1 Inlet Absolute Absolute Pressure of Gas on the inlet side of the first system control valve
Pressure
Fuel Valve 2 Inlet Absolute Absolute Pressure of Gas on the inlet side of the second system control valve
Pressure
Gas Mass Flow Gas Mass Flow value of the engine.
Gas Mass Flow 2 Gas Mass Flow 2 value of the engine.
Fuel Valve 1 Position The position of the gaseous fuel valve metering the fuel flow to the engine.
Fuel Valve 2 Position The position of the second gaseous fuel valve metering the fuel flow to the
engine.
Fuel Valve 1 Outlet Absolute Absolute Pressure of Gas on the outlet side of the first system control valve
Pressure
Fuel Valve 2 Outlet Absolute Absolute Pressure of Gas on the outlet side of the second system control
Pressure valve
Intake Manifold Pressure 1 Intake Manifold Pressure 1
Intake Manifold Pressure 2 Intake Manifold Pressure 2

5-29
NAME DESCRIPTION
Intake Manifold Temperature Monitor point for the Intake Manifold Temperature
Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Intake Manifold 2 Tempera- Monitor point for the Intake Manifold 2 Temperature
ture Allowed values: 40~410 degF (40~210 degC).
Throttle 1 Position Position of the throttle 1.
Throttle 2 Position Position of the throttle 2.
Compressor Outlet Pressure Absolute Pressure at the outlet of the compressor.
Turbocharger 1 Speed Monitor point for the Turbocharger 1 Speed
Allowed values: 0~257000 rpm.
Compressor Bypass Position Engine turbocharger compressor bypass actuator position

HELP Adjust if Paralleling Speed Control Mode is set to


Synchronize (page 4-24), Load Share (page 4-27), or
Load Govern (page 4-29).
Use this screen to get more information about each
component in the Operator Panel (page 3-1).
See page 5-76 for calibration procedures.
ADJUST

Note: You cannot adjust Frequency Adjust or Voltage Each label is described in the following table.

TABLE 5-22. ADJUST


NAME DESCRIPTION
Voltage Adjust
Genset LL Average Voltage Genset Line to Line average voltage
Voltage Adjust A trim that allows the user to add/subtract an offset to the nominal voltage
when calculating the voltage setpoint
Allowed values: 5~5 %. Default value: 0 %.
Rated/Idle Switch (PCCnet) Volatile to store PCCnet device generated Rated/Idle Switch commands.
Allowed values: Rated, Idle. Default value: Rated.
Exercise Switch (PCCnet) Temporary parameter to store PCCnet device generated Exercise Switch com-
mand.
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Manual Warmup Bypass Use to command idle speed or to bypass idle warmup during a manual run
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Normal, Bypass Warmup.
Keyswitch
Keyswitch Status Indicates if the outputs status is Inactive or Active
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Note: If the genset is stopped (page 3-10), select this parameter, and press
OK on the Operator Panel to change the state of the ECM keyswitch connec-
tion. For example, if Keyswitch Status is inactive, select Keyswitch Status,
and press OK to change the ECM keyswitch to active. You have to enter a
level-1 password. The state remains changed until you press the Home but-
ton, C button, or OK button on the Operator Panel.
Frequency Adjust
Final Frequency Reference The frequency scaled version of the final speed reference
Allowed values: 0~100 Hz.
Frequency Adjust A method of adding in a frequency offset to the base frequency subject to high
and low limit calibrations
Allowed values: 6~6 Hz. Default value: 0 Hz.
AVR Gain Adjust Trim A trim that allows the user to modify the overall gains of the AVR.
Allowed values: 0.05~10. Default value: 1.
Governor Gain Adjust A trim that allows the user to modify the overall gain of the governor
Allowed values: 0.05~10. Default value: 1.

5-30
NAME DESCRIPTION
Start Time Delay Sets the time to wait from receiving a valid remote start signal until starting the
genset (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~300 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Time Delay to Stop Sets time to run at rated speed before going to cooldown at idle. Does not ap-
ply to manual runs (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~600 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.

GENSET SETUP (SETUP GENSET) CAUTION This feature is not intended to com-
pensate for undersized gensets. Failure to fol-
Application Rating low this may affect genset operation and may
cause damage to the genset or to equipment
The PCC uses the application rating to protect the connected to the genset.
genset against overload conditions. The rating is
measured in kVA. This feature is active when the genset is running at
rated speed and voltage (page 3-15).
The PCC stores up to twelve kVA ratings. Use these
parameters to specify the appropriate one: This behavior is controlled by these values:
Application Rating Select
Target frequency: This is determined by V/Hz
Alternate Frequency Switch Method.
Single/3 Phase Connection If V/Hz Method13 is Relative Knee Frequency,
the target frequency is the speed reference
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable, Application (page 3-15).
Rating Select is set to Base, and the standby kVA
rating parameters are set to the corresponding base If V/Hz Method14 is Fixed Knee Frequency, the
kVA rating parameters. target frequency is Alternate Frequency
Switch.
V/Hz Curve
Note: Fixed Knee Frequency is usually used in paral-
Some non-linear loads demand high current when leling applications with gensets that have non-Pow-
they start up or when they take on a large block load. erCommand external voltage regulators.
This demand can cause significant voltage drops Knee frequency: This is how far below the tar-
and frequency dips. The PCC can reduce the volt- get frequency the PCC begins reducing the out-
age setpoint (page 3-15) proportionally with engine put voltage.
speed to reduce underspeed conditions or under-
voltage conditions but not both. If V/Hz Method15 is Relative Knee Frequency,
the knee frequency is V/Hz Knee Frequency.
Usually, the V/Hz curve is set up to optimize engine
If V/Hz Method16 is Fixed Knee Frequency, the
speed recovery under block loading. It may need to
knee frequency is External AVR Knee Fre-
be adjusted in applications that have large non-lin-
quency.
ear loads. Some non-linear loads, such as motors
and pumps, are more sensitive to underfrequency V/Hz Rolloff Slope: This specifies how quickly
conditions. Other non-linear loads, such as fluores- (V/Hz) the PCC reduces the voltage setpoint
cent and incandescent lighting, are more sensitive once the frequency drops below the knee fre-
to undervoltage conditions. quency.

13. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
14. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
15. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
16. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

5-31
This behavior is illustrated in Figure 5-1. The PCC supports two sets of parameters for the
V/Hz curve, one set for 50-Hz operation and one set
for 60-Hz operation. The Operator Panel displays
V one set based on Alternate Frequency Switch.

Exercise Scheduler
V1
The PCC can run the genset regularly to prevent the
genset from being inactive for long periods of time.

The PCC generates an exercise signal (page 3-8)


when these conditions are met:
V2 V/Hz
The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8).
The PCC is not in power-down mode (page
Hz 3-10).
Hz1 Hz2
There are no active shutdown faults.
Exercise Scheduler Enable is set to Enable.
A scheduler program is beginning.
FIGURE 5-1. V/HZ CURVE There are no scheduled exceptions.
TABLE 5-23. V/HZ CURVE If the genset is running, this signal has no effect un-
LABEL DESCRIPTION less the remote start signal (page 3-9) becomes in-
Hz1 Target frequency knee frequency active. Then, the exercise signal keeps the genset
Hz2 Target frequency running.
V1 Voltage setpoint (without the V/Hz curve
If the PCC is unable to start the genset for any rea-
adjustment)
son, the scheduler program is skipped, even if the
V2 Voltage setpoint (with the V/Hz curve ad- PCC later becomes able to start.
justment)
V/Hz V/Hz Rolloff Slope The PCC removes the exercise signal when the
scheduler program finishes.
For example, a genset has these settings:
Scheduler Programs
Genset Nominal Voltage is 480 VAC, and the
voltage setpoint is 100%, or 480 VAC, without You can set up 12 scheduler programs. For each
the V/Hz curve adjustment. program, specify the day of the week and the time
the PCC starts the genset, how long the PCC runs
Genset Frequency is 60 Hz, and the speed ref-
the genset, and how often the program repeats.
erence is 3600 rpm.
Each scheduler program has these parameters:
V/Hz Method17 is set to Relative Knee Fre-
Scheduler Program Enable
quency.
Scheduler Program Start Day: Sunday,
V/Hz Knee Frequency is 1.0 Hz. Monday, ..., Saturday
V/Hz Rolloff Slope is 2.2 %V/Hz. Scheduler Program Start Hour: 023
Suppose the actual genset frequency is 56.5 Hz. Scheduler Program Start Minute: 059
This is 3.5 Hz (60 Hz 56.5 Hz) below the speed ref- Scheduler Program Duration Hours: 023
erence. The PCC reduces the voltage setpoint by
(3.5 Hz 1.0 Hz) * 2.2 %V/Hz. The reduction is Scheduler Program Duration Minutes: 059
5.5%, or 26.4 VAC (5.5% * 480 VAC). The voltage Scheduler Program Repeat Interval: Once, ev-
setpoint is 454 VAC (480 VAC 26 VAC) with the ery 15 weeks, first/second/third/fourth/last
V/Hz curve adjustment. week of month
17. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

5-32
Scheduler Program Run Mode: If Genset Ap- Scheduler programs and scheduler exceptions fol-
plication Type is set to Power Transfer Control, low these guidelines.
the PCC can run the genset with a load, in par-
1. The PCC ignores scheduler programs that start
allel with the utility, or without a load.
during scheduler exceptions.
Otherwise, this has no effect unless an external
2. If a scheduler program and a scheduler excep-
device reads Scheduler Run Command and re-
tion begin at the same time, the PCC ignores
sponds accordingly.
the scheduler program.
Scheduler programs follow these guidelines. 3. If two or more scheduler exceptions begin at
1. If two or more scheduler programs begin at the the same time, the PCC runs the scheduler ex-
same time, the PCC runs the scheduler pro- ception with the lowest number and ignores the
gram with the lowest number and ignores the other scheduler exceptions, even after the first
other scheduler programs, even after the first scheduler exception ends.
scheduler program ends. 4. If a scheduler exception begins before a sched-
2. If one scheduler program begins before anoth- uler program ends, the PCC ignores the sched-
er scheduled program ends, the PCC ignores uler exception, even after the scheduler pro-
the second program, even after the first sched- gram ends.
uler program ends. 5. If one scheduler exception begins before
3. If the PCC loses power while a scheduler pro- another scheduler exception ends, the PCC ig-
gram is running, the PCC does not restart the nores the second scheduler exception, even
scheduler program when power returns. after the first scheduler exception ends.
6. If the PCC loses power while a scheduler ex-
Scheduler Exceptions ception is running, the PCC does not restart the
scheduler exception when power returns.
You can also set up 6 scheduler exceptions. Sched-
uler exceptions prevent scheduler programs from Load Dump Overload and Underfrequency
running during specific intervals, such as holidays. Protection
Each scheduler exception has these parameters:
Scheduler Exception Enable The PCC generates warning fault 1464 (Load Dump
Fault) when one of these conditions applies, based
Scheduler Exception Month: 112 on Load Dump Activation Method:
Scheduler Exception Date: 131 The genset is overloaded by Load Dump Over-
Scheduler Exception Hour: 023 load Threshold for Load Dump Overload Set
Time.
Scheduler Exception Minute: 059
The genset is running underfrequency by Load
Scheduler Exception Duration Days: 044 Dump Underfrequency Offset for Load Dump
Scheduler Exception Duration Hours: 023 Underfrequency Set Time, and Ready to Load
(page 5-64) is active. The Ready to Load output
Scheduler Exception Duration Minutes: 059
does not have to be used.
Scheduler Exceptions Repeat Interval: One-
time only or annual. Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-24. GENSET SETUP
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Nominal Voltage Genset nominal lineline voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change
this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~45000 Vac. Default value: 1 Vac.
Genset Delta/Wye Connec- Delta or Wye for Genset connection. You have to be in Setup mode to change
tion this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Delta, Wye. Default value: Wye.
Single/3 Phase Connection Gensets single phase/3 phase metering setup configuration. You have to be
in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Single Phase, Three Phase. Default value: Three Phase.

5-33
NAME DESCRIPTION
Application Rating Select Selects gensets standby/prime/base application rating. You have to be in Set-
up mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standby, Prime, Base. Default value: Standby.
Alternate Frequency Switch Sets the genset nominal frequency. You have to be in Setup mode to change
this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 50 Hz, 60 Hz. Default value: 60Hz.
Idle Speed Sets the speed at which the engine will idle subject to high and low limit cal-
ibrations. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 700~1100 rpm. Default value: 800 rpm.
Power Down Mode Enable Trim to enable sleep mode (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Enable.
Power Down Mode Time Timer setting for the Power Down delay feature (Password level: 1.)
Delay Allowed values: 0~600 seconds. Default value: 600 seconds.
Auto Sleep Enable Trim that determines if the control will Stay Awake in Auto mode or Fall asleep
in Auto mode. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Awake in Auto, Sleep in Auto.
Genset Exercise Time Sets the total exercise time not including warmup at idle or idle cooldown time
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~25 hours. Default value: 0 hours.
AVR Gain Adjust Trim A trim that allows the user to modify the overall gains of the AVR. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.05~10. Default value: 1.
Governor Gain Adjust A trim that allows the user to modify the overall gain of the governor (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.05~10. Default value: 1.
Voltage Ramp Time The time period over which the voltage setpoint command should rise from 0%
to the target voltage (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~5 seconds. Default value: 1.25 seconds.
AVR Damping Effect (50 Hz) Increases or decreases the output response of the AVR. A lower input value
will increase the transient response. A higher value will decrease the transient
response. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~99.99. Default value: 78.
AVR Damping Effect (60 Hz) Increases or decreases the output response of the AVR. A lower input value
will increase the transient response. A higher value will decrease the transient
response. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~99.99. Default value: 79.
V/Hz Rolloff Slope (50 Hz) Note: The parameter depends on Alternate Frequency Switch.
V/Hz Rolloff Slope (60 Hz)
The amount of voltage roll off when the frequency is below the knee frequency
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 % / Hz. Default value: 2.2 % / Hz.
V/Hz Knee Frequency (50 Note: The parameter depends on Alternate Frequency Switch.
Hz)
V/Hz Knee Frequency (60 The voltage will roll off (decrease) proportionally to the V/Hz setup, once the
Hz) frequency drops below the set point in the V/Hz Knee Frequency. This allows
the genset to recover faster when the frequency drops. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 Hz. Default value: 1 Hz.
Genset Source Name Name for the genset source. (Password level: 1.)
Site ID name of site (Password level: 1.)
Cycle crank
Cycle / Cont Crank Select Selects whether to use continuous cranking or cycle cranking when attempting
to start engine (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Cycle, Continuous. Default value: Cycle.
Crank Attempts Sets the maximum number of times to engage the starter when attempting to
start engine using the cycle cranking method (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~7. Default value: 3.

5-34
NAME DESCRIPTION
Continuous Crank Engage Sets the maximum amount of time to engage the starter when using the con-
Time tinuous cranking method (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 40~100 seconds. Default value: 75 seconds.
Cycle Crank Engage Time Sets the maximum amount of time to engage the starter during a single crank
attempt when using the cycle cranking method (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~20 seconds. Default value: 15 seconds.
Cycle Crank Rest Time Sets the amount of time to wait between crank attempts (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 7~40 seconds. Default value: 15 seconds.
Starter Disconnect Speed Sets the engine speed at which the cranking algorithm disengages the starter
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 100~600 rpm. Default value: 475 rpm.
Start Time Delay Sets the time to wait from receiving a valid remote start signal until starting the
genset (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~300 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Time Delay to Stop Sets time to run at rated speed before going to cooldown at idle. Does not ap-
ply to manual runs (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~600 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Delayed Off FSO Relay Time Time delay between when the Delayed Off Command turns off and Run Com-
mand turns off (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~120 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Idle Warmup Coolant Temp Coolant temperature threshold to end idle warmup time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 40~300 degF (40~149 degC). Default value: 100 degF
(40~149 degC).
Idle Warmup Time Sets maximum idle warmup time. Warmup time may be less if coolant temper-
ature exceeds threshold (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~3600 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Max Idle Time Sets the fault time for the Too Long in Idle fault. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~20 minutes. Default value: 10 minutes.
Idle to Rated Ramp Time The time over which the speed reference is to ramp from idle speed to rated
speed (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~30 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Rated to Idle Transition Sets the delay time for transitioning from Rated to Idle speed. 0 seconds =
Delay feature is disabled. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Rated to Idle Ramp Time The time over which the speed reference is to ramp from rated speed to idle
speed (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~30 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.
Rated Cooldown Time Minimum time to spend at rated speed less than 10% load before normal shut-
down is allowed (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~600 seconds. Default value: 180 seconds.
Idle Cooldown Time Sets time to run at idle before shutting down genset on normal stops (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~60 minutes. Default value: 2 minutes.
Rupture Basin Time Rupture Basin fault time delay (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~20 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.
Prelube
Prelube Cycle Enable Enables Or Disables the cyclic mode of prelube operation. You have to be in
Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Prelube Cycle Time Sets the period of the Prelube Cycle Iteration (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~1000 hours. Default value: 168 hours.
Prelube Oil Pressure Thresh- The oil pressure value which when reached the prelube driver will turn off
old (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 psig (0~68 kPA). Default value: 3 psig (0~68 kPA).
Prelube Timeout Period Sets the maximum time for which the Prelube Driver will Remain ON (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~30 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Reverse Power

5-35
NAME DESCRIPTION
Reverse kW Threshold Sets the Reverse kW fault trip threshold as percentage of Standby kW rating.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~30 %. Default value: 10 %.
Reverse kW Time Delay Sets the Reverse kW fault trip time delay (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~15 seconds. Default value: 3 seconds.
Reverse kVAR Threshold Sets the Reverse kVAR fault trip threshold as percentage of Standby kW rat-
ing. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 15~50 %. Default value: 20 %.
Reverse kVAR Time Delay Sets the Reverse kVAR fault trip time delay (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 10~60 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Load Dump
Load Dump Activation Meth- Enables the load dump output as a function of the overload and underfrequen-
od cy conditions (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Overload, Underfrequency, Overload or Underfrequency, Dia-
sabled. Default value: Overload or Underfrequency.
Load Dump Overload The load dump overload threshold as a percentage of the genset application
Threshold rating (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 80~140 %. Default value: 105 %.
Load Dump Overload Set The time delay until the load dump overload condition is set active (Password
Time level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~120 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
Load Dump Underfrequency The frequency trip threshold for the load dump underfrequency condition
Threshold Allowed values: 0~90 Hz.
Load Dump Underfrequency The frequency amount which the load dump underfrequency threshold is be-
Offset low the final frequency reference (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 Hz. Default value: 3 Hz.
Load Dump Underfrequency The time delay until the load dump underfrequency condition is set active
Set Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~20 seconds. Default value: 3 seconds.
Overload Warning
Overload Warning Threshold Sets the Overload Warning fault trip threshold as percentage of genset ap-
plication kW rating. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 80~140 %. Default value: 105 %.
Overload Warning Set Time The time delay until an overload condition is reported as a fault (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~120 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
Low Coolant Temp Warning
LCT Warning Threshold Sets threshold for the low coolant temp fault warning. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 20~100 degF (29~38 degC). Default value: 70 degF degF
(29~38 degC).
LCT Warning Set Time Sets time to set the low coolant temp fault. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~30 Minutes. Default value: 1 Minutes.
LCT Warning Clear Time Sets time to clear the low coolant temp fault. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~30 Minutes. Default value: 1 Minutes.
LCL Detection Response Sets low coolant level fault response to None, Warning or Shutdown. (Pass-
word level: 2.)
Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: None.
Low Fuel Set/Clear Time A trim that sets the delay time for generating the inactive and active faults.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~60 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.
Low Fuel in Day Tank Time Low Fuel in Day Tank Fault time delay from switch input. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~20 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.
Delayed Shutdown
Delayed Shutdown Enable Enables the Delayed Shutdown feature. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Delayed Shutdown Time Sets the shutdown fault delayed time delay for the Delayed Shutdown feature.
Delay (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~3 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.

5-36
NAME DESCRIPTION
Controlled Shutdown
Controlled Shutdown Max maximum ramp unload time during a shutdown with cooldown (Password lev-
Ramp Unload Time el: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~300 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
Controlled Shutdown Ad- Delay allowed for a shutdown with cooldown fault prior to shutting down the
vance Notice Delay genset (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~300 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
Genset Neutral CT Primary Genset Neutral CT primary current. 0 = Disable amperage metering. You have
Current to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10000 Amps. Default value: 0 Amps.
Exercise Scheduler Enable Enables the exercise scheduler. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Scheduler Program
Scheduler Program Select Used to select a program to adjust.
Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Scheduler Program x Enable Used to enable or disable the selected program.
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Scheduler Program x Run Used to adjust the run mode for the selected program.
Mode Allowed values: No Load, With Load, Extended Parallel. Default value: Once.
Scheduler Program x Start Used to adjust the start day of the week for the selected program.
Day Allowed values: Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,
Saturday. Default value: Sunday.
Scheduler Program x Start Used to adjust the start hour for the selected program.
Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Program x Start Used to adjust the start minute for the selected program.
Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Program x Dura- Used to adjust the length in hours for the selected program.
tion Hours Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Program x Dura- Used to adjust the length in minutes for the selected program.
tion Minutes Allowed values: 1~59. Default value: 1.
Scheduler Program x Repeat Used to adjust the repeat interval for the selected program.
Interval Allowed values: Once, Every Week, Every 2 Weeks, Every 3 Weeks, Every 4
Weeks, Every 5 Weeks, First Week of Month, Second Week of Month, Third
Week of Month, Fourth Week of Month, Last Week of Month. Default value:
Once.
Exception Program
Scheduler Exception Select Used to select an exception to adjust.
Allowed values: 1~6. Default value: 1.
Scheduler Exception x En- Used to enable or disable the selected exception.
able Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Scheduler Exception x Month Used to adjust the starting month for the selected exception.
Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Scheduler Exception x Date Used to adjust the date for the selected exception.
Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Scheduler Exception x Hour Used to adjust the starting hour for the selected exception.
Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Exception x Min- Used to adjust the starting minute for the selected exception.
ute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Exception x Dura- Used to adjust the length in days for the selected exception.
tion Days Allowed values: 0~44. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Exception x Dura- Used to adjust the length in hours for the selected exception.
tion Hours Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Exception x Dura- Used to adjust the length in minutes for the selected exception.
tion Minutes Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Scheduler Exception x Re- Used to adjust the repeat interval for the selected exception.
peat Allowed values: Once Only, Every Year. Default value: Once Only.

5-37
BASIC (PARALLELING/BASIC SETUP)
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-25. BASIC
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Application Type Primary setting which configures genset application. You have to be in Setup
mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standalone, Synchronize Only, Isolated Bus Only, Utility
Single, Utility Multiple, Power Transfer Control. Default value: Standalone.
First Start Backup Time Adjust to different setting on each genset in system. Reduces the chance of
gensets closing simultaneously in the event that the Master First Start function
fails. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 3~120 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Utility Bus
Utility Nominal Voltage Utility nominal voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 110~45000 Vac. Default value: 480 Vac.
Utility Delta/Wye Connection Delta or Wye for Utility connection. You have to be in Setup mode to change
this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Delta, Wye. Default value: Wye.
Utility PT Primary Voltage Utility PT primary voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 110~45000 Vac. Default value: 480 Vac.
Utility PT Secondary Voltage Utility PT secondary voltage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 100~600 Vac. Default value: 240 Vac.
Utility CT Primary Current Utility CT primary current. 0 = Disable amperage and power metering. You
have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10000 Amps. Default value: 0 Amps.
Utility and Genset Neutral CT Utility CT secondary current (Password level: 1.)
Secondary Current Allowed values: 1 Amp, 5 Amp. Default value: 5 Amp.
Utility CB
Utility Breaker Position Con- Sets whether using single a contact or dual a/b contact for utility breaker feed-
tacts back. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Single Contact, Dual Contact. Default value: Dual Contacts.
Genset Bus
Genset Bus Nominal Voltage Genset Bus nominal voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 110~45000 Vac. Default value: 480 Vac.
Genset Bus Delta/Wye Con- Delta or Wye for Utility connection. You have to be in Setup mode to change
nection this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Delta, Wye. Default value: Wye.
Genset Bus PT Primary Volt- Genset Bus PT primary voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
age (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 110~45000 Vac. Default value: 480 Vac.
Genset Bus PT Secondary Genset Bus PT secondary voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change
Voltage this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 100~600 Vac. Default value: 240 Vac.
Genset Bus CT Primary Cur- Genset Bus CT primary current. 0 = Disable amperage and power metering.
rent You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10000 Amps. Default value: 0 Amps.
Genset Bus CT Secondary Genset Bus CT secondary current. You have to be in Setup mode to change
Current this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1 Amp, 5 Amp. Default value: 5 Amp.
Genset CB
Genset Breaker Position Sets whether using single a contact or dual a/b contact for genset breaker
Contacts feedback. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Single Contact, Dual Contact. Default value: Dual Contacts.
Genset CB Fail To Close Sets genset breaker fail to close time delay. (Password level: 1.)
Time Delay Allowed values: 0.1~1 seconds. Default value: 0.26 seconds.

5-38
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset CB Fail To Open Sets genset breaker fail to open time delay. (Password level: 1.)
Time Delay Allowed values: 0.2~5 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.
Sync Check
Permissive Voltage Window Sets the permissive +/ voltage acceptance window for the sync check func-
tion. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.5~10 %. Default value: 5 %.
Permissive Phase Window Sets the permissive +/ phase angle window for the sync check function.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.1~20 deg. Default value: 15 deg.
Permissive Window Time Sets the permissive acceptance window dwell time for the sync check func-
tion. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.5~5 seconds. Default value: 0.5 seconds.
Permissive Frequency Win- Sets the maximum frequency difference allowed for permissive close. (Pass-
dow word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.001~1 Hz. Default value: 1 Hz.
Voltage Match
Synchronizer Voltage Control Sets the voltage control method for synchronizing. (Password level: 1.)
Method Allowed values: Voltage Match, External. Default value: Voltage Match.
Voltage Match Kp Sets overall gain for the voltage matching control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 10~800. Default value: 75.
Voltage Match Ki Sets integral gain for the voltage match PI loop. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~255. Default value: 30.
Util Metering Config
Utility Current Metering Con- Select which CT connection type the utility current/power measurement will
figuration be. Either 1 or 3 CTs will be used. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 3Ph 3Sensed, 3Ph 1Sensed. Default value: 3Ph 3Sensed.
Frequency Synchronizing
Synchronizer Speed Control Sets the speed control method for synchronizing. (Password level: 1.)
Method Allowed values: Phase Match, Slip Frequency, External. Default value: Phase
Match.
Slip Frequency Sets the synchronizer slip frequency. Requires that Sync Speed Control
Method = Slip Frequency. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 3~3 Hz. Default value: 0.1 Hz.
Frequency Match
Frequency Match Kp Sets overall gain for the frequency matching control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~300. Default value: 60.
Frequency Match Ki Sets integral gain for the frequency match PI loop. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~250. Default value: 20.
Phase Match
Phase Match Kp Sets overall gain for the phase matching control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 10~1500. Default value: 100.
Fail to Sync Fault
Fail To Sync Lockout Enable If enabled synchronizer will turn off on a fail to sync. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Fail To Synchronize Time Sets the fail to synchronize diagnostic time delay. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 10~900 seconds. Default value: 120 seconds.
Load Share Speed Droop
Isolated Bus Speed Control Sets the speed control method for isolated bus paralleling. (Password level:
Method 1.)
Allowed values: Constant, Droop. Default value: Constant.
Speed Droop Percentage Sets the speed droop percent from no load to full load. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~15 %. Default value: 5 %.
Frequency Adjust A method of adding in a frequency offset to the base frequency subject to high
and low limit calibrations (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 6~6 Hz. Default value: 0 Hz.
Genset Total kW Genset total kW
External Speed Bias

5-39
NAME DESCRIPTION
Speed Bias OOR Check En- Enable for the Speed Bias OOR faults. (Password level: 1.)
able Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disabled.
Speed Bias OOR High Limit High limit trim for the Speed Bias OOR fault. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Speed Bias OOR Low Limit Low limit trim for the Speed Bias OOR fault. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Speed Bias OOR Time Delay time for the Speed Bias OOR faults. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.
Speed Bias Scaling Table This table displays how various input voltages correspond to speed bias ad-
justments.
Load Share Voltage Droop
Isolated Bus Voltage Control Sets the voltage control method for isolated bus paralleling. (Password level:
Method 1.)
Allowed values: Constant, Droop. Default value: Constant.
Voltage Droop Percentage Sets the voltage droop percent from no load to full load 0.8PF. (Password lev-
el: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~15 %. Default value: 4 %.
Voltage Adjust A trim that allows the user to add/subtract an offset to the nominal voltage
when calculating the voltage setpoint (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 %. Default value: 0 %.
Genset Total kVAR Genset total kVAR
External Voltage Bias
Voltage Bias OOR Check Enable for the Voltage Bias Out of Range (OOR) faults. (Password level: 1.)
Enable Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disabled.
Voltage Bias OOR High Limit High limit for the Voltage Bias Out of Range (OOR) fault. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Voltage Bias OOR Low Limit Low limit for the Voltage Bias Out of Range (OOR) fault. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Voltage Bias OOR Time Time limit for the Voltage Bias Out of Range (OOR) faults. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.
Voltage Bias Scaling Table This table displays how various input voltages correspond to voltage bias ad-
justments.
Load Share
Load Share kW Balance Use to adjust kW sharing balance between gensets. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 %. Default value: 0 %.
Genset % Standby Total kW Monitors the total genset standby KW percentage output.
Load Share kW Gain Overall kW load share gain adjustment. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.1~10. Default value: 1.
Load Share kVAR Balance Use to adjust kVAR sharing balance between gensets. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~5 %. Default value: 0 %.
Genset Total kVARs per Total KVARs per Standby KVA.
Standby kVA
Load Share kVAR Gain Overall kVAR load share gain adjustment. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.1~10. Default value: 1.
Load Share Ramp Load Sets kW and kVAR ramp load time for 100% change. (Password level: 1.)
Time Allowed values: 5~900 seconds. Default value: 30 seconds.
Load Share Ramp Unload Sets kW ramp unload time for 100% kW change. kVAR rate fixed at 15%/sec.
Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 5~900 seconds. Default value: 30 seconds.
Load Share Ramp kW Un- kW level when load sharing at which genset is considered unloaded (for
load Level breaker opening). (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~100 %. Default value: 5 %.
Load Govern
Load Govern kW Setpoint indicates the desired setpoint for genset kW output when paralleled to utility
(Password level: 1.)
Power Factor Setpoint indicates analog input power factor setpoint derived from kVAR analog input
(Password level: 1.)

5-40
NAME DESCRIPTION
Load Govern kW Kp Sets the proportional gain for kW load governing control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~800. Default value: 120.
Load Govern kW Ki Sets the integral gain for kW load governing control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~250. Default value: 20.
Load Govern kVAR Kp Sets the proportional gain for kVAR load governing control. (Password level:
1.)
Allowed values: 0~800. Default value: 150.
Load Govern kVAR Ki Sets the integral gain for kVAR load governing control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~250. Default value: 50.
Load Govern kW Ramp Load Sets load govern kW ramp load rate = Genset Standby kW rating/ this time.
Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~900 seconds. Default value: 20 seconds.
Load Govern kW Ramp Un- Sets load govern kW ramp unload rate = Genset Standby kW rating/ this time.
load Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~900 seconds. Default value: 20 seconds.
Load Govern kVAR Ramp Sets load govern kVAR ramp load rate = Genset Standby kVA * 0.6/ this time.
Load Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~900 seconds. Default value: 20 seconds.
Load Govern kVAR Ramp Sets load govern kVAR ramp unload rate = Genset Standby KVA * 0.6/ this
Unload Time time. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~900 seconds. Default value: 20 seconds.
Load Govern Voltage Droop
Utility Parallel Voltage Con- Sets the voltage control method for utility paralleling. (Password level: 1.)
trol Method Allowed values: Load Govern, Droop, Load Govern with Droop Feed Forward.
Default value: Load Govern.
Voltage Droop Percentage Sets the voltage droop percent from no load to full load 0.8PF. (Password lev-
el: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~15 %. Default value: 4 %.
Load Govern Speed Droop
Utility Parallel Speed Control Sets the speed control method for utility paralleling. (Password level: 1.)
Method Allowed values: Load Govern, Droop. Default value: Load Govern.
Speed Droop Percentage Sets the speed droop percent from no load to full load. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~15 %. Default value: 5 %.

POWER TRANSFER CONTROL


(PARALLELING/PTC SETUP)
Each label is described in the following table.

TABLE 5-26. POWER TRANSFER CONTROL


NAME DESCRIPTION
Transition Type Sets the load transfer transition type for use when Genset Application Type =
Power Transfer Control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Open Transition, Hard Closed Transition, Soft Closed Transi-
tion. Default value: Open Transition.
Test With Load Enable Use to choose whether a test is with load or without load. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Fail To Disconnect Enable Enables the fail to disconnect logic for utility paralleling. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Enable.
Fail To Sync Open Transition Use to enable an open transition retransfer upon a fail to sync when Genset
Retransfer Enable Application Type = Power Transfer Control. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
System Phase Rotation Defines system phase rotation for use with rotation sensors. (Password level:
1.)
Allowed values: L1L2L3, L1L3L2. Default value: L1L2L3.
Timers

5-41
NAME DESCRIPTION
Programmed Transition Sets the time delay from when one source opens until the other closes during
Delay (TDPT) open transition transfers. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~60 seconds. Default value: 3 seconds.
Transfer Delay (TDNE) Sets the amount of time that the genset source must be available before the
control will transfer to that source. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~120 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Retransfer Delay (TDEN) Sets the amount of time that the utility source must be available before the
control will retransfer to that source. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~1800 seconds. Default value: 600 seconds.
Maximum Parallel Time Sets the maximum time that the genset can remain paralleled to the utility dur-
(TDMP) ing closed transition transfers. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~1800 seconds. Default value: 20 seconds.
Genset Exercise Time Sets the total exercise time not including warmup at idle or idle cooldown time
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~25 hours. Default value: 0 hours.
Start Time Delay Sets the time to wait from receiving a valid remote start signal until starting the
genset (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~300 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Time Delay to Stop Sets time to run at rated speed before going to cooldown at idle. Does not ap-
ply to manual runs (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~600 seconds. Default value: 0 seconds.
Utility Breaker
Utility CB Fail To Open Time Sets utility breaker fail to open time delay. (Password level: 1.)
Delay Allowed values: 0.2~5 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.
Utility CB Fail To Close Time Sets utility breaker fail to close time delay. (Password level: 1.)
Delay Allowed values: 0.1~1 seconds. Default value: 0.26 seconds.
Load Govern Method
Load Govern kW Method Use to select how genset kW output will be controlled when paralleled to util-
ity. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Genset kW, Genset kW w/Utility Constraint, Utility kW. Default
value: Genset kW.
Load Govern kVAR Method Use to select how genset kVAR output will be controlled when paralleled to
utility. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Genset kVAR, Genset Power Factor, Utility kVAR, Utility Pow-
er Factor. Default value: Genset Power Factor.
Genset kW Setpoint
Load Govern kW Setpoint Use to select whether kW load govern setpoint is set internally or by external
Source analog input. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Analog Input, Internal. Default value: Analog Input.
Genset kW Setpoint Sets the genset load govern kW base load internal operating setpoint in units
of kW. Requires that Load Govern kW Setpoint Source = Internal and Load
Govern kW Method = Genset kW. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~20000 kW. Default value: 0 kW.
Genset kW Setpoint Percent Sets the genset load govern kW base load internal operating setpoint in % of
standby rating. Requires that Load Govern kW Setpoint Source = Internal and
Load Govern kW Method = Genset kW. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~100 %. Default value: 0 %.
Genset kVAR Setpoint
Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Use to select whether kVAR/PF load govern setpoint is set internally or by ex-
Source ternal analog input. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Analog Input, Internal. Default value: Analog Input.
Genset kVAR Setpoint Sets the genset load govern kVAR base load internal operating setpoint in
units of kVAR. Requires that Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source = Internal
and Load Govern kVAR Method = Genset kVAR. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~20000 kVAR. Default value: 0 kVAR.

5-42
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset kVAR Setpoint Per- Sets the genset load govern kVAR base load internal operating setpoint in %
cent of standby kVA rating. Requires that Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source =
Internal and Load Govern kVAR Method = Genset kVAR. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~60 %. Default value: 0 %.
Utility kW
Utility kW Constraint Sets the utility kW minimum load level for constrained base load mode of op-
eration. Requires that Load Govern kW Setpoint Source = Internal and Load
Govern kW Method = Genset kW w/Utility Constraint. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 20000~20000 kW. Default value: 50 kW.
Utility kW Constraint Percent Sets utility kW minimum load level for constrained base load mode in % of
genset standby rating. Requires that Load Govern kW Setpoint Source = In-
ternal and Load Govern kW Method = Genset kW w/Utility Constraint. (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 320~320 %. Default value: 0 %.
Utility kW Setpoint Sets the utility kW peak shave internal operating setpoint in units of kW. Re-
quires that Load Govern kW Setpoint Source = Internal and Load Govern kW
Method = Utility kW. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 20000~20000 kW. Default value: 50 kW.
Utility kW Setpoint Percent Sets the utility kW peak shave internal operating setpoint in % of genset
standby rating. Requires that Load Govern kW Setpoint Source = Internal and
Load Govern kW Method = Utility kW. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 320~320 %. Default value: 0 %.
Utility kVAR
Utility kVAR Setpoint Sets the utility kVAR peak shave internal operating setpoint in units of kVAR.
Requires that Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source = Internal and Load Govern
kVAR Method = Utility kVAR (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 20000~20000 kVAR. Default value: 0 kVAR.
Utility kVAR Setpoint Percent Sets the utility kVAR peak shave internal operating setpoint in % of genset
standby kVA rating. Requires that Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source = In-
ternal and Load Govern kVAR Method = Utility kVAR. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 320~320 %. Default value: 0 %.
PF Setpoint
Utility Power Factor Setpoint Sets the internal setpoint for utility power factor control mode when paralleled
to utility. Requires that Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source = Internal and
Load Govern kVAR Method = Utility Power Factor. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.7~1 PF. Default value: 0.8 PF.
Genset Power Factor Set- Sets the load govern setpoint for genset power factor control. Requires that
point Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source = Internal and Load Govern kVAR Meth-
od = Genset Power Factor. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.7~1 PF. Default value: 0.8 PF.
Genset Frequency Sensor
Genset Frequency Sensor Use to enable genset frequency sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Enable Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Genset Center Frequency Sets the center frequency for the genset frequency sensor bandwidth settings.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 45~65 Hz. Default value: 60 Hz.
Genset Frequency DropOut Sets dropout delta for genset frequency sensor as percent of center frequen-
Bandwidth cy. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.3~5 %. Default value: 1 %.
Genset Frequency PickUp Sets pickup range of genset frequency sensor as percent of center frequen-
Bandwidth cy. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.3~20 %. Default value: 10 %.
Genset Frequency Lower indicates the lower dropout threshold in Hz for genset frequency sensor
DropOut Threshold
Genset Frequency Lower indicates the lower pickup threshold in Hz for genset frequency sensor
PickUp Threshold
Genset Frequency Upper indicates the upper pickup threshold in Hz for genset frequency sensor
PickUp Threshold

5-43
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Frequency Upper indicates the upper dropout threshold in Hz for genset frequency sensor
DropOut Threshold
Genset Frequency DropOut Sets dropout time delay for genset frequency sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Delay Allowed values: 0.1~15 seconds. Default value: 5 seconds.
Genset Voltage Sensor
Genset Voltage Sensor Type Sets the type of sensing to use for genset voltage sensors. (Password level:
1.)
Allowed values: Line to Line, Line to Neutral. Default value: Line to Line.
Genset Overvoltage Sensor
Genset Overvoltage Sensor Use to enable genset overvoltage sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Enable Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Genset Overvoltage Drop Sets dropout as percent of nominal voltage for genset overvoltage sensor.
Out Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 105~135 %. Default value: 110 %.
Genset Overvoltage Drop indicates the dropout threshold in volts for genset overvoltage sensor
Out Threshold
Genset Overvoltage PickUp Sets pickup as percent of dropout setting for genset overvoltage sensor.
Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 95~99 %. Default value: 95 %.
Genset Overvoltage PickUp indicates the pickup threshold in volts for genset overvoltage sensor
Threshold
Genset Overvoltage Drop Sets dropout time delay for genset overvoltage sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Out Delay Allowed values: 0.5~120 seconds. Default value: 3 seconds.
Genset Undervoltage Sensor
Genset Undervoltage Drop Sets dropout as percent of pickup setting for genset undervoltage sensor.
Out Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 75~98 %. Default value: 90 %.
Genset Undervoltage Drop indicates the dropout threshold in volts for genset undervoltage sensor
Out Threshold
Genset Undervoltage Pick Sets pickup as percent of nominal voltage for genset undervoltage sensor.
Up Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 85~100 %. Default value: 90 %.
Genset Undervoltage Pick indicates the pickup threshold in volts for genset undervoltage sensor
Up Threshold
Genset Undervoltage Drop Sets dropout time delay for genset undervoltage sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Out Delay Allowed values: 0.1~30 seconds. Default value: 5 seconds.
Utility Frequency Sensor
Utility Frequency Sensor En- Use to enable utility frequency sensor. (Password level: 1.)
able Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Utility Center Frequency Sets the center frequency for the utility frequency sensor bandwidth settings.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 45~65 Hz. Default value: 60 Hz.
Utility Frequency DropOut Sets dropout delta for utility frequency sensor as percent of center frequency.
Bandwidth (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.3~5 %. Default value: 1 %.
Utility Frequency PickUp Sets pickup range of utility frequency sensor as percent of center frequency.
Bandwidth (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.3~20 %. Default value: 10 %.
Utility Frequency Lower indicates the lower dropout threshold in Hz for utility frequency sensor
DropOut Threshold
Utility Frequency Lower indicates the lower pickup threshold in Hz for utility frequency sensor
PickUp Threshold
Utility Frequency Upper indicates the upper pickup threshold in Hz for utility frequency sensor
PickUp Threshold
Utility Frequency Upper indicates the upper dropout threshold in Hz for utility frequency sensor
DropOut Threshold

5-44
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility Frequency DropOut Sets dropout time delay for utility frequency sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Delay Allowed values: 0.1~15 seconds. Default value: 5 seconds.
Utility Unloaded Level Sets threshold at which utility source is considered as unloaded. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: 32768~32767 kW. Default value: 50 kW.
Utility Voltage Sensor
Utility Voltage Sensor Type Sets the type of sensing to use for utility voltage sensors. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Line to Line, Line to Neutral. Default value: Line to Line.
Utility Overvoltage Sensor
Utility Overvoltage Sensor Use to enable utility overvoltage sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Enable Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disable.
Utility Overvoltage DropOut Sets dropout as percent of nominal voltage for utility overvoltage sensor.
Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 105~135 %. Default value: 110 %.
Utility Overvoltage DropOut indicates the dropout threshold in volts for utility overvoltage sensor
Threshold
Utility Overvoltage PickUp Sets pickup as percent of dropout setting for utility overvoltage sensor.
Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 95~99 %. Default value: 95 %.
Utility Overvoltage PickUp indicates the pickup threshold in volts for utility overvoltage sensor
Threshold
Utility Overvoltage DropOut Sets dropout time delay for utility overvoltage sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Delay Allowed values: 0.5~120 seconds. Default value: 3 seconds.
Utility Undervoltage Sensor
Utility Undervoltage Drop Sets dropout as percent of pickup setting for utility undervoltage sensor.
Out Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 75~98 %. Default value: 90 %.
Utility Undervoltage Drop indicates the dropout threshold in volts for utility undervoltage sensor
Out Threshold
Utility Undervoltage PickUp Sets pickup as percent of nominal voltage for utility undervoltage sensor.
Percentage (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 85~100 %. Default value: 90 %.
Utility Undervoltage PickUp indicates the pickup threshold in volts for utility undervoltage sensor
Threshold
Utility Undervoltage Drop Sets dropout time delay for utility undervoltage sensor. (Password level: 1.)
Out Delay Allowed values: 0.1~30 seconds. Default value: 0.5 seconds.

GENSET (OEM GENSET SETUP) The PCC generates shutdown fault 1448 (Under
frequency) if the genset frequency is Underfrequen-
Genset Frequency cy Threshold under the Alternate Frequency Switch
for Underfrequency Delay. The genset must also be
running at 90% rated voltage.
Set the Alternate Frequency Switch to the desired
genset frequency. The Alternate Frequency Switch The PCC generates warning fault 1449 (Overfre-
is restricted to the values allowed in Frequency Op- quency) if the genset frequency is Overfrequency
tions. Threshold over the Alternate Frequency Switch for
Overfrequency Delay. The genset must also be run-
You can monitor the genset frequency in Genset ning at 90% rated voltage.
Frequency. Use Frequency Adjust to adjust the
measured value. Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-27. OEM GENSET SETUP
NAME DESCRIPTION
Serial Numbers
Genset Serial Number Serial number of identifying this genset. (Password level: 2.)
Alternator Serial Number Unique number identifying this gensets alternator serial number. (Password
level: 2.)

5-45
NAME DESCRIPTION
Engine Serial Number Unique number identifying this gensets engine serial number. (Password lev-
el: 2.)
Model Numbers
Alternator Model Number Number identifying this gensets alternator model number. (Password level: 2.)
Genset Model Number Number identifying the model of this genset. (Password level: 2.)
Application Rating Select Selects gensets standby/prime/base application rating. You have to be in Set-
up mode to change this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Standby, Prime, Base. Default value: Standby.
Frequency Options Sets the allowed options for the Alternate Frequency Switch. You have to be in
Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 50 Hz or 60 Hz, 50 Hz Only, 60 Hz Only. Default value: 60Hz
or 50Hz.
Genset Idle Enable Enables or Disable idling of genset with external governor.
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Enabled.
Standby kVA Rating
Standby kVA rating (3 phase/ KVA rating of genset when operating in Standby mode, at 50 Hz, and 3 phase.
50Hz) You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Standby kVA rating (3 phase/ KVA rating of genset when operating in Standby mode, at 60 Hz, and 3 phase.
60Hz) You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Standby kVA rating (single KVA rating of genset when operating in Standby mode, at 50 Hz, and single
phase/ 50Hz) phase. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Standby kVA rating (single KVA rating of genset when operating in Standby mode, at 60 Hz, and single
phase/ 60Hz) phase. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Prime kVA Rating
Prime kVA rating (3 phase/ KVA rating of genset when operating in Prime Power mode, at 50 Hz, and 3
50Hz) phase. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Prime kVA rating (3 phase/ KVA rating of genset when operating in Prime Power mode, at 60 Hz, and 3
60Hz) phase. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Prime kVA rating (single KVA rating of genset when operating in Prime Power mode, at 50 Hz, and
phase/ 50Hz) single phase. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level:
2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Prime kVA rating (single KVA rating of genset when operating in Standby mode, at 60 Hz, and single
phase/ 60Hz) phase. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~6000 kVA. Default value: 1 kVA.
Remote Fault Reset Enabled Trim to enable Remote Fault Reset. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disabled.
Battle Short Enable Trim to enable Battle Short. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Disabled.
Fail To Shutdown Delay Trim to set the time for a shutdown fault to be active and the genset not shut-
ting down before the Fail to Shutdown fault occurs. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~30 seconds. Default value: 5 seconds.
Delayed Shutdown Enable Enables the Delayed Shutdown feature. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Delayed Shutdown Time Sets the shutdown fault delayed time delay for the Delayed Shutdown feature.
Delay Allowed values: 0~3 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.
Reset Fuel Consumption The reset trip fuel consumption command. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Reset Runs The reset runs command. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.

5-46
NAME DESCRIPTION
Reset Start Attempts The reset start attempts command. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
Reset Genset Energy Meter
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Use to permanently clear all genset energy meter values (Password level: 1.)
ters Allowed values: Do Nothing, Clear Counters. Default value: Do Nothing.
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Genset Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Input Factory Lock
Configurable Input #1 Facto- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
ry Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Input #2 Facto- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
ry Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Coolant Level/Configurable Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Input #5 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Locked.
Low Fuel/Configurable Input Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
#6 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Locked.
Fault Reset/Configurable In- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
put #10 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Start Type/Configurable Input Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
#11 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Rupture Basin/Configurable Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Input #12 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Input #13 Fac- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
tory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Input #14 Fac- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
tory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Output Factory Lock
Configurable Output #1 Fac- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
tory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Output #2 Fac- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
tory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Output #3 Fac- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
tory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Output #4 Fac- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
tory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Ready To Load / Configur- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
able Output #5 Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Oil Priming Pump / Configur- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
able Output #6 Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.

5-47
NAME DESCRIPTION
Local Status / Configurable Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
Output #7 Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Glow Plug / Configurable Note: This input is reserved for future use.
Output #8 Factory Lock
Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
(Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Delayed Off / Configurable Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
Output #10 Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Load Dump / Configurable Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
Output #11 Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Input Factory Lock
Transfer Inhibit/Configurable Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Input #20 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Retransfer Inhibit/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #21 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Utility CB Pos B/Configurable Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Input #23 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Utility CB Tripped/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #24 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Utility CB Inhibit/Configurable Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Input #25 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #26 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #27 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #28 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Utility Single Mode Verify/ Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Configurable Input #29 Fac- Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
tory Lock
Sync Enable/Configurable In- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
put #30 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Load Demand Stop/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #31 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Extended Parallel/Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Input #32 Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Backup Start Disconnect/ Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
Configurable Input #33 Fac- Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Locked.
tory Lock
Analog Input Factory Lock
kW Load Setpoint / Configur- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
able Analog Input #1 Factory Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Unlocked.
Lock
kVAR Load Setpoint / Confi- Prevents the input function pointer from being modified. (Password level: 2.)
gurable Analog Input #2 Fac- Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Unlocked.
tory Lock
Output Factory Lock
Configurable Output #20 Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Configurable Output #21 Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.

5-48
NAME DESCRIPTION
Configurable Output #22 Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
Factory Lock (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Not Locked.
Analog Output Factory Lock
Speed Bias Output / Confi- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
gurable Analog Output #1 (Password level: 2.)
Output Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Unlocked.
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from being modified.
gurable Analog Output #2 (Password level: 2.)
Factory Lock Allowed values: Not Locked, Locked. Default value: Unlocked.
Reset Gen Bus Energy Me-
ter
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Use to permanently clear all genset bus energy meter values (Password level:
Meters 1.)
Allowed values: Do Nothing, Clear Counters. Default value: Do Nothing.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.
Reset Utility Energy Meter
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Use to permanently clear all Utility energy meter values (Password level: 1.)
ters Allowed values: Do Nothing, Clear Counters. Default value: Do Nothing.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Hour Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Minute Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Second Allowed values: 0~59. Default value: 0.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Day Allowed values: 1~31. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Month Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 1.
Utility Reset All Energy Me- Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
ters Timestamp Year Allowed values: 0~99. Default value: 0.

ENGINE (OEM ENGINE SETUP) module (ECM) or another device does not turn on the
starter, the genset does not start, and there is no fault
code.
Note: If you change Starter Owner to ECS,, the PCC
does not control the starter. If the engine control Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-28. OEM ENGINE SETUP
NAME DESCRIPTION
ECM CAN Enable Set to Disabled if there is no ECM (HMECM or otherwise) connected to the
control. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled.
ECM Datasave Time Delay A trim that sets the delay time for the ECM Dataplate saves (Password level:
2.)
Allowed values: 0~60 seconds. Default value: 30 seconds.

5-49
NAME DESCRIPTION
CAN Failure Retries Sets the maximum number of CAN communication retries (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10. Default value: 3.
Keyswitch Minimum On Time Minimum time the keyswitch driver command needs to be on before CAN
datalink health will be checked (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0.1~5 seconds. Default value: 4 seconds.
Fault Code 1117 Enable Used to Enable/Disable fault 1117 on the genset control. Fault will be ignored
with a disabled setting. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Enabled.
Starter Owner Tells the GCS which control system has starter control. You have to be in Set-
up mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: GCS, ECS. Default value: 0.
Prelube Function Enable Selects whether the Prelube function is enabled or disabled. (Password level:
1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Nominal Battery Voltage Selects the gensets nominal battery operating voltage. You have to be in Set-
up mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 12V, 24V. Default value: 24V.
24V Battery Fault
24 V High Battery Voltage Sets 24V high battery voltage fault threshold (Password level: 1.)
Threshold Allowed values: 28~34 Vdc. Default value: 32 Vdc.
24 V Weak Battery Voltage Sets 24V weak battery voltage fault threshold (Password level: 1.)
Threshold Allowed values: 12~16 Vdc. Default value: 14.4 Vdc.
24 V Low Battery Voltage Sets 24V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset operation while in rated
Running Threshold mode (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 24~28 Vdc. Default value: 24 Vdc.
24 V Low Battery Voltage Sets 24V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset operation in all modes
Stopped Threshold except rated (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 22~26 Vdc. Default value: 24 Vdc.
12V Battery Fault
12 V High Battery Voltage Sets 12V high battery voltage fault threshold. (Password level: 1.)
Threshold Allowed values: 14~17 Vdc. Default value: 16 Vdc.
12 V Weak Battery Voltage Sets 12V weak battery voltage fault threshold (Password level: 1.)
Threshold Allowed values: 6~10 Vdc. Default value: 8 Vdc.
12 V Low Battery Voltage Sets 12V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset operation while in rated
Running Threshold mode (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 12~16 Vdc. Default value: 12 Vdc.
12 V Low Battery Voltage Sets 12V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset operation in all modes
Stopped Threshold except rated (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 11~13 Vdc. Default value: 12 Vdc.
High Battery Voltage Set The time delay until a high battery voltage condition is reported as a fault.
Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~60 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
Low Battery Voltage Set The time delay until a low battery voltage condition is reported as a fault
Time (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~60 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
Weak Battery Voltage Set (Password level: 1.)
Time Allowed values: 1~5 seconds. Default value: 2 seconds.
Charging Alternator Fault Sets the time delay for the charging alt failure fault (Password level: 1.)
Time Delay Allowed values: 2~300 seconds. Default value: 120 seconds.
Alternate Frequency Switch Sets the genset nominal frequency. You have to be in Setup mode to change
this. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 50 Hz, 60 Hz. Default value: 60Hz.
Frequency to Speed Gain Sets the rpm/Hz conversion factor which is a function of the poles of the alter-
Select nator and/or any gearboxes. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
(Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 60 rpm/Hz, 30 rpm/Hz, 20 rpm/Hz, 36 rpm/Hz, Adjustable
Freq/Speed Gain. Default value: 30 rpm/Hz.

5-50
NAME DESCRIPTION
Adjustable Freq/Speed Gain Sets the rpm/Hz conversion factor when the Freq to Speed Gain Select trim is
set to this trim. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level:
2.)
Allowed values: 0~240 rpm/Hz. Default value: 30 rpm/Hz.
V/Hz Knee Frequency (50 Note: The parameter depends on Alternate Frequency Switch.
Hz)
V/Hz Knee Frequency (60 The voltage will roll off (decrease) proportionally to the V/Hz setup, once the
Hz) frequency drops below the set point in the V/Hz Knee Frequency. This allows
the genset to recover faster when the frequency drops. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 Hz. Default value: 1 Hz.
V/Hz Rolloff Slope (50 Hz) Note: The parameter depends on Alternate Frequency Switch.
V/Hz Rolloff Slope (60 Hz)
The amount of voltage roll off when the frequency is below the knee frequency
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 % / Hz. Default value: 2.2 % / Hz.
Starting to Rated Ramp Time The time over which the speed reference is to ramp from starting speed to
rated speed (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~30 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.

ALTERNATOR (OEM ALTERNATOR If K2 is too high, the voltage performance is un-


SETUP) stable. If K2 is too low, the voltage performance
is slow or has steady-state voltage-offset er-
Genset Tuning rors.
In general, K2 decreases in value with increas-
The automatic voltage regulator (AVR) uses a four- ing generator size.
coefficient PID algorithm that runs five hundred
times each second.
K3 affects high-frequency characteristics of the
K1 sets the overall AVR gain. It is a true proportional AVR algorithm. It is set for basic stability. In general,
gain which is multiplied against the voltage error sig- it should not need to be adjusted.
nal.
K4 is a calculated value. You cannot adjust it. It is set
K1 should be adjusted to meet the specification for basic stability.
for percent off rated voltage during load accep-
tance and to prevent large voltage overshoots The damping term is used to calculate K4. It affects
during offloads and genset startup. high-frequency characteristics of the AVR algo-
In general, K1 increases in value with increas- rithm. It is set for basic stability. In general, it should
ing generator size. not need to be adjusted.

K2 controls the recovery shape of voltage transients Table 5-29 and Table 5-30 provide standard values
during large-load acceptance and rejection. This is for K1K4 and damping terms for Cummins Gener-
a true integral gain which is multiplied against the ator Technologies (CGT) alternators at 50-Hz and
sum of all previous errors. 60-Hz operation.
TABLE 5-29. STANDARD VALUES FOR K1K4 AND DAMPING TERMS FOR CGT ALTERNATORS (50-HZ
OPERATION)
GENERATOR CGT BC/UC CGT BC/UC CGT (NONP7)
Output Power < 200 kW 200 kW 400 kW > 400 kW
Open-circuit Time Constant <=1.2 sec 1.3 sec 2.2 sec >= 2.3 sec
K1 3.50 4.5 5.0
K2 1.00 0.80 0.50
K3 84.0 84.0 84.0
K4 12.48 (calculated) 12.48 (calculated) 12.48 (calculated)
Damping 78.0 78.0 78.0
Shunt Gain Multiplier 1.5 1.5 1.5

5-51
TABLE 5-30. STANDARD VALUES FOR K1K4 AND DAMPING TERMS FOR CGT ALTERNATORS (60-HZ
OPERATION)
GENERATOR CGT BC/UC CGT BC/UC CGT (NONP7)
Output Power < 200 kW 200 kW 400 kW > 400 kW
Open-circuit Time Constant <=1.2 sec 1.3 sec 2.2 sec >= 2.3 sec
K1 3.50 4.5 5.0
K2 1.00 0.80 0.50
K3 86.0 86.0 86.0
K4 11.06 (calculated) 11.06 (calculated) 11.06 (calculated)
Damping 79.0 79.0 79.0
Shunt Gain Multiplier 1.5 1.5 1.5

Genset Voltage Voltage Threshold, the sooner the PCC generates


this fault. This behavior is shown in Figure 5-2.
Set the Genset Nominal Voltage to the voltage rat-
ing of the alternator. Genset Nominal Voltage is re-
t
stricted to these ranges.

Single phase connections: t1


Single phase Genset nom voltage lo limit <
Genset Nominal Voltage <
Single phase Genset nom voltage hi limit
t2
Three phase connections:
t3
3 ph high conn Genset nom voltage lo limit < V
Genset Nominal Voltage < V1 V2
3 ph high conn Genset nom voltage hi limit
FIGURE 5-2. HIGH AC VOLTAGE FAULT WHEN
3 ph low conn Genset nom voltage lo limit < TRIP CHARACTERISTIC IS INVERSE TIME

Genset Nominal Voltage < TABLE 5-31. HIGH AC VOLTAGE FAULT WHEN
TRIP CHARACTERISTIC IS INVERSE TIME
3 ph low conn Genset nom voltage hi limit LABEL DESCRIPTION
t1 High AC Voltage Delay
Note: The PCC ignores the potential transformer (PT)
ratio if Genset Nominal Voltage is less than 600 VAC. t2 1 second
t3 0.6 seconds
Use High AC Voltage Trip Characteristic to specify V1 High AC Voltage Threshold
how quickly the PCC generates shutdown fault V2 Instantaneous High AC Voltage Threshold
1446 (High AC Voltage).
If the maximum phase voltage is greater than High
If High AC Voltage Trip Characteristic is Fixed Time, AC Voltage Threshold and less than Instantaneous
the PCC generates this fault when one or more High AC Voltage Threshold18, the PCC generates
phase voltages is greater than High AC Voltage shutdown fault 1446 (High AC Voltage) increasingly
Threshold for High AC Voltage Delay. This is often quickly, from High AC Voltage Delay to 1 second.
suitable when the genset is starting large motors.
If the maximum phase voltage is greater than or
equal to Instantaneous High AC Voltage Threshold,
If High AC Voltage Trip Characteristic is Inverse
the PCC generates this fault in 0.6 seconds.
Time, the PCC generates this fault more quickly or
more slowly depending on the voltage. The more The PCC generates shutdown fault 1447 (Low AC
one or more phase voltages is greater than High AC Voltage) if one or more phase voltages is less than
18. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

5-52
Low AC Voltage Threshold for Low AC Voltage If Excitation Source is PMG, the maximum
Delay. PWM duty cycle is 60%.
If Excitation Source is Shunt, the maximum
PWM duty cycle is 68%.
Pulse-width Modulation (PWM) in the
Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) The PCC generates shutdown fault 2972 (Field
Overload) if the PCC drives the field windings in the
exciter at the maximum PWM duty cycle for Max
The PCC uses pulse-width modulation (PWM) to Field Time.
drive the field windings in the exciter. The maximum
PWM duty cycle depends on Excitation Source. Each label is described in the following table.

TABLE 5-32. OEM ALTERNATOR SETUP


NAME DESCRIPTION
Nominal Voltage Limits
3 ph high conn Genset nom High voltage setpoint limit for the high connection on a reconnectable alterna-
voltage hi limit tor. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~45000 Vac. Default value: 480 Vac.
3 ph high conn Genset nom Low voltage setpoint limit for the high connection on a reconnectable alterna-
voltage lo limit tor. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~45000 Vac. Default value: 416 Vac.
3 ph low conn Genset nom High voltage setpoint limit for the low connection on a reconnectable alterna-
voltage hi limit tor. You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~45000 Vac. Default value: 240 Vac.
3 ph low conn Genset nom Low voltage setpoint limit for the low connection on a reconnectable alternator.
voltage lo limit You have to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~45000 Vac. Default value: 208 Vac.
Single phase Genset nom High voltage setpoint limit for the single phase connected alternator. You have
voltage hi limit to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~600 Vac. Default value: 240 Vac.
Single phase Genset nom Low voltage setpoint limit for the single phase connected alternator. You have
voltage lo limit to be in Setup mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 1~600 Vac. Default value: 208 Vac.
Excitation Source The type of excitation power source PMG or Shunt. You have to be in Setup
mode to change this. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Shunt, PMG. Default value: PMG.
Excitation Disable Override Use to turn off AVR while running in Manual for troubleshooting (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: Excitation Off, Excitation On. Default value: Excitation On.
AVR Enable Enables or disables the AVR (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: Disable, Enable. Default value: Enable.
Genset PT/CT setup
Genset PT Primary Voltage Genset PT primary voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
(Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 600~45000 Vac. Default value: 600 Vac.
Genset PT Secondary Volt- Genset PT secondar voltage. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
age (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 100~600 Vac. Default value: 100 Vac.
Genset Primary CT Current Genset CT primary current. You have to be in Setup mode to change this.
(Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 5~10000 Amps. Default value: 5 Amps.
Genset CT Secondary Cur- Genset CT secondary current (Password level: 2.)
rent Allowed values: 1 Amp, 5 Amp. Default value: 1 Amp.
AVR 60Hz Gains
K1 (60 Hz) This gain affects the overall regulator gain in 60 Hz applications. Similar to
proportional gain. PCF scale factor = 0.01 (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~100 %DC / %Volts. Default value: 4 %DC / %Volts.

5-53
NAME DESCRIPTION
K2 (60 Hz) This is gain 2 in 60 Hz applications. (1K2) is z plane zero location. PCF
scale factor = 0.01 (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0.02~99.99. Default value: 1.
K3 (60 Hz) This is gain 3 in 60 Hz applications. K3 is z plane pole location. (K3+K4) is z
plane zero location. PCF scale factor = 0.01 (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~100. Default value: 86.
AVR Damping Effect (60 Hz) Increases or decreases the output response of the AVR. A lower input value
will increase the transient response. A higher value will decrease the transient
response. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~99.99. Default value: 79.
AVR 50Hz Gains
K1 (50 Hz) This gain affects the overall regulator gain in 50 Hz applications. Similar to
proportional gain. PCF scale factor = 0.01 (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~100 %DC / %Volts. Default value: 4 %DC / %Volts.
K2 (50 Hz) This is gain 2 in 50 Hz applications. (1K2) is z plane zero location. PCF
scale factor = 0.01 (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0.02~99.99. Default value: 1.
K3 (50 Hz) This is gain 3 in 50 Hz applications. K3 is z plane pole location. (K3+K4) is z
plane zero location. PCF scale factor = 0.01 (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~100. Default value: 84.
AVR Damping Effect (50 Hz) Increases or decreases the output response of the AVR. A lower input value
will increase the transient response. A higher value will decrease the transient
response. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~99.99. Default value: 78.
AC Voltage Faults
High AC Voltage Threshold Percent of desired voltage at which High AC Voltage fault becomes active.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 105~125 %. Default value: 110 %.
High AC Voltage Trip Char- Fixed Time setup allows a greater time delay until shutdown when voltage
acteristic overshoots (good for starting motors). When the control is set up to operate
as Inverse Time, the fault will be more sensitive to voltage spikes and will trip
more rapidly. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Inverse Time, Fixed Time.
High AC Voltage Delay Time delay before High AC Voltage fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.1~10 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Low AC Voltage Threshold Percent of desired voltage at which Low AC Voltage fault becomes active.
(Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 50~95 %. Default value: 85 %.
Low AC Voltage Delay Time delay before Low AC Voltage fault becomes active (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~20 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Lost AC Voltage Threshold Sets average voltage threshold for Loss of AC Voltage sensing fault. (Pass-
word level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~25 %. Default value: 10 %.
Lost AC Time Delay Sets the time delay for the Loss of AC Voltage Sensing fault. (Password level:
1.)
Allowed values: 0~25 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.
Underfrequency Fault
Underfrequency Threshold Number of Hertz Alternator Line Frequency may be under nominal frequency
before Underfrequency fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~10 Hz. Default value: 6 Hz.
Underfrequency Delay Time delay before the Underfrequency fault becomes active. (Password level:
1.)
Allowed values: 5~20 seconds. Default value: 10 seconds.
Overfrequency Fault
Overfrequency Enable Enables overfrequency diagnostic witness test. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.

5-54
NAME DESCRIPTION
Overfrequency Threshold Number of Hertz Alternator Line Frequency may be over nominal frequency
before Overfrequency fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2~10 Hz. Default value: 6 Hz.
Overfrequency Delay Time delay before Overfrequency fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~20 seconds. Default value: 20 seconds.
Speed/Frequency Fault
Speed/Frequency Threshold Sets the threshold for generating the Speed/Frequency mismatch fault (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.5~20 Hz. Default value: 1.5 Hz.
Speed/Frequency Delay Sets the delay time for generating the Speed/Frequency mismatch fault (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0.5~10 seconds. Default value: 1 seconds.
Max Field Time The maximum allowed time at Max Field Duty Cycle. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 3~30 seconds. Default value: 15 seconds.

PCCNET SETUP 16 PreHigh Engine Temp W


17 High Engine Temp W
PCCNet Faults 18 PreLow Oil Pressure W
19 Low Oil Pressure W
If the PCC loses communication with a HMI 113, the 20 Overspeed W
PCC generates shutdown fault 2896 (Critical 21 Annunciator Fault Relay R/W
PCCnet Dev Fail) or warning fault 2895 (PCCnet 1 Status
Device Failed) according to HMI113 Annunciator 22 Annunciator Fault Relay R/W
PCCNet Failure Response Type. 2 Status
23 Annunciator Fault Relay R/W
If the PCC loses communication with an Operator 3 Status
Panel, the PCC generates shutdown fault 2896 24 Annunciator Fault Relay R/W
(Critical PCCnet Dev Fail) or warning fault 2895 4 Status
(PCCnet Device Failed) according to HMI320 25 Audible Alarm Status R
PCCNet Failure Response Type. 26 Silence Button Status R
27 Network Error Status R
PCC-HMI 113 Communication 28 Not Used Not Used
29 Not Used Not Used
The PCC and the HMI 113 exchange four bytes, or 30 Not Used Not Used
thirty-two bits, of information on the PCCNet net- 31 Not Used Not Used
work. Each bit is identified in Table 5-33. 32 Not Used Not Used

TABLE 5-33. PCCHMI 113 COMMUNICATION Genset Running is active when event 1465 (Ready
BIT NAME PCC To Load) (page 5-64) is active.
READS/
WRITES PCC Information to the HMI 113
1 Annunciator Fault 1 R
2 Annunciator Fault 2 R Table 5-34 explains the information the PCC sends
3 Annunciator Fault 3 R to the HMI 113.
4 Genset Supplying Load R
TABLE 5-34. HMI 113 STATUS INFORMATION
5 Charger AC Failure R/W
6 Low Coolant Level R/W EVENT/FAULT DESCRIPTION
7 Low Fuel Level R/W 2993 Battery Charger Sw Fail
8 Check Genset W 197 or 235 Low Coolant Level
9 Not in Auto W 1441 Low Fuel Level
10 Genset Running W 1483 Common Alarm (Check Genset)
11 High Battery Voltage W
1463 Not In Auto
12 Low Battery Voltage W
13 Weak Battery W 1465 Genset Running (Ready to Load)
14 Fail to Start W 442 High Battery 1 Voltage
15 Low Coolant Temp W 441 Low Battery 1 Voltage

5-55
1442 Weak Battery Battery Charger AC Failure (HMI113)19
359 Fail To Start Low Coolant Level (HMI113)20
1435 Low Coolant Temperature Low Fuel Level (HMI113)21
146 Pre-High Engine Coolant Tempera-
ture HMI customer faults 13
151 or 1847 High Coolant Temp An input is active if any HMI 113 sends an active sig-
143 Low Oil Rifle Pressure nal. An input is inactive if all of the HMI 113 send an
415 Low Oil Rifle Press inactive signal.
234 or 1992 Crankshaft Speed High
The PCC generates warning fault 2993 (Battery
Charger Sw Fail) as soon as Battery Charger AC
Genset Running is active when event 1465 (Ready
Failure (HMI113) is active.
to Load) (page 5-64) is active.
When Low Coolant Level (HMI113) becomes ac-
The PCC can control up to four relays on the HMI tive, the PCC generates shutdown fault 235 (Low
113. Coolant Level), warning fault 197 (Low Coolant Lev-
el), or no response at all, depending on LCL Detec-
Use HMI113 Output 14 Fault/Event to specify the tion Response.
event/fault codes that control HMI 113 custom re-
lays 14. The PCC generates warning fault 1441 (Low Fuel
Level) when Low Fuel Level (HMI113) is active for
The PCC generates warning fault 1944 (HMI113 Low Fuel Set/Clear Time.
Out Config Error) if more than one source is control-
ling one of the HMI 113 custom relays. HMI 113 customer faults 13 generate warning fault
1853 (Annunciator Input 1 Fault), warning fault 1854
(Annunciator Input 2 Fault), and warning fault 1855
(Annunciator Input 3 Fault), respectively. Use
HMI 113 Information to the PCC HMI113 Fault 13 Text to identify these signals on
the Operator Panel.
The PCC also receives these inputs from the HMI
113: Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-35. PCCNET SETUP
NAME DESCRIPTION
HMI220 PCCnet Failure Re- Selects the genset reaction to a loss of an HMI220 Operator Panel as critical
sponse Type or noncritical.. A critical response will shutdown the genset when PCCnet
communication is lost. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Critical Device Response, NonCritical Device Response.
Default value: NonCrit Device Resp.
HMI320 PCCnet Failure Re- Selects the genset reaction to a loss of an HMI320 Operator Panel as critical
sponse Type or noncritical.. A critical response will shutdown the genset when PCCnet
communication is lost. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Critical Device Response, NonCritical Device Response.
Default value: NonCrit Device Resp.
HMI113 Annunciator PCCnet Selects the genset reaction to a loss of an Annunciator as critical or noncriti-
Failure Response Type cal. Selecting Critical will cause a shutdown when the Annunciator looses
communication. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Critical Device Response, NonCritical Device Response.
Default value: NonCrit Device Resp.
PCCnet Device Failure Time Selects the time allowed for arbitration to occur before a PCCnet failure fault is
Delay generated. (Password level: 2.)
Allowed values: 0~250 seconds. Default value: 60 seconds.
HMI113 Outputs
19. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
20. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).
21. This parameter is not available in the Operator Panel. See Table 6-2 (page 6-34).

5-56
NAME DESCRIPTION
HMI113 Output 1 Fault/Event Parameter to allow for the entry of the fault/event code which will turn the out-
put relay on and off. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
HMI113 Output 1 Signal Sta- Parameter to monitor the logic output to the Annunciator relay.
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Output 2 Fault/Event Parameter to allow for the entry of the fault/event code which will turn the out-
put relay on and off. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
HMI113 Output 2 Signal Sta- Parameter to monitor the logic output to the Annunciator relay.
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Output 3 Fault/Event Parameter to allow for the entry of the fault/event code which will turn the out-
put relay on and off. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
HMI113 Output 3 Signal Sta- Parameter to monitor the logic output to the Annunciator relay.
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Output 4 Fault/Event Parameter to allow for the entry of the fault/event code which will turn the out-
put relay on and off. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
HMI113 Output 4 Signal Sta- Parameter to monitor the logic output to the Annunciator relay.
tus Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Faults
HMI113 Fault 1 Status Monitor point for input #1 from the Annunciator.
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Fault 1 Text Twenty (20) character text string to enter the configurable fault text for this
fault. (Password level: 1.)
HMI113 Fault 2 Status Monitor point for input #2 from the Annunciator.
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Fault 2 Text Twenty (20) character text string to enter the configurable fault text for this
fault. (Password level: 1.)
HMI113 Fault 3 Status Monitor point for the input #3 from the Annunciator.
Allowed values: Inactive, Active.
HMI113 Fault 3 Text Twenty (20) character text string to enter the configurable fault text for this
fault. (Password level: 1.)

MODBUS SETUP The PCC uses eight data bits and one stop bit in
Modbus connections. You can set up these parame-
Note: See http://www.modbus.org for more informa- ters for Modbus connections:
tion about Modbus. Modbus Node Address: This depends on the
Modbus network to which the PCC is con-
Connect the PCC via Modbus RTU (Remote Termi- nected.
nal Unit) protocol on a two-wire RS-485 master/ Modbus Baud Rate: 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 9600
slave bus. In this arrangement, the external device bps, 19200 bps, or 38400 bps.
is the master, and the PCC is the slave.
Modbus Parity: none, odd, or even.
The external device can use the Modbus connec- For example, if you use WinTechs ModScan to
tion (page 1-6) to perform these tasks on the PCC: verify Modbus communications, check these set-
Monitor basic read-only parameters tings in ModScan:
The Device Id should be Modbus Node Ad-
Write any parameter that is not considered a dress.
factory-setup or one-time-use parameter.
The Baud Rate should be Modbus Baud Rate.
Start and stop the genset.
The Word Length should be 8.

The external device cannot access any information The Parity should be Modbus Parity.
in tables, except event/fault information. The Stop Bits should be 1.

5-57
The Transmission Mode should be RTU. nostic counters. This is different than the Modbus
standard.
See Appendix D for the current register mapping.
The external device can read 140 contiguous reg-
isters, write 140 contiguous registers, or read diag- Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-36. MODBUS SETUP
NAME DESCRIPTION
Modbus Node Address Sets the Modbus address for this node (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~247. Default value: 2.
Modbus Baud Rate Sets the Modbus baud rate. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 2400 Baud, 4800 Baud, 9600 Baud, 19200 Baud, 38400
Baud. Default value: 9600.
Modbus Parity Sets the Modbus parity for this node (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Even, Odd, None. Default value: None.
Modbus Failure Time Delay Time delay before the control activates the Modbus failure fault after the mas-
ter is sensed as no longer present. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~10 seconds. Default value: 4 seconds.
Modbus Communications When set to Reset Commands will reset the Modbus control logicals to an in-
Lost Response Method active state when Modbus communications are lost (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Do Nothing, Reset Commands. Default value: Do Nothing.
Reset Modbus Commands Resets all Modbus volatile commands (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Inactive, Active. Default value: Inactive.
Counters
Modbus Bus Message Count Modbus bus message count
Modbus Slave Message Modbus slave message count
Count
Modbus No Response Count Modbus no response count
Modbus CRC Errors Count Modbus CRC errors count
Modbus Exception Count Modbus exception count
Modbus Clear Counters Resets all Modbus counters (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Do Nothing, Clear Counters. Default value: Do Nothing.

DISPLAY OPTIONS
Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-37. DISPLAY OPTIONS
NAME DESCRIPTION
Power Mgmt This controls how the Operator Panel uses and conserves power. For exam-
ple, if this is set to Max, the backlight turns off after a specified period of inac-
tivity.
Language This is the language used in the Operator Panel.
Backlight Timer This is how long the graphical display remains backlit when there is no activity
with the Operator Panel. Power Mgmt must be set to Max.
Sleep Timer This is how many minutes the Operator Panel waits when there is no activity
with the Operator Panel before it can enter powerdown mode (page 3-11).
The Operator Panel does not enter powerdown mode until the PCC enters
powerdown mode.
Sleep Mode This indicates whether or not powerdown mode is enabled in the Operator
Panel.
Contrast This controls the contrast in the graphical display.
Mode Change This indicates whether or not a password is required to use the buttons on the
Operator Panel to change the mode of operation (page 3-7). If this is set to
Enabled, the password is required. If this is set to Disabled, the password is
not required. This has no effect if a keyswitch controls the mode of operation.
Units
Temperature This controls the unit of measure for temperature used in the Operator Panel.
Fluid Pressure This controls the unit of measure for fluid pressure used in the Operator Panel.
Gas Pressure This controls the unit of measure for gas pressure used in the Operator Panel.

5-58
NAME DESCRIPTION
Fluid Flow This controls the unit of measure fluid flow used in the Operator Panel.
Fluid Volume This controls the unit of measure fluid volume used in the Operator Panel.

CLOCK SETUP daylight saving time before daylight saving time


ends, the PCC does not automatically subtract Day-
Real-time Clock light Savings Time Adjustment from the clock. You
have to adjust the clock manually.
The PCC has a real-time clock that is used to cal-
culate how long the controller has been on, to create If the battery is disconnected from the PCC, the
the timestamp on faults, and to support the exercise realtime clock continues to run for about one hour.
scheduler (page 5-32). The clock displays time in Afterwards, the PCC generates warning fault 1689
24-hour format and recognizes dates until 2100. (Real Time Clock Power), and the clock has to be re-
set.
You can also set up daylight saving time. When day-
light saving time begins, the PCC adds Daylight
Savings Time Adjustment to the clock. If you disable Each label is described in the following table.

TABLE 5-38. CLOCK SETUP


NAME DESCRIPTION
Clock
Clock Hour Use to set or read the current hour. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~23.
Clock Minute Use to set or read the current minute. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~59.
Clock Second Use to set or read the current second. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~59.
Clock Date Use to set or read the current date. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~31.
Clock Month Use to set or read the current month. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~12.
Clock Year Use to set or read the current year. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~99.
Daylight saving time
Daylight Savings Time En- Use to enable the daylight savings time feature. (Password level: 1.)
able Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Daylight Savings Time Ad- Use to set the amount of daylight savings time adjustment applied. (Password
justment level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~120 Minutes. Default value: 60 Minutes.
Start
Daylight Savings Start Month Use to set the month when daylight savings time starts. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 3.
Daylight Savings Start Week Use to set the week of the month when daylight savings time starts. (Pass-
word level: 1.)
Allowed values: First Week, Second Week, Third Week, Fourth Week, Last
Week. Default value: Third Week.
Daylight Savings Start Day Use to set the day of the week when daylight savings time starts. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,
Saturday. Default value: Sunday.
Daylight Savings Start Hour Use to set the hour of the day when daylight savings time starts. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 2.
End
Daylight Savings End Month Use to set the month when daylight savings time ends. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 1~12. Default value: 11.

5-59
NAME DESCRIPTION
Daylight Savings End Week Use to set the week of the month when daylight savings time ends. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: First Week, Second Week, Third Week, Fourth Week, Last
Week. Default value: Second Week.
Daylight Savings End Day Use to set the day of the week when daylight savings time ends. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,
Saturday. Default value: Sunday.
Daylight Savings End Hour Use to set the hour of the day when daylight savings time ends. (Password
level: 1.)
Allowed values: 0~23. Default value: 2.

CONFIGURABLE I/O (CONFIGURABLE I/O) Default functions are available only on the indicated
inputs. For example, Configurable Input #6 can be a
Configurable Inputs Low Fuel Level Switch but not an event/fault Input.

Each configurable input can also be mapped to one


Each configurable input has a default function.
of these functions, instead of their default function:
These default functions are identified in Table 5-39.
Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch
TABLE 5-39. DEFAULT FUNCTIONS FOR Low Coolant Switch #2
CONFIGURABLE INPUTS
INPUT DEFAULT FUNCTION High Alt Temperature Switch
1 Event/fault Input Ground/Earth Fault Switch
2 Event/fault Input Exercise Switch
5 Low Coolant Level Switch Battle Short Switch
Fire Detected
6 Low Fuel Level Switch Battery Charger Failed Switch
10 Remote Fault Reset Switch Low Engine Temperature Switch
11 Start Type Speed Droop Enable Switch
12 Rupture Basin Switch Voltage Droop Enable Switch
Differential Fault
13 Event/fault Input PTC Mode Switch
14 Event/fault Input Ramp Load/Unload Switch
20 Transfer Inhibit
Note: If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable, you
21 Retransfer Inhibit cannot change the function of Configurable Input #5
23 Utility CB Pos B (NC) or Configurable Input #12.
24 Utility CB Tripped Status
Note: Currently, Speed Droop Enable Switch and
25 Utility CB Inhibit Voltage Droop Enable Switch are not available, but
26 Genset CB Pos B (NC) they appear in the Operator Panel.
27 Genset CB Tripped Status
You can only map one configurable input to each of
28 Genset CB Inhibit these functions. For example, there cannot be two
29 Single Mode Verify Battle Short Switches.
30 Synchronizer Enable
31 Load Demand Stop You can also set up a configurable input to do noth-
ing at all.
32 Extended Parallel Switch
You can specify the function of each configurable in-
If there are two default functions in Table 5-39, the put if this ability is not locked. For example, if Confi-
function depends on LBNG Genset Enable. If this is gurable Input #1 Factory Lock is Not Locked, use
set to Disable, the first function is the default func- Configurable Input #1 Input Function Pointer to
tion. If this is set to Enable, the second function is the specify the function of Configurable Input #1. If Con-
default function. figurable Input #1 Factory Lock is Locked, you can

5-60
still look at Configurable Input #1 Input Function Low Coolant Level Switch (Default Function for
Pointer to see what the current function of Confi- Configurable Input #5)
gurable Input #1 is.
The PCC generates one of the events/faults in Table
If LBNG Genset Enable is set to Disable, you can 5-41 when the switch becomes active.
specify the active state for each configurable input. TABLE 5-41. LOW COOLANT LEVEL FAULTS
For example, Configurable Input #1 Active State
LCL DETECTION RESPONSE EVENT/FAULT
Selection specifies the active state for Configurable
Input #1. Shutdown Shutdown fault 235
Warning Warning fault 197
Event/fault Input (Default Function for Configur- None No fault
able Inputs #1, #2, #13, and #14)
Low Fuel Level Switch (Default Function for
Configurable Input #6)
Table 5-40 identifies the configurable inputs and the
event/fault codes the PCC generates when a confi- The PCC generates warning fault 1441 (Low Fuel
gurable input becomes active. Level) after the switch is active for Low Fuel Set/
Clear Time.
TABLE 5-40. CONFIGURABLE INPUT EVENT/FAULT
CODES Remote Fault Reset Switch (Default Function
INPUT EVENT/FAULT CODE for Configurable Input #10)
1 1573
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
2 1312
generate a fault reset signal (page 7-4).
13 1317
14 1318 Start Type (Default Function for Configurable In-
put #11)
You can specify the type of event/fault (page 7-1) The PCC may be connected to a device that can
the PCC generates when the configurable input is generate a start type signal (page 3-9).
active. For example, use Configurable Input #1
Fault Response to specify whether the PCC gener- Rupture Basin Switch (Default Function for
ates a shutdown fault, warning fault, or event when Configurable Input #12)
Configurable Input #1 is active.
The PCC generates warning fault 2945 (Rupture
Note: Configurable Input #1 Fault Response has no Basin Switch) after the switch is active for Rupture
effect unless the configurable input is mapped to its Basin Time.
default function.
Differential Fault (Default Function for Configur-
By default, configurable inputs generate events, able Input #12)
though this may be changed at the factory. The PCC generates shutdown fault 3399 (Differen-
tial Fault Condition Exists) when the switch be-
You can specify the text that is displayed when the comes active.
corresponding event/fault input is active. For exam-
ple, use Configurable Input #1 Fault Text to specify Transfer Inhibit (Default Function for Configur-
the text for event/fault code 1573. The parameters able Input #20)
for other configurable inputs are similar.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
Fire Detected (Default Function for Configur- generate a transfer inhibit signal (page 4-21).
able Input #5) Retransfer Inhibit (Default Function for Confi-
gurable Input #21)
The PCC generates shutdown with cooldown fault
1794 (Fire Detected) when the switch becomes ac- The PCC may be connected to a device that can
tive. generate a retransfer inhibit signal (page 4-21).

5-61
Utility CB Pos B (NC) (Default Function for Con- Extended Parallel Switch (Default Function for
figurable Input #23) Configurable Input #32)

The PCC monitors the normally-closed output of a The PCC may be connected to a device that can
dual-contact, utility circuit breaker. generate an extended parallel signal (page 4-20).
Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch
Utility CB Tripped Status (Default Function for
Configurable Input #24) The PCC generates warning fault 1439 (Low Day
Tank Fuel Sw) after the switch is active for Low Fuel
The PCC generates warning fault 1219 (Utility in Day Tank Time.
Breaker Tripped) when the switch becomes active.
Low Coolant Switch #2
Utility CB Inhibit (Default Function for Configur-
able Input #25) The PCC generates warning fault 2977 (Low Cool-
ant Level 2 Sw) as soon as the switch becomes ac-
tive.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a utility CB inhibit signal (page 4-36). High Alt Temperature Switch

Genset CB Pos B (NC) (Default Function for The PCC generates warning fault 2979 (High Alter-
Configurable Input #26) nator Temp Sw) after the switch is active for High Al-
ternator Temperature Switch Time.
The PCC monitors the normally-closed output of a
dual-contact, genset circuit breaker. Ground/Earth Fault Switch
The PCC generates warning fault 2938 (Earth/
Genset CB Tripped Status (Default Function for Ground Fault) when the ground fault relay becomes
Configurable Input #27) active.
The PCC generates warning fault 1328 (Genset Exercise Switch
Breaker Tripped) when the switch becomes active.
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
Genset CB Inhibit (Default Function for Confi- generate an exercise signal (page 3-8).
gurable Input #28)
Battle Short Switch
The PCC may be connected to a device that can The PCC may be connected to a device that puts
generate a genset CB inhibit signal (page 4-34). the PCC in Battle Short mode (page 7-4).

Single Mode Verify (Default Function for Confi- Battery Charger Failed Switch
gurable Input #29)
The PCC generates warning fault 2993 (Battery
The PCC generates warning fault 1455 (Utility Charger Sw Fail) when the battery charger stops
Breaker Position Contact) when the switch be- working properly.
comes inactive. Low Engine Temperature Switch
Synchronizer Enable (Default Function for Con- The PCC generates warning fault 1435 (Low Cool-
figurable Input #30) ant Temperature) when the switch becomes active.

The PCC may be connected to a device that can Speed Droop Enable Switch
generate a sync enable signal (page 4-2).
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a speed droop enable signal (page 4-37).
Load Demand Stop (Default Function for Confi-
gurable Input #31) Voltage Droop Enable Switch

The PCC may be connected to a device that can The PCC may be connected to a device that can
generate a load demand stop signal (page 4-38). generate a voltage droop enable signal (page 4-38).

5-62
PTC Mode Switch kW Load Setpoint (Default Function for Confi-
gurable Analog Input #1)
The PCC may be connected to a device that can
This function has no effect unless these conditions
generate a PTC mode switch signal (page 4-20).
are met:
Ramp Load/Unload Switch The PCC is in Load Govern paralleling state
(page 4-29).
The PCC may be connected to a device that can Load Govern kW Setpoint Source is set to Ana-
generate a ramp load unload signal (page 4-38). log Input.

The PCC may be connected to a device that helps


Configurable Analog Inputs determine Load Govern kW Target.

Each configurable analog input has a default func- kW Load Setpoint is the current value of this confi-
tion. These default functions are identified in Table gurable analog input.
5-42.
kVAR Load Setpoint (Default Function for Confi-
gurable Analog Input #2)
TABLE 5-42. DEFAULT FUNCTIONS FOR
CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUTS This function has no effect unless these conditions
INPUT DEFAULT FUNCTION are met:
1 kW Load Setpoint
The PCC is in Load Govern paralleling state
2 kVAR Load Setpoint (page 4-29).
Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source is set to
Default functions are available only on the indicated Analog Input.
inputs. For example, Configurable Analog Input #1
can be a kW Load Setpoint but not a kVAR Load Set- The PCC may be connected to a device that helps
point. determine Load Govern kVAR Target.

kVAR Load Setpoint is the current value of this con-


Each configurable analog input can also be mapped
figurable analog input.
to one of these functions, instead of their default
function: External Speed Bias
External Speed Bias
The PCC may be connected to a device that can ad-
External Voltage Bias just the speed reference (page 3-15).

External Voltage Bias


You can only map one configurable input to each of
these functions. For example, there cannot be two The PCC may be connected to a device that can ad-
External Speed Bias inputs. just the voltage setpoint (page 3-15).

You can also set up a configurable input to do noth- Configurable Outputs


ing at all.
Each configurable output has a default function.
These default functions are identified in Table 5-43.
You can specify the function of each configurable
analog input if this ability is not locked. For example, TABLE 5-43. DEFAULT FUNCTIONS FOR
if Configurable Analog Input #1 Factory Lock is Not CONFIGURABLE OUTPUTS
Locked, use Configurable Analog Input #1 Analog OUTPUT DEFAULT FUNCTION
Input Function Pointer to specify the function of 1 Event/fault Output
Configurable Analog Input #1. If Configurable Ana- 2 Event/fault Output
log Input #1 Factory Lock is Locked, you can still
3 Event/fault Output
look at Configurable Analog Input #1 Analog Input
Function Pointer to see what the current function of 4 Event/fault Output
Configurable Analog Input #1 is. 5 Ready To Load

5-63
6 Oil Priming Pump Output #1 Invert Bypass is set to Not Bypassed if
7 Local Status Configurable Output #1 should be inverted.
10 Delayed Off Event/fault Outputs (Default Function for Confi-
11 Load Dump gurable Outputs #1, #2, #3, #4, #20, #21, and #22)
20 Event/fault Output
21 Event/fault Output Use one of these parameters to map a configurable
output to a specific event/fault code (page 7-11):
22 Event/fault Output
Configurable Output #1 Event Code
Default functions are available only on the indicated Configurable Output #2 Event Code
outputs. For example, Configurable Output #5 can
generate a Ready To Load signal but not a Delayed Configurable Output #3 Event Code
Off signal. Configurable Output #4 Event Code
Configurable Output #20 Event Code
Each configurable output can also be mapped to
one of these functions, instead of their default func- Configurable Output #21 Event Code
tion: Configurable Output #22 Event Code
Event code 1540 (Common Warning)
The configurable output follows the status of the
Event code 1541 (Common Shutdown) event. If the event is active, the configurable output
Event code 1122 (Rated to Idle Delay) is active. If the event is inactive, the configurable
output is inactive.
Fault Code Function #1
Fault Code Function #2 Ready To Load (Default Function for Configur-
able Output #5)
Fault Code Function #3
Fault Code Function #4 The PCC may notify a device when event 1465
(Ready to Load) is active.
Fault Code Function #5
Event 1465 (Ready to Load) is active when these
LBNG Start-Enable Function
conditions are met.
LBNG Idle Speed Event Function
The genset is running at 90% rated voltage.
You can map each Fault Code Function parameter The genset is running at 90% rated frequency.
to a specific event/fault code (page 7-11). The PCC is in Auto mode (page 3-8); or the
PCC is in Manual mode (page 3-10), and Ex-
You can only map one configurable output to each of
citation Disable Override is Excitation On.
these functions. For example, there cannot be two
Common Shutdown outputs. This event can be active when the genset is running
at rated speed and voltage (page 3-15) and when
You can also set up a configurable output to do noth- the PCC is running the Time Delay to Stop (page
ing at all. 3-17) step, the Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17)
step, or the Rated to Idle Transition Delay (page
In addition, you can specify the function of each con- 3-18) step in the stop sequences (page 3-16).
figurable output if this ability is not locked. For exam-
ple, use Configurable Output #1 Output Function Oil Priming Pump (Default Function for Confi-
Pointer to specify the function of Configurable Out- gurable Output #6)
put #1 if Configurable Output #1 Factory Lock is Not
Locked. If Configurable Output #1 Factory Lock is The PCC may be connected to the oil-priming pump
Locked, you can still look at Configurable Output #1 to prelube the engine. This reduces wear and dam-
Output Function Pointer to see what the current age to moving parts in the engine after long periods
function of Configurable Output #1 is. of inactivity.

You can specify whether or not the PCC should in- See Sequences of Operation (page 3-10) for more
vert the output signal. For example, Configurable information about the behavior of this output.

5-64
Local Status (Default Function for Configurable Configurable Analog Outputs
Output #7)
Each configurable analog output has a default func-
This default function is reserved for future use. You tion. These default functions are identified in Table
can map this configurable input to a different func- 5-44.
tion, however.
TABLE 5-44. DEFAULT FUNCTIONS FOR
CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUTS
Delayed Off (Default Function for Configurable OUTPUT DEFAULT FUNCTION
Output #10)
1 Speed Bias Output
2 Voltage Bias Output
The PCC may notify a device when the PCC runs
Start Engine (page 3-14). The connection remains
active for Delayed Off FSO Relay Time after the Default functions are available only on the indicated
stop sequence (page 3-16) has finished. outputs. For example, Configurable Analog Output
#1 can generate a Speed Bias Output but not a Volt-
age Bias Output.
Load Dump (Default Function for Configurable
Output #11) Each configurable analog output can also be
mapped to one of these functions, instead of their
The PCC may notify a device when warning fault default function:
1464 (Load Dump Fault) is active.
Genset Average Voltage
Warning fault 1464 (Load Dump Fault) is active Genset Average Current
when one of these conditions applies. Genset Total Power Factor
A derate event (page 7-3) is active. Genset Frequency
A delayed shutdown (page 7-11) is active. Genset Total kW
Load dump overload and underfrequency Genset Total kVAR
protection (page 5-33). Average Engine Speed (Engine Speed)
A derate request from the engine control mod- Coolant Temperature
ule (ECM).
Oil Pressure
LBNG Start-Enable Function Oil Temperature
Intake Manifold Temperature
The PCC may notify a device when shutdown fault
code 3481 (StartInhibit Shutdown Fault) or warn- You can only map one configurable analog output to
ing fault code 3482 (StartInhibit Warning Fault each of these parameters. For example, there can-
Event) is active. not be two Genset Average Voltage outputs.

LBNG Idle Speed Event Function You can also set up a configurable output to do noth-
ing at all.
This function has no effect unless these conditions In addition, you can specify the function of each con-
are met. figurable analog output if this ability is not locked.
LBNG Genset Enable is set to Enable. For example, use Configurable Analog Output #1
Analog Output Function Pointer to specify the func-
LBNG Idle Speed Event Enable is set to En- tion of Configurable Analog Output #1 if Configur-
able. able Analog Output #1 Output Factory Lock is Not
Locked. If Configurable Analog Output #1 Output
The PCC may notify a device when the PCC is run- Factory Lock is Locked, you can still look at Confi-
ning Idle Warmup (page 3-14), Rated to Idle Ramp gurable Analog Output #1 Analog Output Function
Time (page 3-18), or Idle Cooldown Time (page Pointer to see what the current function of Configur-
3-18). able Analog Output #1 is.

5-65
Speed Bias Output (Default Function for Confi- Voltage Bias Output (Default Function for Confi-
gurable Analog Output #1) gurable Analog Output #2)

This function depends on External Bias Commands


This function depends on whether or not the PCC is
Enable and whether or not the PCC is running one
running one of these processes:
of these processes:
Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) Starting to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15)
Idle to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15) Idle to Rated Ramp Time (page 3-15)
Rated speed and voltage (page 3-15) Rated speed and voltage (page 3-15)

Controlled Shutdown Advance Notice Delay Controlled Shutdown Advance Notice Delay
(page 3-17) (page 3-17)
Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17)
Time Delay to Stop (page 3-17)
Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17)
Rated Cooldown Time (page 3-17)
Rated to Idle Transition Time (page 3-18)
Rated to Idle Transition Time (page 3-18)
If External Bias Commands Enable is set to Enabled
If the PCC is running one of these processes, the and the PCC is running one of these processes, the
PCC notifies another device what the percentage PCC notifies another device what the difference is
difference is between the speed reference (page between the voltage setpoint (page 3-15) and
3-15) and the base speed (Alternate Frequency 100%. If the voltage setpoint is less than 100%, this
Switch multiplied by Frequency to Speed Gain Se- value is negative.
lect). If the speed reference is less than the base
If External Bias Commands Enable is set to Dis-
speed, this value is negative.
abled or the PCC is not running one of these pro-
cesses, the output is 0%.
If the PCC is not running one of these processes,
the output is 0%. Each label is described in the following table.
TABLE 5-45. CONFIGURABLE I/O
NAME DESCRIPTION
Configurable Input Fault #1
Configurable Input #1 Input Configurable Input #1 Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate
Function Pointer function input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Configurable Input #1 Fault If the configurable input #1 is configured as a fault input, this sets the fault lev-
Response el (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: None.
Configurable Input #1 Active Trim which allows Input #1 to be inverted logically in the software. (Password
State Selection level: 1.)
Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Configurable Input #1 Fault Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
Text fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Configurable Input Fault #2
Configurable Input #2 Input Configurable Input #2 Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate
Function Pointer function input if value not set to default. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Configurable Input #2 Fault If the configurable input #2 is configured as a fault input, this sets the fault lev-
Response el (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: None.

5-66
NAME DESCRIPTION
Configurable Input #2 Active Trim which allows Input #2 to be inverted logically in the software. (Password
State Selection level: 1.)
Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Configurable Input #2 Fault Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
Text fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Configurable Input Fault #13
Configurable Input #13 Input Configurable Input #13 Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate
Function Pointer function input if value not set to default. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Configurable Input #13 Fault If the configurable input #13 is configured as a fault input, this sets the fault
Response level (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: Event.
Configurable Input #13 Ac- Trim which allows Input #13 to be inverted logically in the software. (Password
tive State Selection level: 1.)
Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Configurable Input #13 Fault Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
Text fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Configurable Input Fault #14
Configurable Input #14 Input Configurable Input #14 Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate
Function Pointer function input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Configurable Input #14 Fault If the configurable input #14 is configured as a fault input, this sets the fault
Response level (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: Event.
Configurable Input #14 Ac- Trim which allows Input #14 to be inverted logically in the software. (Password
tive State Selection level: 1.)
Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Configurable Input #14 Fault Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Operator panel when this
Text fault becomes active. (Password level: 1.)
Coolant Level/Input #5
Coolant Level/Configurable Coolant Level Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function
Input #5 Function Pointer input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Coolant Level/Configurable Coolant Level input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password
Input #5 Active State Selec- level: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Low Fuel/Input #6
Low Fuel/Configurable Input Low Fuel Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function input
#6 Function Pointer if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Low Fuel FC 1441 Genset Sets the genset response for fault code 1441. (Password level: 1.)
Response Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: Warning.
Low Fuel/Configurable Input Low Fuel input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password level:
#6 Active State Selection 1.)
Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Fault Reset/Input #10

5-67
NAME DESCRIPTION
Fault Reset/Configurable In- Fault Reset Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function in-
put #10 Function Pointer put if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Fault Reset/Configurable In- Fault Reset input software logic state inversion bypass control. (Password lev-
put #10 Active State Selec- el: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Start Type/Input #11
Start Type/Configurable Input Start Type Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function input
#11 Function Pointer if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Start Type/Configurable Input Start Type input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password level:
#11 Active State Selection 1.)
Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Rupture Basin/Input #12
Rupture Basin/Configurable Rupture Basin Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function
Input #12 Function Pointer input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC
Mode Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short
Switch. Default value: Default.
Rupture Basin Level Re- Sets low rupture basin fault response to None, Warning or Shutdown. (Pass-
sponse word level: 1.)
Allowed values: None, Warning, Shutdown. Default value: Warning.
Rupture Basin/Configurable Rupture Basin input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password
Input #12 Active State Selec- level: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active closed.
Configurable Output #1
Configurable Output #1 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 1540.
Configurable Output #1 Out- Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
put Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #1 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Configurable Output #2
Configurable Output #2 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 1541.
Configurable Output #2 Out- Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
put Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #2 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Fault Code Function #1 The fault/event code for this configurable function output. (Password level: 1.)
Fault/Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.

5-68
NAME DESCRIPTION
Fault Code Function #2 The fault/event code for this configurable function output. (Password level: 1.)
Fault/Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
Fault Code Function #3 The fault/event code for this configurable function output. (Password level: 1.)
Fault/Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
Configurable Output #3
Configurable Output #3 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 1463.
Configurable Output #3 Out- Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
put Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #3 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Configurable Output #4
Configurable Output #4 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 1465.
Configurable Output #4 Out- Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
put Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #4 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Fault Code Function #4 The fault/event code for this configurable function output. (Password level: 1.)
Fault/Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
Fault Code Function #5 The fault/event code for this configurable function output. (Password level: 1.)
Fault/Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: 0.
Ready to Load/Output #5
Ready To Load /Configurable Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output #5 Output Function Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Pointer Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Ready To Load /Configurable Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
Output #5 Invert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Oil Priming Pump/Output #6
Oil Priming Pump / Configur- Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
able Output #6 Output Func- Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
tion Pointer Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Oil Priming Pump / Configur- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. If bypassed, the func-
able Output #6 Invert By- tion is not inverted (Password level: 1.)
pass Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: bypassed.
Local Status/Output #7

5-69
NAME DESCRIPTION
Local Status / Configurable Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output #7 Output Function Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Pointer Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Local Status / Configurable Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
Output #7 Invert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Glow Plug/Output #8 Note: This input is reserved for future use.
Glow Plug / Configurable Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output #8 Output Function Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Pointer Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Glow Plug / Configurable Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
Output #8 Invert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Delayed Off/Output #10
Delayed Off / Configurable Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output #10 Output Function Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Pointer Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Delayed Off / Configurable Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
Output #10 Invert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. (Default: Bypassed.)
Load Dump/Output #11
Load Dump / Configurable Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output #11 Output Function Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Pointer Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Load Dump / Configurable Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
Output #11 Invert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Transfer Inhibit/Input #20
Transfer Inhibit/Configurable Transfer Inhibit Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function
Input #20 Function Pointer input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Transfer Inhibit/Configurable Transfer Inhibit input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password
Input #20 Active State Selec- level: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Retransfer Inhibit/Input #21
Retransfer Inhibit/Configur- Retransfer Inhibit Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate func-
able Input #21 Function tion input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Retransfer Inhibit/Configur- Retransfer Inhibit input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #21 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.

5-70
NAME DESCRIPTION
Utility CB Pos B/Input #23
Utility CB Pos B/Configurable Utility CB Pos B Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function
Input #23 Function Pointer input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Utility CB Pos B/Configurable Utility CB Pos B input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password
Input #23 Active State Selec- level: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Utility CB Tripped/Input #24
Utility CB Tripped/Configur- Utility CB Tripped Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate func-
able Input #24 Function tion input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Utility CB Tripped/Configur- Utility CB Tripped input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #24 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Utility CB Inhibit/Input #25
Utility CB Inhibit/Configurable Utility CB Inhibit Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function
Input #25 Function Pointer input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Utility CB Inhibit/Configurable Utility CB Inhibit input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password
Input #25 Active State Selec- level: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Genset CB Pos B/Input #26
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- Genset CB Pos B Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate func-
able Input #26 Function tion input if value not set to default. (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- Genset CB Pos B input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #26 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Genset CB Tripped/Input #27
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- Genset CB Tripped Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate
able Input #27 Function function input if value not set to default. (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- Genset CB Tripped input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #27 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Genset CB Inhibit/Input #28
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- Genset CB Inhibit Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate func-
able Input #28 Function tion input if value not set to default. (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.

5-71
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- Genset CB Inhibit input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #28 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Util Sing Mode Ver/Input #29
Utility Single Mode Verify/ Utility Single Mode Verify Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alter-
Configurable Input #29 Func- nate function input if value not set to default. (Password level: 1.)
tion Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Utility Single Mode Verify/ Utility Single Mode Verify input software logic state inversion bypass control
Configurable Input #29 Ac- (Password level: 1.)
tive State Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Sync Enable/Input #30
Sync Enable/Configurable In- Sync Enable Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate function
put #30 Function Pointer input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Sync Enable/Configurable In- Sync Enable input software logic state inversion bypass control (Password
put #30 Active State Selec- level: 1.)
tion Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Load Demand Stop/Input
#31
Load Demand Stop/Configur- Load Demand Stop Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate
able Input #31 Function function input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Load Demand Stop/Configur- Load Demand Stop input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #31 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Extended Parallel/Input #32
Extended Parallel/Configur- Extended Parallel Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate func-
able Input #32 Function tion input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Extended Parallel/Configur- Extended Parallel input software logic state inversion bypass control (Pass-
able Input #32 Active State word level: 1.)
Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Backup Strt Disc/Input #33
Backup Start Disconnect/ Backup Start Disconnect function pointer. Feeds input signal to alternate func-
Configurable Input #33 Func- tion input if value not set to default (Password level: 1.)
tion Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch, Low Cool-
ant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch, Ground Fault Switch, PTC Mode
Switch, Ramp Load/Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Backup Start Disconnect/ Backup Start Disconnect input software logic state inversion bypass control
Configurable Input #33 Ac- (Password level: 1.)
tive State Selection Allowed values: Active Closed, Active Open. Default value: Active Closed.
Configurable Output #20
Configurable Output #20 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: Fault Code 1311.

5-72
NAME DESCRIPTION
Configurable Output #20 Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #20 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Configurable Output #21
Configurable Output #21 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: Fault Code 1311.
Configurable Output #21 Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #21 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
Configurable Output #22
Configurable Output #22 The event code for this output. (Password level: 1.)
Event Code Allowed values: 0~65530. Default value: Fault Code 1311.
Configurable Output #22 Points to the function that controls the output (Password level: 1.)
Output Function Pointer Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common Shutdown,
Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Function #1, Fault Code Function
#2, Fault Code Function #3, Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5,
LBNG StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function. Default val-
ue: Default.
Configurable Output #22 In- Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. Bypassed = function
vert Bypass not inverted (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: Not Bypassed, Bypassed. Default value: Bypassed.
kW Load Setpoint/AI #1
kW Load Setpoint / Configur- Points to the function the analog input signal feeds (Password level: 1.)
able Analog Input #1 Analog Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, External Speed Bias Input, External Volt-
Input Function Pointer age Bias Input. Default value: Default.
kW Load Setpoint OOR Enable for the default function OOR faults. (Password level: 1.)
Check Enable Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
kVAR Load Setpoint/AI #2
kVAR Load Setpoint / Confi- Points to the function the analog input signal feeds (Password level: 1.)
gurable Analog Input #2 Ana- Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, External Speed Bias Input, External Volt-
log Input Function Pointer age Bias Input. Default value: Default.
kVAR Load Setpoint OOR Enable for the default function OOR faults. (Password level: 1.)
Check Enable Allowed values: Disabled, Enabled. Default value: Disabled.
Speed Bias/AO #1
Speed Bias Output / Confi- Points to the function that controls the analog output (Password level: 1.)
gurable Analog Output #1 Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Genset Average Voltage, Genset Aver-
Analog Output Function age Current, Genset Total Power Factor, Genset Frequency, Genset Total kW,
Pointer Genset Total kVAR, Engine Speed, Coolant Temperature, Oil Pressure, Oil
Temperature, Intake Manifold Temperature. Default value: Default.
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the Low Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #1 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In Low Setpoint Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 10000.
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the High Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #1 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In High Setpoint Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 10000.

5-73
NAME DESCRIPTION
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the Low engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #1 and lower clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out Low Setpoint Allowed values: 10~10 Vdc. Default value: 3 Vdc.
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the high engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #1 and upper clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out High Setpoint Allowed values: 10~10 Vdc. Default value: 3 Vdc.
Configurable Analog Output Displays the input precision of the incoming data for the currently selected
#1 Engineering Units Func- function.
tion Scaling Allowed values: 0~500. Default value: 0.
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the Low Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #1 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In Low Function Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 10000.
Setpoint
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the High Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #1 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In High Function Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 10000.
Setpoint
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the Low engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #1 and lower clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out Low Function Allowed values: 10~10 Vdc. Default value: 3 Vdc.
Setpoint
Speed Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the high engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #1 and upper clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out High Function Allowed values: 10~10 Vdc. Default value: 3 Vdc.
Setpoint
Voltage Bias/AO #2
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- Points to the function that controls the analog output (Password level: 1.)
gurable Analog Output #2 Allowed values: Default, Do Nothing, Genset Average Voltage, Genset Aver-
Analog Output Function age Current, Genset Total Power Factor, Genset Frequency, Genset Total kW,
Pointer Genset Total kVAR, Engine Speed, Coolant Temperature, Oil Pressure, Oil
Temperature, Intake Manifold Temperature. Default value: Default.
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the Low Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #2 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In Low Setpoint Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 2500.
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the High Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #2 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In High Setpoint Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 2500.
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the Low engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #2 and lower clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out Low Setpoint Allowed values: 9~9 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the high engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #2 and upper clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out High Setpoint Allowed values: 9~9 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Configurable Analog Output Displays the input precision of the incoming data for the currently selected
#2 Engineering Units Func- function.
tion Scaling Allowed values: 0~500. Default value: 0.
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the Low Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #2 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In Low Function Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 2500.
Setpoint
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The engineering value that corresponds to the High Analog output value (scal-
gurable Analog output #2 En- ing unit) (Password level: 1.)
gineering In High Function Allowed values: 32768~32762. Default value: 2500.
Setpoint
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the Low engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #2 and lower clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out Low Function Allowed values: 9~9 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Setpoint

5-74
NAME DESCRIPTION
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the high engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #2 and upper clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out High Function Allowed values: 9~9 Vdc. Default value: 5 Vdc.
Setpoint
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the Low engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #2 and lower clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out Low Function Allowed values: 10~10 Vdc. (Default: 5 Vdc.)
Setpoint
Voltage Bias Output / Confi- The analog value that corresponds to the high engineering value (scaling unit)
gurable Analog output #2 and upper clamp (Password level: 1.)
Analog Out High Function Allowed values: 10~10 Vdc. (Default: 5 Vdc.)
Setpoint

CALIBRATION Each label is described in the following table.


See page 5-76 for calibration procedures.
TABLE 5-46. CALIBRATION
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset 3 Phase Voltage Cal
Genset L1L2 Voltage Genset L1L2 voltage
Genset L12 Voltage Adjust Genset L12 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset L2L3 Voltage Genset L2L3 voltage
Genset L23 Voltage Adjust Genset L23 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset L3L1 Voltage Genset L3L1 voltage
Genset L31 Voltage Adjust Genset L31 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset 1 Phase Voltage Cal
Genset L1N Voltage Genset L1N voltage
Genset Single Phase L1N Genset Single Phase L1N voltage adjust trim. (Password level: 1.)
Voltage Adjust Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset L2N Voltage Genset L2N voltage
Genset Single Phase L2N Genset Single Phase L2N voltage adjust trim. (Password level: 1.)
Voltage Adjust Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Current Cal
Genset L1 Current Monitors the genset L1 current value.
Genset L1 Current Adjust Genset L1 current adjust trim in percentage. (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset L2 Current Genset L2 current
Genset L2 Current Adjust Genset L2 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset L3 Current Genset L3 current
Genset L3 Current Adjust Genset L3 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Neutral Current Cal
Genset Neutral Current Genset neutral current
Genset Neutral Current Ad- Genset Neutral current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Bus Voltage Cal
Genset Bus L1L2 Voltage Genset Bus L1L2 voltage
Genset Bus L12 Voltage Ad- Genset bus L12 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Bus L2L3 Voltage Genset Bus L2L3 voltage
Genset Bus L23 Voltage Ad- Genset bus L23 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Bus L3L1 Voltage Genset Bus L3L1 voltage

5-75
NAME DESCRIPTION
Genset Bus L31 Voltage Ad- Genset bus L31 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Bus Current Cal
Genset Bus L1 Current Genset Bus L1 current
Allowed values: 0~65530 Amps.
Genset Bus L1 Current Ad- Genset Bus L1 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Bus L2 Current Genset Bus L2 current
Genset Bus L2 Current Ad- Genset Bus L2 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Genset Bus L3 Current Genset Bus L3 current
Genset Bus L3 Current Ad- Genset Bus L3 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
just Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Paralleling Application Determines what the function of the Other Meter is.
Allowed values: None, Utility, Genset Bus.
Utility Voltage Cal
Utility L1L2 Voltage Utility L1L2 voltage
Utility L12 Voltage Adjust Utility L12 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Utility L2L3 Voltage Utility L2L3 voltage
Utility L23 Voltage Adjust Utility L23 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Utility L3L1 Voltage Utility L3L1 voltage
Utility L31 Voltage Adjust Utility L31 voltage adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Utility Current Cal
Utility L1 Current Utility L1 current
Utility L1 Current Adjust Utility L1 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Utility L2 Current Utility L2 current
Utility L2 Current Adjust Utility L2 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.
Utility L3 Current Utility L3 current
Utility L3 Current Adjust Utility L3 current adjust trim (Password level: 1.)
Allowed values: 90~110 %. Default value: 100 %.

SAVE/RESTORE CAUTION Improper calibration or adjustment


of the PCC can cause equipment malfunction or
damage. Calibration and adjustment must be
This is reserved for future use. performed by technically qualified personnel
only.
CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
One or more of the PCCs internal circuits may need
to be calibrated, in which case you should calibrate
Note: Use the same procedure to calibrate the gen- the internal circuits in the following order.
set, the genset bus, or the utility.
Note: You must use a true (calibrated) RMS meter to
check the actual genset output.
WARNING Contacting high-voltage compo-
nents can cause electrocution, resulting in se- Voltage Measurement for Display and
vere personal injury or death. Calibration and Regulation
adjustment must be performed by technically
qualified personnel only. Read and observe all Calibrate the PCC so that it displays the correct gen-
WARNINGs and CAUTIONs in your generator set voltage and regulates the genset at the desired
set manuals. nominal voltage.

5-76
With the Operator Panel three-phase applications; Genset Single
1. Start the genset, and monitor the voltage with Phase L1N Voltage Adjust and Genset Single
a calibrated voltage meter. It is not necessary Phase L2N Voltage Adjust in single-phase ap-
to load the genset. plications).

2. Select Setup, and press OK. Current Measurement for Display


3. Select Calibration Setup, and press OK.
Calibrate the PCC so that it displays the correct gen-
4. In three-phase applications, select L12 Volt- set current.
age, and press OK. In single-phase applica-
tions, select L1N Voltage, and press OK. With the Operator Panel
5. If the PCC prompts you for a password, use the 1. Apply a load to the genset, and monitor the cur-
arrow keys to enter the appropriate password, rent with a calibrated current meter.
and press OK. Then, press OK a second time.
2. Select Setup, and press OK.
6. Use the up and down keys to adjust the voltage
3. Select Calibration Setup, and press OK.
so that the value displayed in the Operator
Panel corresponds to the actual voltage being 4. Select L1 current, and press OK.
produced, and press OK. 5. If the PCC prompts you for a password, use the
7. Repeat this procedure for all phases (L12 Volt- arrow keys to enter the appropriate password,
age, L23 Voltage, and L31 Voltage in three- and press OK. Then, press OK a second time.
phase applications; or L1N Voltage and L2N 6. Use the up and down keys to adjust the current
Voltage in single-phase applications). so that the value displayed in the Operator
With a PC-based Service Tool Panel matches the current read by the current
meter, and press OK.
1. Start the genset, and monitor the voltage with
a calibrated voltage meter. It is not necessary 7. Repeat this procedure for all three phases (L1,
to load the genset. L2, and L3).

2. Connect your PC-based service tool to the With a PC-based Service Tool
PCC.
1. Apply a load to the genset, and monitor the cur-
3. Verify the Genset Nominal Voltage is set to the rent with a calibrated current meter.
desired value.
2. Connect your PC-based service tool to the
4. In three-phase applications, adjust the param- PCC.
eter Genset L12 Voltage Adjust so that the val-
3. Verify that the CT ratio settings and power rat-
ue read by the PC-based service tool corre-
ings are correct for your application.
sponds to the actual voltage being produced. In
single-phase applications, adjust the parame- 4. Adjust the parameter Genset L1 Current Adjust
ter Genset Single Phase L1N Voltage Adjust so that the PCCs measured current matches
instead. the current read by the current meter.
5. Do Save Trims to save the adjustments. 5. Do Save Trims to save the adjustments.
6. Repeat this procedure for all three phases 6. Repeat this procedure for all three phases
(Genset L12 Voltage Adjust, Genset L23 Volt- (Genset L1 Current Adjust, Genset L2 Current
age Adjust, and Genset L31 Voltage Adjust in Adjust, and Genset L3 Current Adjust).

5-77
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

5-78
6. Parameters
PARAMETERS THAT CAN BE CONFIGURED IN THE Note: You can look at all of these parameters in the Operator Panel, but
OPERATOR PANEL many of these parameters require a password to adjust them.

Note: The default values might not be the same in your genset. The val-
This section lists the parameters that can be adjusted in the Operator
ues shown are based on the original settings for the PCC and may be
Panel. It does not include parameters that are read-only or parameters
adjusted when the genset is designed, when the genset is installed, or
that can only be adjusted in a PC-based service tool or Modbus. by other operators after installation.
TABLE 6-1. PARAMETERS THAT CAN BE CONFIGURED IN THE OPERATOR PANEL
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
12 V High Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 14~17 Vdc 16 Vdc Sets 12V high battery voltage fault threshold.
Threshold Setup
12 V Low Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 12~16 Vdc 12 Vdc Sets 12V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset op-
Running Threshold Setup eration while in rated mode
12 V Low Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 11~13 Vdc 12 Vdc Sets 12V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset op-
Stopped Threshold Setup eration in all modes except rated
6-1

12 V Weak Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 6~10 Vdc 8 Vdc Sets 12V weak battery voltage fault threshold
Threshold Setup
24 V High Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 28~34 Vdc 32 Vdc Sets 24V high battery voltage fault threshold
Threshold Setup
24 V Low Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 24~28 Vdc 24 Vdc Sets 24V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset op-
Running Threshold Setup eration while in rated mode
24 V Low Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 22~26 Vdc 24 Vdc Sets 24V low battery voltage fault threshold for genset op-
Stopped Threshold Setup eration in all modes except rated
24 V Weak Battery Voltage OEM Engine 1 12~16 Vdc 14.4 Vdc Sets 24V weak battery voltage fault threshold
Threshold Setup
3 ph high conn Genset nom OEM Alt Setup 2 1~45000 Vac 480 Vac High voltage setpoint limit for the high connection on a re-
voltage hi limit connectable alternator
3 ph high conn Genset nom OEM Alt Setup 2 1~45000 Vac 416 Vac Low voltage setpoint limit for the high connection on a re-
voltage lo limit connectable alternator
3 ph low conn Genset nom OEM Alt Setup 2 1~45000 Vac 240 Vac High voltage setpoint limit for the low connection on a re-
voltage hi limit connectable alternator
3 ph low conn Genset nom OEM Alt Setup 2 1~45000 Vac 208 Vac Low voltage setpoint limit for the low connection on a recon-
voltage lo limit nectable alternator
Adjustable Freq/Speed Gain OEM Engine 2 0~240 rpm/Hz 30 rpm/Hz Sets the rpm/Hz conversion factor when the Freq to Speed
Setup Gain Select trim is set to this trim
Alternate Frequency Switch Genset Setup 1 See Description. 60Hz Sets the genset nominal frequency.
OEM Engine Options: 50 Hz, 60 Hz.
Setup
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Alternator Model Number OEM Genset 2 Number identifying this gensets alternator model number.
Setup
Alternator Serial Number OEM Genset 2 Unique number identifying this gensets alternator serial
Setup number.
Application Rating Select History/About 1 See Description. Standby Selects gensets standby/prime/base application rating.
Genset Setup Options: Standby, Prime, Base.
OEM Genset
Setup
Auto Sleep Enable Genset Setup 1 See Description. Trim that determines if the control will Stay Awake in Auto
mode or Fall asleep in Auto mode.
Options: Awake in Auto, Sleep in Auto.
AVR Damping Effect (50 Hz) Genset Setup 2 0~99.99 78 Increases or decreases the output response of the AVR. A
OEM Alt Setup lower input value will increase the transient response. A
higher value will decrease the transient response.
AVR Damping Effect (60 Hz) Genset Setup 2 0~99.99 79 Increases or decreases the output response of the AVR. A
OEM Alt Setup lower input value will increase the transient response. A
higher value will decrease the transient response.
AVR Enable OEM Alt Setup 2 See Description. Enable Enables or disables the AVR
6-2

Options: Disable, Enable.


AVR Gain Adjust Trim Adjust 0 0.05~10 1 A trim that allows the user to modify the overall gains of the
Genset Setup AVR.
Backup Start Disconnect/ Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Backup Start Disconnect input software logic state inver-
Configurable Input #33 Ac- Closed sion bypass control
tive State Selection Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Backup Start Disconnect/ OEM Genset 2 See Description. Locked Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
Configurable Input #33 Fac- Setup Options: Not Locked, Locked.
tory Lock
Backup Start Disconnect/ Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Backup Start Disconnect function pointer. Feeds input sig-
Configurable Input #33 Func- nal to alternate function input if value not set to default
tion Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Battle Short Enable OEM Genset 1 See Description. Disabled Trim to enable Battle Short.
Setup Options: Disable, Enable.
Calibration Part Number History/About 3 The unique calibration part number loaded into this control.
Calibration Revision Date History/About 3 The revision date of the calibration part number loaded into
this control.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
CAN Failure Retries OEM Engine 1 0~10 3 Sets the maximum number of CAN communication retries
Setup
Charging Alternator Fault OEM Engine 1 2~300 seconds 120 sec- Sets the time delay for the charging alt failure fault
Time Delay Setup onds
Clock Date Clock Setup 1 1~31 Use to set or read the current date.
Clock Hour Clock Setup 1 0~23 Use to set or read the current hour.
Clock Minute Clock Setup 1 0~59 Use to set or read the current minute.
Clock Mode Clock Setup 1 See Description. Normal Use to set the real time clock and save settings.
Options: Normal, Set Clock, Save Clock.
Clock Month Clock Setup 1 1~12 Use to set or read the current month.
Clock Second Clock Setup 1 0~59 Use to set or read the current second.
Clock Year Clock Setup 1 0~99 Use to set or read the current year.
Configurable Input #1 Active Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Trim which allows Input #1 to be inverted logically in the
State Selection Closed software.
Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Configurable Input #1 Facto- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
ry Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Input #1 Fault Configurable I/O 1 See Description. None If the configurable input #1 is configured as a fault input,
6-3

Response this sets the fault level


Options: None, Warning, Shutdown.
Configurable Input #1 Fault Configurable I/O 1 Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Opera-
Text tor panel when this fault becomes active.
Configurable Input #1 Input Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Configurable Input #1 Input function pointer. Feeds input
Function Pointer signal to alternate function input if value not set to default
Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Configurable Input #13 Ac- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Trim which allows Input #13 to be inverted logically in the
tive State Selection Closed software.
Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Configurable Input #13 Fac- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
tory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Input #13 Fault Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Event If the configurable input #3 is configured as a fault input,
Response this sets the fault level
Options: None, Warning, Shutdown.
Configurable Input #13 Fault Configurable I/O 1 Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Opera-
Text tor panel when this fault becomes active.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Configurable Input #13 Input Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Configurable Input #13 Input function pointer. Feeds input
Function Pointer signal to alternate function input if value not set to default.
Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Configurable Input #14 Ac- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Trim which allows Input #14 to be inverted logically in the
tive State Selection Closed software.
Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Configurable Input #14 Fac- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
tory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Input #14 Fault Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Event If the configurable input #4 is configured as a fault input,
Response this sets the fault level
Options: None, Warning, Shutdown.
Configurable Input #14 Fault Configurable I/O 1 Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Opera-
Text tor panel when this fault becomes active.
Configurable Input #14 Input Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Configurable Input #14 Input function pointer. Feeds input
6-4

Function Pointer signal to alternate function input if value not set to default
Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Configurable Input #2 Active Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Trim which allows Input #2 to be inverted logically in the
State Selection Closed software.
Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Configurable Input #2 Facto- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
ry Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Input #2 Fault Configurable I/O 1 See Description. None If the configurable input #2 is configured as a fault input,
Response this sets the fault level
Options: None, Warning, Shutdown.
Configurable Input #2 Fault Configurable I/O 1 Trim to define the 16 character string for use by the Opera-
Text tor panel when this fault becomes active.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Configurable Input #2 Input Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Configurable Input #2 Input function pointer. Feeds input
Function Pointer signal to alternate function input if value not set to default.
Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Configurable Output #1 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 1540 The event code for this output.
Event Code
Configurable Output #1 Fac- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
tory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #1 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
Configurable Output #1 Out- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
put Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
6-5

tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Configurable Output #2 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 1541 The event code for this output.
Event Code
Configurable Output #2 Fac- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
tory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #2 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
Configurable Output #2 Out- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
put Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Configurable Output #20 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 Fault The event code for this output.
Event Code Code 1311
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Configurable Output #20 OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
Factory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #20 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
Configurable Output #20 Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
Output Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Configurable Output #21 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 Fault The event code for this output.
Event Code Code 1311
Configurable Output #21 OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
Factory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #21 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
6-6

Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.


Configurable Output #21 Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
Output Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Configurable Output #22 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 Fault The event code for this output.
Event Code Code 1311
Configurable Output #22 OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
Factory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #22 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Configurable Output #22 Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
Output Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Configurable Output #3 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 1463 The event code for this output.
Event Code
Configurable Output #3 Fac- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
tory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #3 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
Configurable Output #3 Out- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
put Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
6-7

Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG


StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Configurable Output #4 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 1465 The event code for this output.
Event Code
Configurable Output #4 Fac- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
tory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Configurable Output #4 In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
vert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
Configurable Output #4 Out- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
put Function Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Continuous Crank Engage Genset Setup 1 40~100 seconds 75 sec- Sets the maximum amount of time to engage the starter
Time onds when using the continuous cranking method
Controlled Shutdown Ad- Genset Setup 1 0~300 seconds 60 sec- Delay allowed for a shutdown with cooldown fault prior to
vance Notice Delay onds shutting down the genset
Controlled Shutdown Max Genset Setup 1 0~300 seconds 60 sec- maximum ramp unload time during a shutdown with cool-
Ramp Unload Time onds down
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Controller On Time History/About 0 0~4294967291 Controller ON time in seconds. Upper limit is 136 years.
hours
Coolant Level/Configurable Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Coolant Level input software logic state inversion bypass
Input #5 Active State Selec- Closed control
tion Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Coolant Level/Configurable OEM Genset 2 See Description. Locked Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
Input #5 Factory Lock Setup Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Coolant Level/Configurable Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Coolant Level Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to
Input #5 Function Pointer alternate function input if value not set to default
Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Crank Attempts Genset Setup 1 1~7 3 Sets the maximum number of times to engage the starter
when attempting to start engine using the cycle cranking
method
Cycle / Cont Crank Select Genset Setup 1 See Description. Cycle Selects whether to use continuous cranking or cycle crank-
6-8

ing when attempting to start engine


Options: Cycle, Continuous.
Cycle Crank Engage Time Genset Setup 1 2~20 seconds 15 sec- Sets the maximum amount of time to engage the starter
onds during a single crank attempt when using the cycle cranking
method
Cycle Crank Rest Time Genset Setup 1 7~40 seconds 15 sec- Sets the amount of time to wait between crank attempts
onds
Daylight Savings End Day Clock Setup 1 See Description. Sunday Use to set the day of the week when daylight savings time
ends.
Options: Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday.
Daylight Savings End Hour Clock Setup 1 0~23 2 Use to set the hour of the day when daylight savings time
ends.
Daylight Savings End Month Clock Setup 1 1~12 11 Use to set the month when daylight savings time ends.
Daylight Savings Start Day Clock Setup 1 See Description. Sunday Use to set the day of the week when daylight savings time
starts.
Options: Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday.
Daylight Savings Start Hour Clock Setup 1 0~23 2 Use to set the hour of the day when daylight savings time
starts.
Daylight Savings Start Month Clock Setup 1 1~12 3 Use to set the month when daylight savings time starts.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Daylight Savings Time Ad- Clock Setup 1 0~120 Minutes 60 Min- Use to set the amount of daylight savings time adjustment
justment utes applied.
Daylight Savings Time En- Clock Setup 1 See Description. Disabled Use to enable the daylight savings time feature.
able Options: Disabled, Enabled.
Delayed Off / Configurable OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the output function pointer and invert bypass from
Output #10 Factory Lock Setup Locked being modified.
Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Delayed Off / Configurable Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Bypassed Controls whether the output function is inverted or not. By-
Output #10 Invert Bypass passed = function not inverted
Options: Not Bypassed, Bypassed.
Delayed Off / Configurable Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Points to the function that controls the output
Output #10 Output Function Options: Default, Do Nothing, Common Warning, Common
Pointer Shutdown, Rated to Idle Transition Event, Fault Code Func-
tion #1, Fault Code Function #2, Fault Code Function #3,
Fault Code Function #4, Fault Code Function #5, LBNG
StartEnable Function, LBNG Idle Speed Event Function.
Delayed Off FSO Relay Time Genset Setup 1 0~120 seconds 0 seconds Time delay between when the Delayed Off Command turns
off and Run Command turns off
6-9

Delayed Shutdown Enable Genset Setup 1 See Description. Disabled Enables the Delayed Shutdown feature.
OEM Genset Options: Disabled, Enabled.
Setup
Delayed Shutdown Time Genset Setup 0 0~3 seconds 2 seconds Sets the shutdown fault delayed time delay for the Delayed
Delay OEM Genset Shutdown feature.
Setup
ECM CAN Enable OEM Engine 2 See Description. Set to Disabled if there is no ECM (HMECM or otherwise)
Setup connected to the control.
Options: Disabled, Enabled.
ECM Code History/About 0 The calibration code the ECM is sending
ECM Datasave Time Delay OEM Engine 2 0~60 seconds 30 sec- A trim that sets the delay time for the ECM Dataplate saves
Setup onds
Engine Serial Number OEM Genset 2 Unique number identifying this gensets engine serial num-
Setup ber.
Excitation Disable Override OEM Alt Setup 1 See Description. Excitation Use to turn off AVR while running in Manual for trouble-
On shooting
Options: Excitation Off, Excitation On.
Excitation Source OEM Alt Setup 2 See Description. PMG The type of excitation power source PMG or Shunt
Options: Shunt, PMG.
Exercise Scheduler Enable Genset Setup 1 See Description. Disabled Enables the exercise scheduler.
Options: Disabled, Enabled.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Exercise Switch (PCCnet) Adjust 0 See Description. Inactive Temporary parameter to store PCCnet device generated
Exercise Switch command.
Options: Inactive, Active.
Extended Parallel/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Extended Parallel input software logic state inversion by-
able Input #32 Active State Closed pass control
Selection Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Extended Parallel/Configur- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
able Input #32 Factory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Extended Parallel/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Extended Parallel Input function pointer. Feeds input signal
able Input #32 Function to alternate function input if value not set to default
Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Fail To Disconnect Enable Power Transfer 1 See Description. Enable Enables the fail to disconnect logic for utility paralleling.
Control Options: Disable, Enable.
Fail To Shutdown Delay OEM Genset 2 0~30 seconds 5 seconds Trim to set the time for a shutdown fault to be active and
6-10

Setup the genset not shutting down before the Fail to Shutdown
fault occurs.
Fail To Sync Lockout Enable Basic 1 See Description. Disable If enabled synchronizer will turn off on a fail to sync.
Options: Disable, Enable.
Fail To Sync Open Transition Power Transfer 1 See Description. Disable Use to enable an open transition retransfer upon a fail to
Retransfer Enable Control sync when Genset Application Type = Power Transfer Con-
trol.
Options: Disable, Enable.
Fail To Synchronize Time Basic 1 10~900 seconds 120 sec- Sets the fail to synchronize diagnostic time delay.
onds
Fault Code 1117 Enable OEM Engine 1 See Description. Enabled Used to Enable/Disable fault 1117 on the genset control.
Setup Fault will be ignored with a disabled setting.
Options: Disabled, Enabled.
Fault Code Function #1 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 0 The fault/event code for this configurable function output.
Fault/Event Code
Fault Code Function #2 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 0 The fault/event code for this configurable function output.
Fault/Event Code
Fault Code Function #3 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 0 The fault/event code for this configurable function output.
Fault/Event Code
Fault Code Function #4 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 0 The fault/event code for this configurable function output.
Fault/Event Code
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Fault Code Function #5 Configurable I/O 1 0~65530 0 The fault/event code for this configurable function output.
Fault/Event Code
Fault Reset/Configurable In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Fault Reset input software logic state inversion bypass con-
put #10 Active State Selec- Closed trol.
tion Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Fault Reset/Configurable In- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
put #10 Factory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Fault Reset/Configurable In- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Fault Reset Input function pointer. Feeds input signal to
put #10 Function Pointer alternate function input if value not set to default
Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Firmware Version Number History/About 0 Version of S/W loaded into this control. Obtained from PPC
Filename.
First Start Backup Time Basic 1 3~120 seconds 10 sec- Adjust to different setting on each genset in system. Re-
onds duces the chance of gensets closing simultaneously in the
6-11

event that the Master First Start function fails.


Frequency Adjust Adjust 0 6~6 Hz 0 Hz A method of adding in a frequency offset to the base fre-
Basic quency subject to high and low limit calibrations
Frequency Match Ki Basic 1 0~250 20 Sets integral gain for the frequency match PI loop.
Frequency Match Kp Basic 1 1~300 60 Sets overall gain for the frequency matching control.
Frequency Options OEM Genset 2 See Description. 60Hz or Sets the allowed options for the Alternate Frequency Switch
Setup 50Hz Options: 50 Hz or 60 Hz, 50 Hz Only, 60 Hz Only.
Frequency to Speed Gain OEM Engine 2 See Description. 30 rpm/Hz Sets the rpm/Hz conversion factor which is a function of the
Select Setup poles of the alternator and/or any gearboxes
Options: 60 rpm/Hz, 30 rpm/Hz, 20 rpm/Hz, 36 rpm/Hz,
Adjustable Freq/Speed Gain.
Genset Application Type Basic 1 See Description. Standa- Primary setting which configures genset application.
lone Options: Standalone, Synchronize Only, Isolated Bus Only,
Utility Single, Utility Multiple, Power Transfer Control.
Genset Breaker Position Basic 1 See Description. Dual Con- Sets whether using single a contact or dual a/b contact for
Contacts tacts genset breaker feedback.
Options: Single Contact, Dual Contact.
Genset Bus CT Primary Cur- Basic 1 0~10000 Amps 0 Amps Genset Bus CT primary current. 0 = Disable amperage and
rent power metering.
Genset Bus CT Secondary Basic 1 See Description. 5 Amp Genset Bus CT secondary current
Current Options: 1 Amp, 5 Amp.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Genset Bus Delta/Wye Con- Basic 1 See Description. Wye Delta or Wye for Utility connection
nection Options: Delta, Wye.
Genset Bus L1 Current Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset Bus L1 current adjust trim
just
Genset Bus L1 kVAh Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVAh Genset bus L1 kVAh accumulation
tus kVAh
Genset Bus L1 Negative Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset bus L1 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh tus kVARh
Genset Bus L1 Negative Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset bus L1 negative kWh accumulation
kWh tus kWh
Genset Bus L1 Positive Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset bus L1 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh tus kVARh
Genset Bus L1 Positive kWh Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset bus L1 positive kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset Bus L12 Voltage Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset bus L12 voltage adjust trim
just
Genset Bus L2 Current Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset Bus L2 current adjust trim
just
Genset Bus L2 kVAh Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVAh Genset bus L2 kVAh accumulation
6-12

tus kVAh
Genset Bus L2 Negative Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset bus L2 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh tus kVARh
Genset Bus L2 Negative Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset bus L2 negative kWh accumulation
kWh tus kWh
Genset Bus L2 Positive Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset bus L2 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh tus kVARh
Genset Bus L2 Positive kWh Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset bus L2 positive kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset Bus L23 Voltage Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset bus L23 voltage adjust trim
just
Genset Bus L3 Current Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset Bus L3 current adjust trim
just
Genset Bus L3 kVAh Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967295 0 kVAh Genset bus L3 kVAh accumulation
tus kVAh
Genset Bus L3 Negative Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset bus L3 negative kVARh accumulation
kVARh tus kVARh
Genset Bus L3 Negative Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset bus L3 negative kWh accumulation
kWh tus kWh
Genset Bus L3 Positive Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset bus L3 positive kVARh accumulation
kVARh tus kVARh
Genset Bus L3 Positive kWh Paralleling Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset bus L3 positive kWh accumulation
tus kWh
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Genset Bus L31 Voltage Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset bus L31 voltage adjust trim
just
Genset Bus Nominal Voltage Basic 1 110~45000 Vac 480 Vac Genset Bus nominal voltage
Genset Bus PT Primary Volt- Basic 1 110~45000 Vac 480 Vac Genset Bus PT primary voltage
age
Genset Bus PT Secondary Basic 1 100~600 Vac 240 Vac Genset Bus PT secondary voltage
Voltage
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 1 See Description. Do Noth- Use to permanently clear all genset bus energy meter val-
Meters Setup ing ues
Options: Do Nothing, Clear Counters.
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 0 1~31 1 Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Day Setup
Paralleling Sta-
tus
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 0 0~23 0 Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Hour Setup
Paralleling Sta-
tus
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 0 0~59 0 Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
6-13

Meters Timestamp Minute Setup


Paralleling Sta-
tus
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 0 1~12 1 Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Month Setup
Paralleling Sta-
tus
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 0 0~59 0 Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Second Setup
Paralleling Sta-
tus
Genset Bus Reset All Energy OEM Genset 0 0~99 0 Timestamp of when energy meters were last reset
Meters Timestamp Year Setup
Paralleling Sta-
tus
Genset CB Fail To Close Basic 1 0.1~1 seconds 0.26 sec- Sets genset breaker fail to close time delay.
Time Delay onds
Genset CB Fail To Open Basic 1 0.2~5 seconds 1 seconds Sets genset breaker fail to open time delay.
Time Delay
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Genset CB Inhibit input software logic state inversion by-
able Input #28 Active State Closed pass control
Selection Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
able Input #28 Factory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Genset CB Inhibit/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Genset CB Inhibit Input function pointer. Feeds input signal
able Input #28 Function to alternate function input if value not set to default.
Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Genset CB Pos B input software logic state inversion by-
able Input #26 Active State Closed pass control
Selection Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
able Input #26 Factory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Genset CB Pos B/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Genset CB Pos B Input function pointer. Feeds input signal
able Input #26 Function to alternate function input if value not set to default.
Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
6-14

Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,


Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Active Genset CB Tripped input software logic state inversion by-
able Input #27 Active State Closed pass control
Selection Options: Active Closed, Active Open.
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- OEM Genset 2 See Description. Not Prevents the input function pointer from being modified.
able Input #27 Factory Lock Setup Locked Options: Not Locked, Locked.
Genset CB Tripped/Configur- Configurable I/O 1 See Description. Default Genset CB Tripped Input function pointer. Feeds input sig-
able Input #27 Function nal to alternate function input if value not set to default.
Pointer Options: Default, Do Nothing, Low Fuel in Day Tank Switch,
Low Coolant Switch #2, High Alt Temperature Switch,
Ground/Earth Fault Switch, PTC Mode Switch, Ramp Load/
Unload Switch, Exercise Switch, Battle Short Switch. De-
fault value: Default.
Genset Center Frequency Power Transfer 1 45~65 Hz 60 Hz Sets the center frequency for the genset frequency sensor
Control bandwidth settings.
Genset CT Secondary Cur- OEM Alt Setup 2 See Description. 1 Amp Genset CT secondary current
rent Options: 1 Amp, 5 Amp.
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Genset Delta/Wye Connec- History/About 1 See Description. Wye Delta or Wye for Genset connection
tion Genset Setup Options: Delta, Wye.
Genset Exercise Time Genset Setup 1 0~25 hours 0 hours Sets the total exercise time not including warmup at idle or
Power Transfer idle cooldown time
Control
Genset Frequency DropOut Power Transfer 1 0.3~5 % 1% Sets dropout delta for genset frequency sensor as percent
Bandwidth Control of center frequency.
Genset Frequency DropOut Power Transfer 1 0.1~15 seconds 5 seconds Sets dropout time delay for genset frequency sensor.
Delay Control
Genset Frequency PickUp Power Transfer 1 0.3~20 % 10 % Sets pickup range of genset frequency sensor as percent
Bandwidth Control of center frequency.
Genset Frequency Sensor Power Transfer 1 See Description. Disable Use to enable genset frequency sensor.
Enable Control Options: Disable, Enable.
Genset Idle Enable OEM Genset 0 See Description. Enabled Enables or Disable idling of genset with external governor.
Setup Options: Disabled, Enabled.
Genset kVAR Setpoint Power Transfer 1 0~20000 kVAR 0 kVAR Sets the genset load govern kVAR base load internal oper-
Control ating setpoint in units of kVAR. Requires that Load Govern
kVAR Setpoint Source = Internal and Load Govern kVAR
6-15

Method = Genset kVAR.


Genset kVAR Setpoint Per- Power Transfer 1 0~60 % 0% Sets the genset load govern kVAR base load internal oper-
cent Control ating setpoint in % of standby kVA rating. Requires that
Load Govern kVAR Setpoint Source = Internal and Load
Govern kVAR Method = Genset kVAR.
Genset kW Setpoint Power Transfer 1 0~20000 kW 0 kW Sets the genset load govern kW base load internal operat-
Control ing setpoint in units of kW. Requires that Load Govern kW
Setpoint Source = Internal and Load Govern kW Method =
Genset kW.
Genset kW Setpoint Percent Power Transfer 1 0~100 % 0% Sets the genset load govern kW base load internal operat-
Control ing setpoint in % of standby rating. Requires that Load
Govern kW Setpoint Source = Internal and Load Govern
kW Method = Genset kW.
Genset L1 kVAh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVAh Energy output of L1 in KVAH.
tus kVAh
Genset L1 Current Adjust Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset L1 current adjust trim in percentage.
Genset L1 Negative kVARh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset L1 negative kVARh accumulation
tus kVARh
Genset L1 Negative kWh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset L1 negative kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset L1 Positive kVARh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset L1 positive kVARh accumulation
tus kVARh
PARAMETER SCREEN PASS- ALLOWED DE- DESCRIPTION
NAME WORD VALUES FAULT
LEVEL VALUE
Genset L1 Positive kWh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset L1 positive kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset L12 Voltage Adjust Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset L12 voltage adjust trim
Genset L2 Current Adjust Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset L2 current adjust trim
Genset L2 kVAh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVAh Genset L2 kVAh accumulation
tus kVAh
Genset L2 Negative kVARh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset L2 negative kVARh accumulation
tus kVARh
Genset L2 Negative kWh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset L2 negative kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset L2 Positive kVARh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset L2 positive kVARh accumulation
tus kVARh
Genset L2 Positive kWh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset L2 positive kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset L23 Voltage Adjust Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset L23 voltage adjust trim
Genset L3 Current Adjust Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset L3 current adjust trim
Genset L3 kVAh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVAh Genset L3 kVAh accumulation
tus kVAh
Genset L3 Negative kVARh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset L3 negative kVARh accumulation
6-16

tus kVARh
Genset L3 Negative kWh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset L3 negative kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset L3 Positive kVARh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kVARh Genset L3 positive kVARh accumulation
tus kVARh
Genset L3 Positive kWh Adv Genset Sta- 0 0~4294967290 0 kWh Genset L3 positive kWh accumulation
tus kWh
Genset L31 Voltage Adjust Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset L31 voltage adjust trim
Genset Model Number History/About 2 Number identifying the model of this genset.
OEM Genset
Setup
Genset Neutral CT Primary Genset Setup 1 0~10000 Amps 0 Amps Genset Neutral CT primary current. 0 = Disable amperage
Current metering.
Genset Neutral Current Ad- Calibration 1 90~110 % 100 % Genset Neutral current adjust trim